SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

BlueNRGY Group Ltd – ‘20-F’ for 6/30/16

On:  Friday, 10/28/16, at 2:45pm ET   ·   For:  6/30/16   ·   Accession #:  1575705-16-189   ·   File #:  1-36136

Previous ‘20-F’:  ‘20-F’ on 12/10/15 for 6/30/15   ·   Next & Latest:  ‘20-F’ on 10/27/17 for 6/30/17

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of               Filer                 Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size             Issuer                      Filing Agent

10/28/16  BlueNRGY Group Ltd                20-F        6/30/16   11:5.7M                                   Premier Fin’l Fi… LLC/FA

Annual Report by a Foreign Non-Canadian Issuer   —   Form 20-F   —   Sect. 13 / 15(d) – SEA’34
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: 20-F        Annual Report by a Foreign Non-Canadian Issuer      HTML   1.29M 
 2: EX-4.18     Instrument Defining the Rights of Security Holders  HTML     48K 
 3: EX-4.19     Instrument Defining the Rights of Security Holders  HTML     47K 
 4: EX-4.20     Instrument Defining the Rights of Security Holders  HTML    152K 
 5: EX-4.21     Instrument Defining the Rights of Security Holders  HTML     83K 
 6: EX-4.22     Instrument Defining the Rights of Security Holders  HTML    286K 
 7: EX-4.23     Instrument Defining the Rights of Security Holders  HTML    536K 
10: EX-13.1     Annual or Quarterly Report to Security Holders      HTML      9K 
11: EX-13.2     Annual or Quarterly Report to Security Holders      HTML      9K 
 8: EX-12.1     Statement re: Computation of Ratios                 HTML     13K 
 9: EX-12.2     Statement re: Computation of Ratios                 HTML     12K 


‘20-F’   —   Annual Report by a Foreign Non-Canadian Issuer
Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential)   (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page  –  Filing Submission
"Part I
"Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
"Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
"Key Information
"Selected Financial Data
"Capitalization and Indebtedness
"Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds
"Risk Factors
"Information on the Company
"History and Development of the Company
"Our Business
"Organization Structure
"Property, Plants and Equipment
"Unresolved Staff Comments
"Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
"Operating Results
"Liquidity and Capital Resources
"Research and Development
"Trend Information
"Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
"Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations
"Directors, Senior Management and Employees
"Directors and Senior Management
"Compensation
"Board Practices
"Employees
"Share Ownership
"Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
"Major Shareholders
"Related Party Transactions
"Interests of Experts and Counsel
"Financial Information
"Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
"Significant Changes
"The Offer and Listing
"Offer and Listing Details
"Plan of Distribution
"Markets
"Selling Shareholders
"Dilution
"Expenses of the Issue
"Additional Information
"Share Capital
"Memorandum and Articles of Association
"Material Contracts
"Exchange Controls
"Taxation
"Dividends and Paying Agents
"Statement by Experts
"Documents on Display
"Subsidiary Information
"Part Ii
"Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
"Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
"Debt Securities
"Warrants and Rights
"Other Securities
"American Depositary Shares
"Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
"Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
"Controls and Procedures
"Audit Committee Financial Expert
"Code of Ethics
"Principal Accountant Fees and Services
"Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
"Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
"Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant
"Corporate Governance
"Mine Safety Disclosure
"Part Iii
"Financial Statements
"Report of independent registered accounting firm
"Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
"Consolidated statement of financial position
"Consolidated statement of changes in equity
"Consolidated statement of cash flows
"Notes to the financial statements
"Exhibits

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]



 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE 

COMMISSION

 

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

(Mark One)

☐        Registration statement pursuant to section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

 

or

☒        Annual report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016

 

or

 

☐        Transition report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

or

 

☐        Shell company report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

Date of event requiring this shell company report

 

From the transition period from ___________ to _____________

 

Commission file number 001-36136

 

BlueNRGY Group Limited

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Australia   Level 11
32 Martin Place
Sydney NSW 2000
Australia
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)   (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

Richard Pillinger

Chief Financial Officer

BlueNRGY Group Limited

Level 11

32 Martin Place

Sydney NSW 2000

Tel: +61 (0)2 8069 7970

E-mail: Richard.pillinger@bluenrgy.com

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Not Applicable   Not Applicable
(Title of Each Class)   (Name of Exchange On Which Registered)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

 

None

(Title of Class)

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

 

Ordinary Shares no par value

(Title of Class)

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

As of June 30, 2016, 5,956,453 ordinary shares, no par value, were issued and outstanding.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes   ☐     No   ☒

 

 C: 

 

 

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.   Yes   ☐     No   ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes   ☒     No   ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).   Yes   ☐     No   ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer. See the definitions of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  ☐                       Accelerated filer  ☐                          Non-accelerated filer  ☒

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing

 

US GAAP  ☐ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board  ☒ Other  ☐

  

If “Other” has been checked in the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17  ☐  Item 18  ☐

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).   Yes   ☐     No   ☒

 

 C: 

  C: 2

 

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

PART I
 
 Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
 Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
 Item 3. Key Information
  3.A Selected Financial Data
  3.B Capitalization and Indebtedness
  3.C Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds
  3.D Risk Factors
 Item 4. Information on the Company 29 
  4.A History and Development of the Company 29 
  4.B Our Business 31 
  4.C Organization Structure 50 
  4.D Property, Plants and Equipment 50 
    4E. Unresolved Staff Comments 52 
 Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects 52 
  5.A Operating Results 52 
  5.B Liquidity and Capital Resources 64 
  5.C Research and Development 68 
  5.D Trend Information 68 
  5.E Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 68 
  5.F Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations 69 
 Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees 69 
  6.A Directors and Senior Management 69 
  6.B Compensation 71 
  6.C Board Practices 74 
  6.D Employees 75 
  6.E Share Ownership 76 

 

 C: 

 3

 

 

  Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions 76
  7.A Major Shareholders   76
  7.B Related Party Transactions   76
  7.C Interests of Experts and Counsel   78
  Item 8. Financial Information   78
  8.A Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information   78
  8.B Significant Changes   78
  Item 9. The Offer and Listing   80
  9.A Offer and Listing Details   80
  9.B Plan of Distribution   82
  9.C Markets   82
  9.D Selling Shareholders   82
  9.E Dilution   82
  9.F Expenses of the Issue   82
  Item 10. Additional Information   82
  10.A Share Capital   82
  10.B Memorandum and Articles of Association   82
  10.C Material Contracts   82
  10.D Exchange Controls   82
  10.E Taxation   84
  10.F Dividends and Paying Agents   89
  10.G Statement by Experts   89
  10.H Documents on Display   90
  10.I Subsidiary Information   90
       
PART II      
       
  Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   90
  Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities   91
  12.A Debt Securities   91
  12.B Warrants and Rights   91
  12.C Other Securities   91
  12.D American Depositary Shares   91

 

 C: 

 4

 

  

  Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies 92
  Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds   92
  Item 15. Controls and Procedures   93
  Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert   94
  Item 16B. Code of Ethics   94
  Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services   94
  Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees   95
  Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers   95
  Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant   95
  Item 16G. Corporate Governance   95
  Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure   97
 
PART III
 
  Item 17. Financial Statements 97
  Item 18. Financial Statements  97
  Item 19. Exhibits   98

 

 C: 

 5

 

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), encourages companies to disclose forward-looking information so that investors can better understand a company’s future prospects and make informed investment decisions. Except for the historical information contained in this annual report on Form 20-F (this “Report”), the statements contained in this Report are “forward-looking statements” which reflect our current view with respect to future events and financial results.

 

Words such as “may,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expects,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes” and words and terms of similar substance used in connection with any discussion of future operating or financial performance, identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements represent management’s present judgment regarding future events and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements. These risks include, but are not limited to, risks and uncertainties relating to litigation, government regulation, economic conditions, markets, products, competition, intellectual property, services and prices, key employees, future capital needs, dependence on third parties and other factors. Please also see the discussion of risks and uncertainties under “Risk Factors” contained in Item 3.D. of this Report.

 

In light of these assumptions, risks and uncertainties, the results and events discussed in the forward-looking statements contained in this Report might not occur. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this Report. We are not under any obligation, and we expressly disclaim any obligation, to update or alter any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent forward-looking statements attributable to us or to any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this document.

 

 C: 

 6

 

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.      IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2.     OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 3.      KEY INFORMATION

 

3.A.             Selected Financial Data

 

The following consolidated statement of operations data as of June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and for the three years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2016 and 2015 and for the two years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of BlueNRGY Group Limited included elsewhere in this Report.

 

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other future period. Unless otherwise specified, all amounts are presented in Australian Dollars (A$).

 

You should read the selected consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with Item 5 “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Report.

 

 C: 

 7

 

  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

 

   Consolidated
   2016  2015  2014
   $’000  $’000  $’000
          
Revenues from continuing operations   32,082    16,866    13,732 
Other income   50    1,801    1,718 
Cost of raw materials, consumables used, and contractors   (23,905)   (8,525)   (6,092)
Employee benefit expenses   (12,025)   (11,390)   (9,323)
Amortisation and depreciation   (527)   (486)   (420)
Impairment of asset       (6,217)   (10,019)
Other expenses   (4,128)   (5,771)   (7,751)
Net finance income/(costs)   (822)   85    (4,051)
Loss from continuing operations before income tax   (9,275)   (13,637)   (22,206)
Income tax benefit/(expense)            
                
Loss from continuing operations   (9,275)   (13,637)   (22,206)
                
Profit from discontinued operations       19,341    (3,224)
                
Net (loss) / profit for the period   (9,275)   5,704    (25,430)
                
Other comprehensive income               
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss               
Changes in the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets           (800)
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations   (35)   (376)   (68)
Other comprehensive loss for the period, net of tax   (35)   (376)   (868)
Total comprehensive profit/(loss) for the period   (9,310)   5,328    (26,298)
                
    Dollars    Dollars    Dollars 
Earnings per share for profit from continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company:               
Basic loss per share   (1.62)   (7.75)   (909.26)
Diluted loss per share   (1.62)   (7.75)   (909.26)
Earnings per share for profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company:               
Basic earnings/(loss) per share   (1.62)   3.25    (1,041.27)
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share   (1.62)   3.25    (1,041.27)

 

 C: 

 8

 

  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:      
   2016  2015
Amounts in A$(000)          
Current assets   13,825    3,657 
Non-current assets   19,857    16,442 
Total Assets   33,682    20,099 
           
Current liabilities   10,444    8,294 
Non-current liabilities   10,336    4,659 
Total liabilities   20,780    12,953 

 

The following tables set forth, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information regarding the rates of exchange of A$1.00 into US$ based on the 4 pm market daily rate in Australia for cable transfers in Australian dollars as certified for customs purposes by the Reserve Bank of Australia. The exchange rate in effect on September 30, 2016, was AUD 1.00 = USD$0.7630.

 

Australia / U.S. Dollar Exchange Rates    
A$1.00 = US$ amount shown        

 

   At Fiscal  Average  High  Low
Fiscal Year ended June 30,  Year End  Rate (1)  Rate  Rate
2012    1.0191    1.0319    1.1055    0.9500 
2013    0.9275    1.0271    1.0593    0.9202 
2014    0.9420    0.9187    0.9672    0.8716 
2015    0.7680    0.8382    0.9458    0.7590 
2016    0.7426    0.7272    0.7657    0.7010 
                      
               High Rate    Low Rate 
2016 Month                     
April              0.7801    0.7539 
May              0.7624    0.7176 
June              0.7554    0.7230 
                      
2017 Month                     
July              0.7625    0.7460 
August              0.7709    0.7516 
September              0.7683    0.7473 

 

(1) Averages are calculated using the average of the daily rates during the relevant period

 

3.B.             Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

3.C.             Reason for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not Applicable.

 

3.D.             Risk Factors

 

Our business faces significant risks. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information contained in this Report, including our financial statements and related notes. If any of the following risks, as well as other risks and uncertainties that are not yet identified or that we currently think are immaterial, actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment.

 

 C: 

 9

 

 

Risks Related to our Financial Condition

 

Since our restructuring and emergence from Voluntary Administration during our 2015 fiscal year, we have experienced losses from continuing operations that cannot be sustained by our liquidity and there is uncertainty that we can continue as a going concern.

 

We entered Voluntary Administration, or VA, in Australia in November 2014. Pursuant to a deed of company arrangement, or DOCA, we shed various unprofitable businesses and compromised liabilities of approximately A$38.8 million and exited VA on January 27, 2015, referred to as the Emergence Date. Notwithstanding the restructuring of our business through the VA process, several of our operating units, have subsequently experienced operating losses and continue to do so in the current fiscal year. Moreover, there is no assurance that the losses affecting some of our businesses can be avoided in the future or that cash flow from our profitable businesses will be sufficient to offset such losses. In conjunction with our corporate overhead and our debt service obligations, operating losses have depleted our liquidity to the extent that we cannot continue as a going concern unless we can achieve one or more of the following: higher levels of operating profitably now and in the future, raising additional debt or equity capital, deferring payment to creditors and selling assets. There is no assurance that we will have access to sufficient funds from such initiatives on terms acceptable to our Board of Directors (the “Board”), or on any terms, to meet our future needs.

 

Some of our businesses are early in the commercialization stage and together with requirements to cover our corporate overhead will cause us to consume cash for the foreseeable future, further straining our liquidity.

 

Our business development and system development expenses for our monitoring line of business currently exceeds the gross margin earned in this business and it is uncertain when, if ever, growth in revenues from this line of business will generate cash flow in excess of costs. In addition, we have re-launched our solar business in Australia and the U.S. under our own brand and will require additional working capital to fund growth to levels that would make a meaningful contribution to our profitability. We have plans to expand our operations and maintenance (O&M) services for renewable installations and we require investment to do so that must be recouped before these activities contribute to our overall cash flow. Together with meeting costs of our corporate overhead, these initiatives are likely to consume substantial cash for the foreseeable future. To the extent that our liquidity permits us to do so, our Board has determined to continue to pursue development of the monitoring, solar installations and renewable O&M businesses and cash will continue to be used for these purposes. Consequently, our liquidity may be depleted to the extent that we are unable to continue as a going concern.

 

Our financial results often vary significantly from period-to-period and year-to-year, and results for a particular interim period may not necessarily be indicative of the results for the following period or full year.

 

Certain of our businesses are subject to irregular revenues or seasonality that have led to, and in the future are likely to result in, significant fluctuations in profitability and cash flow from period to period. Our climate control and large-scale solar businesses are project driven and individual projects in either business segment can represent a meaningful percentage of our revenue, net income and cash flow in any single accounting period. Consequently, delays associated with any single project can lead to significant shortfalls in our expected financial performance. This volatile revenue pattern in our project-related businesses will be exacerbated by any projects that we choose to build, own (typically at least through the project commissioning phase) and transfer (to a third- party), referred to as BOT projects.

 

In addition, the solar installation business has historically experienced peaks and declines related closely to the timing of policy incentive payments and this has exacerbated our quarter-to- quarter revenue and net income volatility and is expected to continue to do so. As a consequence of these dynamics, it is very difficult to identify trends in overall business activity or profitability for the consolidated company or to anticipate future profitability based on recent results. Moreover, the very short project implementation cycle and short lead time associated with most of our projects make other metrics of business trajectory, such as backlog, difficult to apply. Our current and future expense levels, internal operating plans and revenue forecasts, and operating costs are, to a large extent, fixed. As a result, we may not be able to sufficiently reduce our costs in any period to adequately compensate for an unexpected short-term shortfall in revenues, and even a small shortfall could disproportionately and adversely affect financial results for that period. Consequently, we could confront unanticipated liquidity shortfalls that would jeopardize our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

 C: 

 10

 

 

All of our lines of business are cash intensive, and operations have been, and in the future are likely to be, affected adversely if we fail to maintain sufficient levels of liquidity and working capital.

 

Our project-based businesses, including monitoring, solar and energy efficiency / climate control systems, require continuing investment in sales and marketing activities to generate leads to replenish or grow the sales pipeline. Consequently, our success depends heavily on the ability to fund such initiatives. The time taken for a lead generated from marketing and advertising activity to completion of the associated installation can vary from one month to over six months. All of our project-based businesses require us to utilize our own working capital to fund operations between progress payments and through retention hold-back periods that can extend up to a year. The monitoring business is a net consumer of cash due largely to the requirement to fund system development expenses necessary to provide a competitive product offering to our customers. Our O&M business typically requires that we invest in staff and other operational capability in advance of payment from customers. We currently lack the capital and liquidity to adequately fund all of these businesses. Additional cash will be needed to fund any growth. Consequently, our project activities, particularly in the large-scale solar sector have been constrained, leading to losses that are ongoing and an inability to fully capitalize on opportunities to generate revenue. We must raise additional capital, further curtail operations in some of our lines of business or divest some of our business units to achieve profitability. Failure to do so increases the likelihood that we will not be able to continue as a going concern, or may cause the value of our ordinary shares to decline or become worthless.

 

Our indebtedness to lenders and other creditors is significant relative to our liquidity and we may encounter demands for payment that we cannot meet, which could have adverse consequences for our business and future prospects.

 

Our instalment notes and other liabilities payable by our corporate parent and our major subsidiaries as of June 30, 2016 (excluding current trade balances and accruals and Redeemable Preference Shares) was approximately A$8.6 million in the aggregate and has increased subsequently. While we have negotiated to satisfy this indebtedness in the future, (refer to Item 5.B. under the heading “Indebtedness”), our ability to meet our obligations when payment is due will also depend on our cash reserves, available additional financing and ongoing operating performance. There can be no assurance that we will possess or be able to secure the resources to meet these obligations when they become due.

 

There can be no assurance that creditors who have agreed to payment terms will continue to forbear if we cannot meet those terms. In such case, or in cases where there is no agreement to forbear, we may receive demands for immediate payment that exceed our ability to pay or attempts to enforce collection of amounts due. Our failure to satisfy or refinance these obligations when due could have a material adverse impact on the indebted operating subsidiaries and could jeopardize our ability or that of the affected operating subsidiaries to continue in business and could cause us to liquidate, resulting in the total loss of value to our shareholders.

 

Our growth strategy and the future success of our company is based, in part, on pursuing acquisitions of operating companies that operate as competitors or are complementary to our existing lines of business. If we are not successful in completing such acquisitions, or realizing the anticipated benefits from such transactions, then it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

One of our growth strategies is to pursue targeted acquisitions of competitive and complementary operating companies. If we are not successful in implementing such strategy and acquiring targeted companies, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Further, we will have devoted significant time and resources in such pursuits, without yet receiving commensurate benefit for our efforts. The likelihood of our acquisition strategy being successful is greatly diminished by our lack of liquidity. In addition, even if we are able to successfully complete targeted acquisitions, if we have misjudged our value or that of the target company, or if we fail to successfully integrate any such assets or operations with ours, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition, and you could lose some or all of your investment in the Company.

 

Applicable accounting rules may result in positive reported earnings when our actual cash flow is negative and we lack the funds to adequately operate the business or to grow.

 

International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, such as those related to recognizing revenue on a percentage of completion basis or from projects when control and the risks of ownership have been substantially transferred to others, may require us to recognize revenue before payment is received. As a result, although our accounting earnings may be positive, our cash flow may be negative and we may not have sufficient working capital to meet our ongoing requirements or fund new business growth. Our management has not established reliable credit facilities or other mechanisms such as selling receivables that allow us to convert receivables on incomplete projects or long-term assets into cash to overcome this problem. Consequently, our reported earnings and financial statement net worth may not be indicative of our ability to meet contractual obligations or to sustain the Company as a going concern. There can be no assurance that we will have access to working capital from credit or equity markets that is sufficient to meet our needs as we grow.

 

We require additional capital to execute on current and anticipated future business opportunities, including the pending completion of the acquisition of Inaccess, and we may not be able to raise the necessary capital on acceptable terms, if at all, with the result that we may have to curtail some business activities or forego growth.

 

We do not have sufficient capital to operate all of our businesses in accordance with our business plans or to ensure that we can continue as a going concern. Consequently, we will be required to raise additional capital in the future through public or private debt or equity financings by issuing additional ordinary shares or other preferred financing shares, debt or equity securities convertible into ordinary or preferred shares, or rights to acquire these securities. Additional capital will need to be raised to (among other things):

 

  take advantage of expansion or acquisition opportunities, including completion of the pending acquisition of Inaccess Holdings Ltd., or Inaccess, to which we are committed in January 2017 (refer to Item 4.A. under the heading “Recent Acquisitions”);
     
  acquire, form joint ventures with or make investments in complementary businesses, technologies or products;
     
  develop new products or services;
     
  respond to competitive pressures;
     
  respond to a downturn in the market climate.

 

 C: 

 11

 

 

Our management expects us to issue additional debt securities to fund ongoing operations, including solar projects and related working capital. The associated debt agreements may contain restrictive covenants and we will be subject to additional costs related to originating such debt and for interest. Any scheduled principal amortization will place further burdens on our cash flow. Notwithstanding the expectations of our management, there is no assurance that debt can be raised on terms acceptable to our Board, if at all.

 

Our management also expects us to issue additional equity securities to fund operations of our existing businesses, the acquisition of additional businesses and pursuant to employee benefit plans, although our Board has not considered or approved any changes to our employee benefit plans that are not described in this Report. We may also issue additional equity securities for other purposes. These securities may have the same rights as our ordinary shares or, alternatively, may have dividend, liquidation, or other preferences to our ordinary shares. The issuance of additional equity securities will dilute the holdings of existing shareholders and may reduce the price of our ordinary shares. Because of our recent operating losses and capital deficiencies, it is likely that raising equity capital will be difficult and costly, with the result that dilution to existing shareholders could be high. There is no assurance that equity capital can be raised at a price acceptable to our Board or at all.

 

Notwithstanding write-offs of goodwill and intangibles in the VA restructuring and our 2015 fiscal year, we continue to have recorded substantial goodwill and intangibles asset value as the result of acquisitions; these goodwill and intangible amounts are subject to periodic reviews of impairment that could result in future reported losses and that may limit our ability to raise capital.

 

The excess of the purchase price of companies and assets that we have acquired, after allocation of fair values to tangible and identifiable intangible assets for those businesses, is allocated to goodwill. We conduct periodic reviews of goodwill and intangible values for impairment. Any impairment would result in a non-cash charge against earnings in the period reviewed, which may or may not create a tax benefit, and would cause a corresponding decrease in shareholders’ equity.

 

Significant impairments of good will were recognized in conjunction with the effectiveness of the DOCA, with the result that we recorded impairments of goodwill of A$6.2 million for our fiscal year ending June 30, 2015. Nevertheless, our assets as of June 30, 2015 included A$14.0 million of goodwill and intangibles. In keeping with our accounting policies, the value of goodwill and intangibles was again reviewed as of June 30, 2016 and this practice will continue at the end of each subsequent fiscal year in light of the circumstances at the time. Consequently, a further impairment of goodwill and intangibles may be recorded in the future if warranted by the circumstances. In the event that there is a prolonged economic downturn in our served markets, competitive conditions become more challenging or we fail to achieve expected financial performance in our solar PV business segment or our monitoring business in particular, we may be required to record further impairments of goodwill in the future. Such impairment could be material and lead to a significant reduction in our stock price or make it more difficult for us to raise needed capital.

 

Taxing authorities could reallocate our taxable income among our subsidiaries, which could increase our consolidated tax liability.

 

We intend to conduct operations worldwide through subsidiaries in various tax jurisdictions. If two or more affiliated companies are located in different countries, the tax laws or regulations of each country generally will require that transfer prices and other inter-company charges be the same as those between unrelated companies dealing at arm’s length and that contemporaneous documentation is maintained to support such transfer prices and charges. On that basis, tax authorities could require us to adjust our transfer prices and intercompany charges and thereby reallocate our income to reflect such revised terms, which may result in a higher tax liability to us or limit our ability to utilize loss carry forwards and similar tax assets that are available to only some of our operating subsidiaries and not others, and, possibly, result in two countries taxing the same income, any of which outcomes could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Risks Related to Our Industry and Business

 

Our large-scale solar and air conditioning installation businesses receive most payments upon the achievement of contractual milestones, and any delay or cancellation of one or more large projects could interrupt our cash flow and adversely affect our overall business.

 

We recognize most revenue for Parmac and our large-scale solar business on a “percentage of completion” basis and, as a result, our revenue from these installations is tied to the performance of contractual obligations, which are generally driven by timelines for the installation of solar power and air conditioning systems at customer sites. This could result in unpredictability of revenue and, in the short term, revenue shortfalls or declines. Much of the revenue of Inaccess, which we are committed to acquire, has similar characteristics. As with any project-related business, there is the potential for delays within any particular customer project. Variation of project timelines and estimates may impact the amount of revenue recognized in a particular period. In addition, certain of our customer contracts may include payment milestones at specified points during a project. Because we must invest substantial time and incur significant expense in advance of achieving milestones and the receipt of payment, failure to achieve milestones could adversely affect our business and cash flows.

 

 C: 

 12

 

 

If solar projects developed under our BOT model are not sold to buyers quickly after completion and commissioning, we are exposed to significant risk of illiquidity and we may incur diminished profits or losses due to deterioration in market prices for such projects and the costs of the credit currently available to us to finance these projects.

 

We typically expect to complete projects initiated under the BOT model within one to three months from the commencement of construction. However, our prior experience in selling a portfolio of solar projects demonstrates that closing a sale of commissioned projects can be delayed for months for factors not anticipated at the time installation starts. When we complete a project under the BOT model we may be exposed to changes in project value from the period between our commitment to undertake such a project and the time we sell it for a set price.

 

Market conditions and value for completed solar projects can be subject to significant fluctuations as a result of factors such as changes in relative currency values, market interest rates, institutional demand for projects generating fixed cash flows and idiosyncratic political and regulatory changes that affect investors’ perceptions of project risk. Moreover, based on our previous experience, the cost of capital needed to finance projects under the BOT model can significantly reduce our expected profitability if holding periods are protracted. The combination of exposures to changes in project values and the cost of financing could cause us to incur significant losses on such projects in the future and the necessity to tie up capital in such projects between commitment and sale could strain the Company’s limited liquidity.

 

We are highly dependent on our senior management and technical personnel and if we are unable to retain key personnel and attract and train highly qualified personnel, particularly in regions or lines of business where we are expanding, the quality of our services may decline and we may not successfully execute our growth strategies or achieve sustained profitability.

 

Our success depends in large part upon our ability to continue to attract, train, motivate and retain highly skilled and experienced employees, including technical personnel and members of our executive management. Qualified senior executives and technical employees are generally in great demand and may be unavailable in the time frame required to satisfy the Company’s and customers’ requirements. All of our most senior executive managers, including our Executive Chairman and Managing Director, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Managing Director of Parmac and Senior Vice President & Managing Director of U.S. Renewable Solutions are at-will employees. The absence of contractual financial incentives to continue their employment with the Company increases the chances that they could be successfully recruited for alternative employment. We have no internal successors for any of these executives and, if any of them departed, we would have to undertake a search for a replacement. There is no assurance that a qualified replacement could be timely found or engaged on terms acceptable to our Board. While we currently have available technical expertise sufficient to operate our business as currently configured, expanding into new jurisdictions, significantly increasing our scale and further developing our monitoring technology will necessitate employing additional highly skilled technical personnel. We expect competition for such personnel to increase as the market for solar and other renewable power systems and post-installation monitoring and management expands worldwide.

 

There can be no assurance that we will be able to attract and retain sufficient numbers of highly skilled executives or technical employees in the future. The loss of such personnel, and executive management in particular, or our inability to hire or retain sufficient personnel at competitive rates of compensation could impair our ability to secure and complete customer engagements and could harm our businesses.

 

We do not generally have long-term agreements with our major project customers and if our management is unable to identify and win new customers and projects we cannot maintain or grow revenue in this line of business.

 

Our monitoring, solar PV and energy-efficiency / climate control projects are generally not sold pursuant to long-term agreements with customers, but instead are sold on a one-time contract basis often in a competitive bidding process. We typically contract to perform large projects with no assurance of repeat business from the same customers in the future. Our experience is that customers may cancel or reschedule awards for projects on relatively short notice. Cancellations or rescheduling of customer orders could result in the delay or loss of anticipated sales without allowing sufficient time to reduce, or delay the incurrence of, our corresponding inventory and operating expenditures. In addition, changes in forecasts or the timing of orders from these or other customers expose us to the risks of supply shortages or excess purchase commitments for inventory. This, in addition to the possibility that we may fail to obtain new projects from existing customers could cause our revenues to decline, and, in turn, our operating results to suffer. Our post-installation monitoring, operations and maintenance services provided to the renewable energy and climate control markets are generally delivered under annual or multi-year contracts that have the potential to mitigate volatility from our project businesses. However, the scale of our service businesses is not yet sufficient to have a significant impact on our overall revenue or profitability and there is no assurance that we will be successful in expanding these activities or realizing meaningful economic benefits from recurring revenue.

 

Unlike some of our competitors, we do not have established and reliable sources of financing on which we or our customers can rely to finance solar, monitoring climate control projects and, as a result, we are at a competitive disadvantage and our sales and profits may suffer.

 

We do not have contractual relationships with financing sources that can be relied on to provide debt or equity financing to us or to our customers who require such financing in order to commit to projects or engage our services. The availability of financing for projects and our project receivables in the markets we serve is specific to the particulars of the installation and customer financial strength and varies widely. The consequence is that we are forced to compete for large-scale projects largely on price or from the limited universe of buyers who have their own sources of financing for projects and can provide us with up-front payments or frequent progress payments. As a result, the growth of our project-related business that is focused on the provision of engineering, procurement, and construction / installation, or EPC, services has been slow and irregular in all of the markets we serve, and there is no assurance that this will change or that our businesses with high EPC content will achieve consistent profitability.

 

Our monitoring, solar and major climate control projects are subject to lengthy sales cycles that adversely affect the predictability of results from sales and marketing efforts and make our financial forecasts unreliable and revenue recognition irregular.

 

Factors specific to our customers have an impact on our sales cycles. Our equity fund, commercial, and government customers may have longer sales cycles due to the timing of periodic budgeting requirements typical for projects requiring significant capital expenditures. Other customers may delay projects because of dynamic conditions in their served markets or because of idiosyncratic liquidity or profitability issues. Lengthy and challenging sales cycles reduce the likelihood that our sales and marketing efforts will result in rapid increases in revenue and delays may have adverse effects on our operating results, financial condition, cash flows, and stock price.

 

 C: 

 13

 

 

We sometimes act as general contractor for our customers in connection with the installation of solar power and HVAC systems and we are subject to risks associated with construction, bonding, cost overruns, delays, and other contingencies, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

When we act as a general contractor for our customers in connection with the installation of solar power and HVAC systems, costs are estimated at the time of entering into the sales contract for a particular project, and these costs are reflected in the overall price that charged to customers for the project. These cost estimates may not accurately reflect all costs incurred by subcontractors, suppliers and other parties engaged by us on our projects. In addition, qualified, licensed subcontractors are often required to install some of the systems. Shortages of skilled subcontractors or labor available to them could significantly delay a project or otherwise increase our costs. Should miscalculations in planning a project or defective or late execution occur, we may not achieve the expected margins necessary to cover our costs. Also, many project customers require performance bonds issued by a bonding agency. Due to the general performance risk inherent in construction activities, it is sometimes difficult for us to secure suitable bonding agencies willing to provide performance bonding. In the event we are unable to obtain the requisite bonding, we will be unable to bid on, or enter into, sales contracts for the projects. Delays in receiving solar or climate control system components, other construction delays, unexpected performance problems or other events, including our own design and project management deficiencies, could cause us to fail to meet project schedule or performance criteria, resulting in unanticipated and severe revenue and earnings losses and financial penalties. We may be financially responsible for delays caused by factors outside of our control, including inclement weather, failure of suppliers to timely meet orders or transportation providers to make timely deliveries. We operate in multiple countries that have unique permitting requirements, which, if not met, may cause delays or failure to meet completion requirements. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

A portion of our revenue in Australia is generated by construction contracts for new or renovated buildings, and, thus, a decrease in construction activity in our Australian markets could reduce our sales derived from construction-contracts and, in turn, adversely affect our revenues.

 

Some of our solar-related revenues and most of our HVAC project revenues are generated from the design and installation of systems in newly constructed and renovated buildings, plants and residences, primarily in the region of Melbourne Australia. Our ability to generate revenues from such construction contracts depends on the number of new construction starts and renovations, which should correlate with the cyclical nature of the construction industry and be affected by general and local economic conditions, changes in interest rates, lending standards and other factors.

 

In our project-related businesses, we are highly dependent upon suppliers for the components used in the systems and products we design and install and any increases in the price of components, including as a result of the imposition of duties or tariffs, or any interruptions to, or shortage or decline in, the quality of the components we purchase could adversely affect our business.

 

Key components used in all of our renewable, monitoring and energy efficiency/climate control systems are purchased from third party manufacturers, many of which are located in countries other the system installation area. Market prices for these purchased components are subject to fluctuation. We cannot ensure that the prices charged by our suppliers will not increase because of changes in market conditions or other factors beyond our control. An increase in the price of components used in our systems could result in an increase in costs to our customers and could, as a result, have a material adverse effect on our revenues and demand for our products and services. Interruptions in our ability to procure needed components for our systems, whether due to discontinuance by suppliers, delays or failures in delivery, shortages caused by inadequate production capacity or unavailability, or for other reasons, would adversely affect or limit our sales and growth. There is no assurance that we will be effective in selecting qualified component manufacturers on acceptable terms in the future and, if we are able to do so, there can be no assurance that product quality from those suppliers will continue to be acceptable, which could lead to a loss of sales and revenues.

 

Problems with product quality and performance on projects and systems we design or install may damage our market reputation and cause our revenue and operating results to decline.

 

Our monitoring, solar and energy efficiency / climate control businesses involve the sale of systems that have long lifetimes (up to 20 years or more in the case of solar PV systems). In general, the manufacturers of components in the systems we sell are warranting those components and we offer limited warranties on system design and installation workmanship and pass-through warranties on system components; for example, up to 5 years on monitoring system design and workmanship for. Under real-world operating conditions, which may vary by location and design, as well as installation, air particulate, soiling and weather conditions, a typical system installation may perform in a different way than under standard test conditions or design assumptions. If the systems we have sold perform below expectations or have unexpected reliability problems, we may suffer reputational damage, even if the problems are caused by operating conditions or defects of components produced by other manufacturers. The significance of this would be magnified if those suppliers fail to fully meet their warranty obligations. We could suffer additional reputational damage, even though we bear no direct responsibility for the component performance. In such a situation, if it were to occur, we might be unable to gain new customers and our plans to grow and maintain the small-scale solar business at a profitable scale could be thwarted.

 

While our legal obligations to address future warranty claims for systems we designed and installed before entering VA was extinguished under the DOCAs that defined our Reorganization Plans, and we structured the Draker acquisition to limit legal obligations related to warranties provided by Draker, Inc. (refer to Item 4.A. under the heading “Recent Acquisitions”) market pressures may require us to expend resources to address warranty claims related to the legacy customer base if we are going to grow the scale of our related businesses. Post VA, we do not have any reserves for addressing such warranty claims and it is not possible to estimate the impact that acting or failing to act with respect to such claims may have on the growth or profitability of our businesses. The possibility exists, however, that the adverse impact on our results of operations could be significant and contribute to reducing the value of an investment in our ordinary shares.

 

Unanticipated warranty or service claims or the failure of suppliers to meet backstop warranty obligations could expose us to incur incremental expense that could significantly lower our profitability or threaten our viability.

 

Except for system design and installation workmanship deficiencies, the warranty obligations related to our monitoring, climate control and solar systems are limited to pass-through obligations of the system component suppliers. Our contractual obligations to our customers in the event of a third-party component failure are generally limited to fielding service requests and organizing the repair or replacement of the faulty unit with the original component’s manufacturer for a period of time specified in the contract. In our experience, the costs of such service obligations have not been material and we expense them as incurred.

 

Notwithstanding the limited contractual financial exposure that we have for system component failures, if the responsible component manufacturers do not fully meet their warranty obligations, we may find it to be a practical necessity to incur the expense to correct the problem in order to preserve our market reputation for reliability and service and to maintain system sales. We have not reserved for such a possibility and may not have the financial or other resources to respond to such a problem if and when it occurs. The result could be adverse and unexpected profit volatility for our monitoring, solar and energy efficiency / climate control businesses or a loss of market acceptance that could threaten the financial viability of these business segments or our company overall.

 

 C: 

 14

 

 

If we fail to effectively manage our planned expansion, including the acquisition of Inaccess, we may fail to meet our strategic objectives and our financial performance could be materially and adversely impacted.

 

The further expansion of our business into new jurisdictions is one of our primary strategies for growing revenues from renewable system monitoring and operations and maintenance, or O&M, services utilizing our monitoring technology software platform and data. For example, our recent acquisition of Draker (refer to Item 4.A. under the heading “Recent Acquisitions”) greatly expanded our customer base for monitoring services in the United States and we expect the Inaccess transaction (refer to Item 4.A. under the heading “Recent Acquisitions”) to do the same for Europe, Africa and Latin America. The resulting customer and geographic diversification is expected to mitigate the impact of downturns in renewable energy demand in countries with large bases of installed capacity and in countries like the United States where we are currently installing systems for new solar projects. However, undertaking further international expansion of our businesses supporting solar system installations is a complex task that requires, among other things the identification of locations that are environmentally favorable for solar project development and that have suitable regulatory and tax policies, utility cost, tariff and interconnection structures that allow renewable energy to be cost competitive (after taking into account local subsidies) and access to cost-effective financing for project owners, among other considerations. Even if we successfully identify suitable countries for expansion, we may be unable to extend our business into these new locations if competitors enter the market first or are already well established. In addition, we may not have the necessary management, local knowledge or financial resources to undertake the successful and timely development or integration of projects in additional countries or mesh our work force and business systems with those of the businesses we acquired. Additionally, our ability to generate cash from existing operations may be slower than expected, depend on new investments or may not occur at all, resulting in the requirement for further funding to achieve our expansion plans that exceeds our ability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms. Our expansion plans could also be affected by cost overruns, failures or delays in obtaining government approvals of necessary permits and our inability to establish supply chains to serve new markets and other factors.

 

There is no assurance that we can effectively manage our planned expansion or achieve any expansion plans at all. If we are unable to do so, we will not be able to take advantage of growth opportunities, execute our business strategy or respond to competitive or market pressure, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and share value.

 

Although we have historically derived most of our revenues from Australia, we currently do business in the USA several other countries whose political and regulatory environments and compliance regimes differ from those of our home territory and our planned expansion into new markets will subject us to additional business, financial and competitive risks.

 

A portion of our revenue has been attributable to operations in countries other than Australia including the United States, Italy, Thailand and the United Kingdom and this is expected to extend to other countries in Europe, Asia and Latin America with the planned completion of the Inaccess acquisition and the assets of Draker, Inc. in September 2015 (refer to Item 4.A. under the heading “Recent Acquisitions”). We expect that consolidated revenue from our international activities could grow from approximately 13% and 60% for our 2015 and 2016 fiscal year respectively to more than 75%, by the end of our 2017 fiscal year. Risks associated with our operations in foreign areas include, but are not limited to:

 

  political, social and economic instability, war and acts of terrorism;
     
  potential seizure, expropriation or nationalization of assets;
     
  damage to our equipment or violence directed at our employees, including kidnappings and piracy;
     
  increased operating costs;
     
  complications associated with repairing and replacing equipment in remote locations;
     
  repudiation, modification or renegotiation of contracts, disputes and legal proceedings in international jurisdictions;
     
  limitations on insurance coverage, such as war risk coverage in certain areas;
     
  import-export quotas;
     
  confiscatory taxation;
     
  work stoppages or strikes;
     
  unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
     
  wage and price controls;
     
  imposition of trade barriers;
     
  imposition or changes in enforcement of local content laws;
     
  the inability to collect or repatriate currency, income, capital or assets;
     
  foreign currency fluctuations and devaluation; and
     
  other forms of government regulation and economic conditions that are beyond our control.

 

 C: 

 15

 

 

Part of our strategy is to prudently and opportunistically acquire businesses and assets that complement our existing products and services, and to expand our geographic footprint. If we make acquisitions of businesses or assets in other countries, we will increase our exposure to the risks discussed above. Governments in some foreign countries have become increasingly active in regulating and controlling the implementation of renewable energy projects, the sale of power generated from such projects in their countries and the processing of information from or about such generating assets. In some areas of the world, this governmental activity has adversely affected the amount of activity undertaken by renewable energy developers and may continue to do so. Some countries, such as China, restrict the storage or export outside their borders of data related to energy generation. Operations in developing countries can be subject to legal systems that are not as predictable as those in more developed countries, which can lead to greater risk and uncertainty in legal matters and proceedings. In some jurisdictions we are subject to foreign governmental regulations favoring or requiring the awarding of contracts to local contractors or requiring foreign contractors to employ citizens of, or purchase supplies from, a particular jurisdiction. These regulations may adversely affect our ability to compete. Additionally, our operations in some jurisdictions may be significantly affected by union activity and general labor unrest. Although the recruitment of experienced managers from the businesses we acquire may mitigate these risks, there can be no assurance that we can avoid such factors having a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

 

Our operations are subject to multiple tax regimes, and changes in legislation or regulations in any one of the countries in which we operate could negatively and adversely affect our operating results.

 

Our operations are carried out in several countries across the world, and our tax filings are therefore subject to the jurisdiction of a significant number of tax authorities and tax regimes, as well as cross-border tax treaties between governments. Furthermore, the nature of our operations means that we routinely have to deal with complex tax issues (such as transfer pricing, permanent establishment or similar issues) as well as competing and developing tax systems where tax treaties may not exist or where the legislative framework is unclear. In addition, our international operations are taxed on different bases that vary from country to country, including net profit, deemed net profit (generally based on turnover) and revenue-based withholding taxes based on turnover.

 

Our management determines our tax provision based on our interpretation of enacted local tax laws and existing practices and uses assumptions regarding the tax deductibility of items and recognition of revenue. Changes in these assumptions and practices could significantly impact the amount of income taxes that we provide for in any given year and could negatively and adversely affect the result of our operations.

 

We face common international trade and supply chain risks for our project businesses, including delay or complete disruption of supply, logistics cost volatility, exchange rate fluctuations and changes in policies and tariffs, that could trigger an unexpected adverse impact on operational and financial performance.

 

Most of the components in the systems and products that we sell or expect to sell are produced in places other than that where the products and systems are used or installed. For example, currently, most solar modules for solar systems are produced in China and must be shipped to installation sites in Australia, the United States, Europe and other jurisdictions where we operate and key components for our energy efficiency / climate control businesses are manufactured in Europe, the United States or in Asia, even though we sell these systems primarily in Australia. Consequently, order lead times may be long and we and our customers are subject to substantial expense and delays that can accompany long-distance shipping, inventory management and design and specification of customized orders. Currency exchange rates can also shift between the time of ordering and delivery, sometimes resulting in us incurring higher costs. If mistakes in component order fulfilment occur, extended time can be required to remediate the problem and could lead to delays in completing projects, recognizing revenue or receiving cash flow. Sometimes we must rely on a single source of supply for key components and if a sole-source supplier fails to deliver on time it could impair our ability to perform and subject us to delays and penalties.

 

Licenses and permits are required to operate in some jurisdictions, and the loss of or failure to renew any or all of these licenses and permits or failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could prevent us from either completing current projects or obtaining future projects and, thus, materially adversely affect our business.

 

We are subject to various national, state, and local laws and regulations in the various countries in which we operate and we may be required to make significant capital expenditures to comply with laws and the applicable regulations and standards of governmental authorities and organizations. Moreover, the cost of compliance could be higher than anticipated. In addition, we are subject to compliance with the U.S. Securities Act, Exchange Act and Foreign Corrupt Practices Act in addition to certain international conventions and the laws, regulations and standards of other foreign countries in which we operate. It is also possible that existing and proposed governmental conventions, laws, regulations and standards, including those related to climate and emissions of “greenhouse gases,” may in the future add significantly to our operating costs or limit our activities or the activities and levels of capital spending by our customers.

 

In addition, many aspects of our operations are subject to laws and regulations that relate, directly or indirectly, to the renewable industry or to public health and safety. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and even criminal penalties, the imposition of remedial obligations, and the issuance of injunctions that may limit or prohibit our operations. The application of these requirements, the modification of existing laws or regulations or the adoption of new laws or regulations curtailing production activity could materially limit our future contract opportunities, materially increase our costs or both.

 

Our international growth strategy may prove to be disruptive and divert management resources with adverse effect on our financial condition or performance.

 

Our international growth strategy involves complex transactions and presents financial, managerial and operational challenges, including diversion of management attention from existing businesses, challenges in working across disparate time zones and cultures, difficulty with integrating personnel and financial and other systems, increased expenses, including compensation expenses resulting from newly hired employees, the assumption of unknown liabilities and potential disputes. We could also experience financial or other setbacks if any growth strategies incur problems of which we are not presently aware.

 

We may incur significant costs and delays in our attempt to implement our international expansion strategy, particularly when we form joint ventures or make acquisitions.

 

We currently offer performance monitoring and control O&M and other services for renewable power generation systems targeting markets in North America, the Eurozone and the Pacific region, including various island nations. Through our pending acquisition of Inaccess (Refer to Item 4.A. under the heading “Recent Acquisitions.”) and other transactions, we intend to undertake and provide life-cycle services to project developments in other international markets. New geographic markets may have different characteristics from the markets in which we currently sell products, and our success will depend on our management’s ability to properly address these differences. These differences may include:

 

  differing regulatory requirements, including tax laws, trade laws, labor regulations, tariffs, export quotas, customs duties or other trade restrictions;
     
  limited or unfavorable intellectual property protection;
     
  risk of change in international political or economic conditions;
     
  fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies and interest rates;

 

 C: 

 16

 

 

  difficulties and increased expenses in complying with a variety of U.S. and foreign laws, regulations and trade standards, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;
     
  potentially longer sales cycles;
     
  higher volume requirements;
     
  warranty expectations and statutory obligations; and
     
  cost, performance and compatibility requirements of software, business processes, products software and manufacturing methods.

 

In addition, we have and will continue to pursue acquisitions and joint ventures to facilitate our expansion into new products and services and into new geographic markets. For example, we acquired Green Earth Developers, LLC (“GED”), a Georgia limited liability company, in July 2014 and BlueNRGY LLC, a Florida limited liability company in January 2015, the assets of Draker, Inc. in September 2015, and a minority equity position in Inaccess, a UK company, in July 2016, with a commitment to acquire the equity interests we do not currently own by January 2017. Whether the mechanism we use for expanding our business is through internal development or acquisition, failure to develop and introduce new products and services successfully, to generate sufficient revenue from these products and services to offset associated marketing and installation costs, or to otherwise effectively anticipate and manage the risks and challenges associated with expansion into new product and geographic markets, could adversely affect our revenues and our ability to achieve or sustain profitability.

 

The Company has experienced significant turnover of members of our Board and among members of our top management and we may lack sufficient continuity or experience in these key positions to ensure success of the business.

 

Subsequent to our restructuring in VA and the effectiveness of the DOCA in January 2015, through the date of this Report, we have experienced the following changes among members of our Board and among members of our top management:

 

Board members: Effective January 27, 2015, the two then-existing members of the Board, William C. Morro and Carlo Botto, by unanimous resolution, appointed John H. Chapple, Yves-Regis Cotrel, and John F. Donohue as members of the Board, subject to receipt of their written consent to serve in such capacity. The appointment of Mr. Cotrel and Mr. Donohue became effective on January 27, 2015 and that of Mr. Chapple on February 2, 2015. Subsequently, on June 16, 2015 and July 31, 2015 respectively, John Chapple and John Donohue resigned due to concerns that they could not give adequate time to their other business commitments and to their role with the Board. In May, 2016, Mr. Olivier Ferrari was unanimously appointed by the remaining directors to fill one of the vacancies on our Board. With the exception of Mr. Botto, who has been employed by companies serving the power generation and energy trading sectors throughout his career, our directors have limited experience in the renewable energy sector.

 

Management. Effective June 5, 2015, Donald Reed, the senior executive officer and a former owner of GED resigned. Effective September 1, 2015 he was replaced by Peter Maros, who was also appointed a Senior Vice President and Managing Director of U.S. Renewable Solutions. Effective December, 2015 we appointed Mr. Steve Ritacco as our Chief Technology Officer, replacing the manager who held that position for BlueNRGY LLC. None of the executive managers of Draker, Inc. were hired following our acquisition of the Draker assets.

 

We anticipate that additional directors and executive managers with relevant experience and qualifications will be appointed in the future, however, our corporate history and weak financial condition may make it more difficult or impossible for us to attract suitable executives or independent directors. Consequently, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in making appointments to our management and Board that can ensure our success.

 

If we fail to retain and attract executives and Board members with the capabilities to meet the significant challenges we face in all of our markets and lines of business, we may not meet the requirements for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market or any other national U.S. stock market, our stock price could decline or become completely illiquid and our shareholders could face a total loss of their investment.

 

We are subject to litigation that could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

In December 2014, a class action securities suit was filed in a federal court in the Eastern District of Texas against the Company and various current and past officers and directors, namely Mr. William Morro, Mr. Carlo Botto, Mr. Richard Pillinger, Mr. Todd Barlow, Mr. Gerard McGowan and Mr. James Greer. Mr. Morro, formerly a non-executive independent director currently serves as Chairman of the Company’s Board and its Managing Director (the Australian entity equivalent of a CEO); Mr. Botto continues as a non-executive member of the Board; and Mr. Pillinger is the Company’s CFO. The other parties to the lawsuit are no longer associated with the Company. On August 13, 2015 the Texas Action was amended to include the Company’s subsidiary, CBD Energy (USA) Limited. In September 2016, a second class action securities suit was filed in the same Texas court based on substantially the same facts and circumstances arising prior to the effectiveness of the DOCA and alleging violations of different provisions of the securities regulations. Mr. McGowan is not named in this second action, presumably because the action would be stayed by his personal bankruptcy. Together, the lawsuits are referred to as the Texas Actions.

 

In December 2014, a different lawsuit was filed in New York State Supreme Court, referred to as the New York Action, by one of the holders of Series B Preferred Shares against the Company and Messrs. Morro, Botto, and McGowan. A settlement with Mr. Botto and Mr. Morro was reached pursuant to which the New York Action was withdrawn. However, the settlement imposes no restrictions on the plaintiff with respect to reinstating the New York action against Mr. McGowan or other previously unnamed parties at any time in the future.

 

We believe that the claims against the Company related to the Texas and New York Actions are extinguished pursuant to the DOCA but litigation against our subsidiary, CBD Energy (USA) Limited, prior and current officers and directors may continue. We have insurance against losses arising from the Texas Actions, but it may not be sufficient to cover our financial exposure and we may have to incur expenses related to defencing these matters that is uninsured or to enforce our insurance policies. In addition, plaintiffs in the Texas and New York Actions, or other parties bringing a claim against us related to events arising prior to our VA, including, among others, the Administrator of Secured Energy Bonds Plc in the UK, may not recognize or accept the limitations on the Company’s liability imposed by the DOCA. Consequently, the Company may have to incur expenses to enforce the terms of the DOCA and such expenses could be significant. There is also a possibility that courts in jurisdictions where we do business or have assets, other than Australia, may not recognize or accept the limitations on our liability under the DOCA or may rule in favor of parties who assert claims against our subsidiaries domiciled or operating in such foreign jurisdictions. In such a case, we, or our foreign subsidiaries, could become burdened with liabilities for which we do not have a provision on our balance sheet and we may incur significant unforeseen defense costs.

 

 C: 

 17

 

 

In addition, the numerous operating hazards inherent in our business increase our exposure to litigation, which may involve, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury, environmental, employment, warranty and product liability claims, tax and securities litigation, patent infringement and other intellectual property claims and litigation that arise in the ordinary course of business.

 

Our management cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim or other litigation matter. Litigation may have an adverse effect on us because of potential negative outcomes such as monetary damages or restrictions on future operations, the costs associated with defending the lawsuits, the diversion of management’s resources and other factors. Given our weak financial condition, a requirement to pay significant monetary damages or to restrict our business could jeopardize our viability as a going concern and could trigger illiquidity or a loss in value of our stock.

 

Our failure to timely consummate the purchase of the remaining Inaccess shares that we do not own could subject us to penalties that would impair the value of our investment in Inaccess Preferred shares.

 

We have committed to purchase all of the equity in Inaccess that we do not already own (refer to Item 4.A. under the heading “Recent Acquisitions”). Our default on the purchase subjects us to various adverse consequences, at the discretion of Inaccess or its other shareholders that could impair the value of our investment in Inaccess preferred shares, including any or all of the following: (i) conversion of our preferred shares into Inaccess ordinary shares, (ii) loss of our rights to representation on the Inaccess board of directors, (iii) redemption of our Inaccess shares by Inaccess at the original purchase price, and (iv) extinguishment of our right to purchase the remaining shares of Inaccess on the terms negotiated or any terms. We have no intention of defaulting, but circumstances beyond our control may cause us to do so, including our inability to timely raise funds necessary to meet the cash portion of our purchase commitments. We do not currently have the cash on hand to meet our obligations under the Inaccess share purchase agreement. The foregoing summary of consequences of a default under the Inaccess share purchase agreement is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the agreement, a copy of which is filed as an Exhibit hereto.

 

Our internal controls over financial reporting and other matters do not currently meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and investor’s willingness to buy or hold our stock.

 

Our internal controls over financial reporting do not currently meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that we will eventually be required to meet. As soon as practicable, we intend to address deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting and to establish enhanced formal policies, processes and practices related to financial reporting and to the identification of key financial reporting risks and assessment of their potential impact and linkage of those risks to specific areas and activities within our organization that are applicable to our business. Additionally, we will need to further document our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and, when available exemptions as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act or other applicable exemption is no longer available, a report by our independent registered public accounting firm addressing these assessments. Although we have not yet tested our internal controls in accordance with Section 404, we do have material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that we know about and there may be other material weaknesses about which we are unaware. The material weaknesses known to us include, but may not be limited to inadequate accounting oversight, policies, procedures, and controls. We cannot conclude, in accordance with Section 404, that we do not have other material weaknesses in our internal controls or a combination of other significant weaknesses that could result in the conclusion that we have a material weakness in other aspects of our internal controls.

 

As a result of material weaknesses in internal controls and financial reporting and as a result of the concerns raised by the Company’s previous independent registered public accounting firm as described in the Company’s October 24, 2014 Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K (the “October 6-K”), the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2013 have been restated. We have been implementing new accounting policies and procedures and review controls since Mr. Morro became our Managing Director following our emergence from VA. We acknowledge that additional resources, as well as the completion of a comprehensive review of the design and operating effectiveness of our controls relating to financial reporting, will be necessary in the future to fully remedy weaknesses in our financial reporting process. Further, if not fully remediated, these control deficiencies could continue to impact the reliability of our financial statements. As a public entity, we will be required to complete our initial assessment in a timely manner, subject to the exemption from auditor attestation requirements that is accorded to us as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Until we cease to be an emerging growth company or our exemption from auditor attestation expires, we intend to avail ourselves of the exemption.

 

If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting when we are required to have them do so. Matters impacting our internal controls may cause us to be unable to prevent fraud or report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC or violations of applicable stock exchange listing rules. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements could also suffer if we and our independent registered public accounting firm were to report a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting. This could materially adversely affect the Company and lead to a decline in the price of our registered equity securities.

 

As a publicly-traded company in the United States, we incur significant costs, and our management is required to devote substantial management time and attention to our public reporting obligations.

 

As a publicly-traded company in the United States, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. In addition, new and changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, as well as under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) and the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the NASDAQ Stock Market, have resulted in a significant amount of time that our Board and management must devote to our compliance with these rules and regulations. We expect these rules and regulations to continue to divert management time and attention from our strategic initiatives and other business activities and complying with them will require us to divert some of our limited management and financial resources from the execution of our product and other business development strategies. This could slow our growth and delay our achievement of profitability and adversely impact our stock price.

 

 C: 

 18

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” will make our ordinary shares less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we are taking advantage of certain exemptions and relief from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” In particular, while we are an “emerging growth company” (i) we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) we will be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditor’s report on financial statements, (iii) we will be subject to reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (iv) we will not be required to hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can delay its adoption of any new or revised accounting standards, but we have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

We may remain an “emerging growth company” until as late as June 30, 2019 (the fiscal year-end following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering), though we may cease to be an “emerging growth company” earlier under certain circumstances, including (i) if the market value of our ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30, in which case we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” or

(ii)if our gross revenue exceeds $1 billion in any fiscal year.

 

The exact implications of the JOBS Act are still subject to interpretations and guidance by the SEC and other regulatory agencies, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to take advantage of all of the benefits of the JOBS Act, particularly whether or not all of the exemptions will apply to foreign private issuers. In addition, investors may find our ordinary shares less attractive if we rely on the exemptions and relief granted by the JOBS Act. If some investors find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our ordinary shares and our share price may decline and/or become more volatile.

 

Deteriorations in global political, economic and market conditions could negatively impact our business.

 

The Company’s operations are affected by global political, economic and market conditions. The economic downturn following the 2008 global financial crisis generally reduced the availability of liquidity and credit to fund business operations worldwide. In many countries the effects have lingered and slow economic growth and the inability of governments to fund incentives favouring renewable energy development dampens demand for new renewable investment and makes it less predictable. In the markets of particular interest to us, these effects are being acutely felt in Europe, where renewable developments are not growing at historical rates and the situation is likely to worsen. This dynamic has adversely affected some of our customers, suppliers and lenders and the lower pace of new solar installations in particular has limited opportunities for us to grow organically in Europe where competitors are entrenched. Because of the large installed base of projects in Europe, however, we still consider this a promising market to address through Inaccess and to extend additional services to the Inaccess customers.

 

Further, such conditions and uncertainty about future economic conditions may make it challenging for us to obtain equity and debt financing to meet our working capital requirements, forecast our operating results, make business decisions, and identify risks that may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If we are unable to timely and appropriately adapt to changes resulting from the difficult macroeconomic environment, and declining levels of incentives available in countries where we continue to operate, then we are likely to experience a reduction in demand for our products and services and consequently will experience a material adverse effect on our operations and sales and on our financial condition generally.

 

The renewable energy sectors we serve depend on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives and government policies, the reduction or elimination of which is imminent or already occurring and is likely to reduce the demand for our services in jurisdictions where we currently operate, including the U.S.

 

The United States and many U.S. states, including California, Massachusetts, Nevada, New Jersey and North Carolina, and other countries such as the United Kingdom, Australia and Italy, have offered substantial incentives to offset the cost of solar power or wind generation systems. Although generally reduced from historical levels, such incentives continue to be available in many jurisdictions and can take various forms, including direct rebates, state tax credits, system performance payments and feed-in tariffs, and Renewable Energy Credits, referred to as RECs. However, there can be no assurance that these incentives will continue to be available in any or all of the jurisdictions in which we operate and, in many places, government policies and regulations are structured to will reduce over time or are scheduled to be eliminated. For example, in Australia the number of RECs received per KW installed has been reduced continuously and actions of the regulator can reduce the value of RECs with little advance notice and the U.S. federal tax credit applicable to solar projects is scheduled to be reduced from December 31, 2019. It is possible, and should be considered likely that the surviving incentives in most countries will ultimately be phased out altogether. In the UK and many European countries, minimum user prices for solar electricity production and feed-in tariffs are subject to reduction annually for new applications and are potentially subject to unannounced change for new and installed renewable power generation facilities; subsequent, unpredictable decrees and utility practices imposed or supported by regulators is likely to redefine rates and revenue generation potential for solar power plants, regardless of the commissioning date. A reduction in or elimination of such incentives could substantially increase the cost or reduce the economic benefit to owners of renewable power generation projects, resulting in significant reductions in demand for new renewable installations and our products and services. Our sales and margins could be disproportionally adversely affected because of our weak competitive position.

 

All sectors served by the Company are highly competitive, with low or limited barriers to entry and intense price competition, which could negatively impact our results and may prevent us from achieving sustained profitability. In addition, the Company does not have significant market share in any sector we serve and we may lose business to larger companies that are better able to achieve cost efficiencies, respond to customer needs or weather a decline in market conditions.

 

In general, the industry sectors in which our businesses operate are highly competitive and fragmented, subject to rapid change and have low or limited barriers to entry. Our project-related businesses have the attributes of most general contracting businesses, that is, projects are open to competitive bidding and new customer acquisition is a constant challenge because a low percentage of customers are repeat purchasers of our products and services. Even our software sales and services businesses, i.e. system performance monitoring and O&M services are often subject to a competitive bid process initially and then on an annual basis or after a short multi-year period. In particular, contracts for large projects are traditionally awarded on a competitive bid basis, with pricing often being the primary factor in determining which qualified contractor is awarded a job, although each contractor’s technical capability, safety performance record and reputation for quality also can be key factors in the determination. Small-scale solar and energy efficiency segments and the O&M services we offer do not generally require the use of proprietary technology and competitive alternatives are available to most of our customers and prospective customers. Many monitoring and control system providers and companies offering O&M and other support services are larger than us or have corporate parents who are larger than us. Consequently, our competitors generally have resources that are significantly greater than ours. These competitors may be able to better withstand industry downturns, compete on the basis of price, and acquire new equipment and technologies, all of which could affect our revenues and profitability. These competitors also compete with us for acquisitions of other businesses as well as for customers and individual projects.

 

 C: 

 19

 

 

In addition, we believe that our ability to compete depends in part on a number of factors outside of our control, including:

 

The ability of competitors to hire, retain and motivate qualified technical personnel;
   
the ownership by competitors of proprietary tools to customize systems to the needs of a particular customer;
   
the purchasing power and scale economies that enable competitors to offer comparable services and equipment at lower prices;
   
the extent of our competitors’ responsiveness to client needs;
   
risk of local or widespread economic decline or fiscal crisis; and
   
the evolution of installation or monitoring technology, including software and communications technologies.

 

Competition in the provision of O&M and other support services to the renewable power industry may increase in the future, partly due to the low barriers to entry, as well as from other alternative energy resources now in existence or developed in the future. Increased competition could result in price reductions, reduced margins or loss of market share and greater competition for qualified technical personnel. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. If we are unable to compete effectively, or if competition results in a deterioration of market conditions, our business and results of operations would be adversely affected.

 

 C: 

 20

 

 

Our proprietary monitoring business and that of Inaccess, which we believe to have great strategic importance for the Company, is still immature and if it does not function as planned or rapidly gain more market acceptance, our ability to penetrate this market may be limited or foreclosed by our competitors, our liquidity will be strained and the value of our shares may be severely impaired.

 

The first commercial version of our monitoring system software was released in February 2015 and was deployed to only a few institutional customers on a trial basis when we acquired the monitoring platform of Draker, Inc. in September 2015. We have fully integrated and harmonized the BlueNRGY and Draker monitoring software to better serve the market and build on the more established base of U.S. customers served by the Draker system. However, if we complete the acquisition of Inaccess as expected, we will face a similar challenge of integrating its monitoring software and control technologies with our own and, notwithstanding their collective deployment on thousands of systems having a capacity of more than 6GW, neither entity’s software or services offerings are mature. The roll-out of our monitoring systems and related services to a broad spectrum of users comprising significant market share will require that we hire additional personnel to effectively and efficiently integrate the data feeds from a larger universe of sources than is currently possible. Because of the uncertainties about our ability to win customers and earn revenue, and the expectations that development and marketing costs will accelerate, we are unable to determine when, or if, the monitoring business will make a significant positive contribution to our profits and cash flow. This uncertainty is magnified by the competitive dynamics of the monitoring services and controls market. There are numerous competitors developing or marketing monitoring and control systems with at least some characteristics similar to ours and several of these competitors currently offer robust systems with features and capabilities similar or superior to those we are able to provide. Despite the proliferation of renewable power generating systems worldwide, asset ownership is beginning to concentrate and we believe that the market for monitoring services may be largely locked up by a small number of competitors within a few years. Primarily for this reason, we are investing aggressively, within the limitations of our liquidity, to accelerate system development and deployments. If we cannot capture meaningful market share quickly, we may be foreclosed from pursuing much of the available revenue from this sector and we may not realize a return on investment in the development of our monitoring system or related acquisitions or to cultivate a customer base of sufficient scale that purchases of support services such as O&M would be material to our financial results.

 

We do not carry business interruption insurance, and any unexpected business interruptions could adversely affect our business.

 

Our operations are vulnerable to interruption by earthquake, fire, power failure and power shortages, hardware and software failure, floods, computer viruses, and other events beyond our control. In addition, we do not carry business interruption insurance to compensate us for losses that may occur as a result of these kinds of events, and any such losses or damages incurred by us could disrupt our solar integration projects and other operations without reimbursement. Because of our limited financial resources, such an event could threaten our viability to continue as a going concern and lead to dramatic losses in the value of our ordinary shares.

 

The renewable energy sectors we serve, and the monitoring and controls and related software business in particular, are notable for the pace of technological change and our operations could be adversely affected if we fail to keep pace with such changes; and changes in technology could make it difficult for us to be competitive with our products and service offerings and prevent us from achieving sustained profitability.

 

We are offering products and services to participants in the renewable energy industry, with a focus on the solar sector. In part because of the large amounts of capital deployed in the sector and the global growth, the renewable energy industry is highly competitive. To meet our clients’ needs, we must continually develop, source, qualify and offer updated technology for the projects we support and services we provide. We are at a competitive disadvantage in doing so because of our small scale, weak financial condition and unprotected know-how and proprietary technology. In addition, rapid and frequent technology and market demand changes can render obsolete the existing technologies known and used by us and our customers, requiring substantial new capital expenditure or negatively impacting customer acceptance and our market share, pricing and margins. Any failure by us to anticipate or to respond adequately to changing technology, market demands and client requirements could adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

Solar and wind energy are, in some jurisdictions, more expensive sources of energy than the wholesale cost of conventional alternatives and recent low prices of conventional energy and other factors affecting energy costs and utility acceptance of renewable power may negatively impact demand for renewables and reduce our revenues and profitability.

 

We believe that an end customer’s decision to purchase or install renewable power generation systems is primarily driven by the cost and return on investment resulting from such installations. Fluctuations in economic and market conditions that affect the prices of conventional and non-solar alternative energy sources, such as sustained weakness or decreases in the prices of oil and other fossil fuels, could cause the demand for solar power systems to decline, which would have a negative impact on our profitability. Other factors that could have a negative effect on our rapidly evolving business include, but are not limited to:

 

  changes in utility electric rates, net metering policies and curtailment of renewable inputs to the power grid;
     
  increases in the installed costs of solar or wind power due to changes in tariffs, taxes and subsidies; and
     
  adverse customer experience with performance and reliability of renewable power installations as they age.

 

If demand for solar or wind power products fails to develop sufficiently or declines, we might not be able to generate enough revenue to sustain profitability. In addition, demand for solar power products in the markets and geographic regions we target may not develop or may develop more slowly than we anticipate.

  

 C: 

 21

 

 

Overcapacity and financial distress among manufacturers of renewable solar power generation equipment is commonplace and also occurs to a lesser extent among climate control equipment manufacturers; if OEM or component suppliers for systems we install fail to meet warranty obligations to our customers, or backstop warranty commitments to us, our business and profitability could be impaired.

 

Many large and well-known manufacturers of solar PV panels, wind turbines and related equipment necessary to implement functioning systems, such as inverters, trackers and electrical controls components, have failed in recent years, including two of our significant past suppliers, Solon and Oelmaier. The same is true for manufacturers of wind turbines. Others OEM and component suppliers in these sectors have been financially weakened, possibly including some of our current suppliers. The climate control sector is more mature and failures of equipment manufacturers are less common, but they do occur from time to time. Our installations of monitoring, solar and climate-control systems are covered by warranties from our component suppliers which may not be met. While we do not generally have direct warranty obligations related to components produced by our suppliers, we could suffer reputational damage if the component manufacturers default on their warranty obligations.

 

In all of our system installation businesses, if we fail to backstop the warranty obligations of our suppliers who fail to do so, we may face precipitous declines in our sales. We believe the importance of reputation as a provider of reliable systems is a critical factor in the sustainability of our businesses. However, taking on warranty obligations for suppliers who default could place a financial burden on us that we are unable to meet. Either course of action could damage or render our business non-viable.

 

Existing regulations and changes to such regulations may present technical, regulatory, and economic barriers to the purchase and use of wind and solar power products or our systems used to monitor and manage them, which may significantly reduce demand for such systems and could harm our business.

 

Installations of solar power systems, including the sub-systems we provide to monitor and manage them, are subject to oversight and regulation in accordance with national and local ordinances, building codes, zoning, environmental protection regulation, utility interconnection requirements for metering, and other rules and regulations. In the markets we serve, we attempt to keep up-to-date with these requirements on a national, state, and local level, and must design, construct and connect systems to comply with varying standards. Some jurisdictions, including certain U.S. and Australian states, have ordinances that restrict or increase the cost of installation of our monitoring and control systems and solar power systems. For example, there currently exist metering caps in certain jurisdictions such as Queensland and Hawaii that effectively limit the aggregate amount of power that may be sold by solar power generators into the power grid. Certain jurisdictions have passed ordinances that limit noise or threats to wildlife to levels that would preclude installation of cost-effective wind generation capacity. Moreover, in certain markets, the process for obtaining the permits and rights necessary to construct and interconnect a power system to the grid requires significant lead time and may become prolonged, and the cost associated with acquiring such permits and project rights may be subject to fluctuation. Government regulations or utility policies pertaining to solar and wind power systems are unpredictable and may result in curtailment of system use or significant additional expenses or delays which, as a result, could cause a significant reduction in demand for our monitoring and control systems and solar and wind generation systems generally and post-installation services.

 

Our business is highly dependant on and benefits from the declining cost of solar power generation systems per unit of electricity generated and an ample supply of key components and our financial results would be harmed if these dynamics reversed or did not continue.

 

A key driver in the pricing of solar energy systems and customer adoption of this form of renewable energy has been the declining cost of solar panels and the raw materials necessary to manufacture them, reductions in the costs of other components, lower power losses from electricity distribution and power conversion components and efficiencies in regulatory costs of installations. If these changes do not continue to produce reductions in the delivered cost of power produced from solar installations, growth in the industry could slow and our sales and financial results would suffer. Global supplies of solar panels have increasingly been provided by manufacturers based in China, some of whom benefit from favorable foreign regulatory regimes and governmental support, including subsidies. If this support were to decrease or be eliminated, if internal Chinese demand for panels increases to a level that exports are reduced, or if tariffs and import restrictions above current levels were to be imposed by U.S. or European governments, it could lead to higher prices for panels (or other components), reducing demand and margins. A similar adverse impact on our results would occur if our access to specialized technology from Chinese manufacturers is restricted or becomes more expensive.

 

If potential owners of solar PV systems are unable to secure financing on acceptable terms as a result of financial crisis, rising rates perceived instability of revenues or other factors, there could be a reduction in demand for solar PV systems and the monitoring, control and support services we offer.

 

Many developers and owners of solar PV systems depend on readily available financing to fund new systems and underpin liquidity and value of installed systems. Moreover, in the case of debt financed projects, even if lenders are willing to finance the purchase of these systems, an increase in interest rates, perceived financial or operating instability of owners and asset managers or a change in tax incentives could make it difficult for owners to secure financing on favorable terms, or at all. We believe that a substantial majority of solar PV system owners utilize significant debt financing in making their investments. Difficulties in obtaining or increased costs of debt financing could lower an investor’s return on investment in a solar PV installation, or make alternative power generation systems or other investments more attractive relative to solar PV systems. Any of these events could result in reduced demand for our systems and services, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

 C: 

 22

 

 

Public opposition to development of solar and wind farms, particularly in the U.S., Europe and more recently in Australia, is expected to make it more difficult to obtain the necessary permits and authorizations for such projects and may reduce opportunities available to us, especially in familiar markets.

 

Over the last few years, public disfavor of solar and wind farms in the United States, certain European countries and Australia that have historically encouraged such projects has been manifested in changes in government policies. In the opinion of our management, the public opposition to renewable power generation projects has been triggered by concerns such as that scarce farm land was being displaced, local aesthetics were being compromised and the cost of the power supplied from ground-based systems in particular did not justify government policy concessions and was leading to the approval of excessively high feed-in tariff rates by regulators. Key policy changes observed include reductions of subsidies applicable to ground-based solar installations relative to other types of projects and changes in permitting regulations that make ground-based installations difficult or practically impossible to start in some locales. Consequently, the number of economically feasible projects has declined in many areas. The resulting and expected reduction opportunities for us to support large-scale solar projects in these proven markets for us may constrain our overall market opportunity and will necessitate that we rely more heavily on serving emerging markets and developed markets that are unfamiliar to us. This is likely to reduce our growth potential and poses operational challenges that could adversely affect our financial performance.

 

Regulations applicable to the U.S. market may exacerbate competitive pressures for solar PV development and reduce margins, making it harder for us to grow profitably in the United States.

 

In certain U.S. jurisdictions government regulations or utility policies pertaining to solar power systems are unpredictable and have the potential to cause significant additional expenses or delays for projects of all sizes. Also, some jurisdictions have imposed regulations that effectively limit the aggregate amount of power that may be sold by solar power generators into the power grid. In addition, the United States has imposed tariffs on Chinese-manufactured solar panels that have disrupted established supply relationships and increased costs. Collectively, these and similar factors may constrain implementation of U.S. solar energy systems and opportunities to sell our monitoring and O&M services relative to expectations. Our management expects these dynamics to increase competitive pressures among system developers and service providers that could lead to reduced pricing and profits. Our system and services sales initiatives in the United States may not meet our growth expectations or be profitable as a result.

 

In our projects-related businesses we depend on a small number of suppliers for key components used in our products and systems with the result that we risk disruption in supply and may be constrained in negotiating competitive prices, lead times and other trade terms.

 

Our businesses focused on system design and installation, including solar monitoring systems and new installations and energy efficiency / climate control systems, provide the preponderance of our revenue. Nevertheless, our small scale and weak financial condition have compelled us to obtain key components required by these businesses from a small number of suppliers who would offer us credit terms or produce products to our specifications. We believe that our commercial relationship with our critical suppliers in each of our business segments is currently good, but if we experience difficulty in making timely payments, our past experience has demonstrated that it will lead to immediate curtailment of shipments to us by suppliers, which in turn would reduce revenues and increase our supply costs. We do not maintain, or expect to be able to maintain, sufficient inventories to allow us to buffer the consequences of supply interruptions. Although alternative suppliers exist for most of the components we sell in our solar and climate control businesses, new suppliers may not be willing to ship to us on customary trade terms, or at all, due to our financial condition. Sometimes we are in a position of having only one source of component supply. The sudden loss of any of our current primary component supply relationships could cause a delay in order fulfilment and be disruptive to our operations and lead to financial losses.

 

It is critical to the growth of our revenue that our products be high quality while offered at competitive pricing. Any constraints that we face in being able to negotiate with our suppliers may prevent us from being able to offer systems to customers on competitive terms or to do so profitably.

 

In addition, we are currently subject to fluctuations in market prices for the components that we purchase. We cannot ensure that the prices charged by our suppliers will not increase because of changes in market conditions or other factors beyond our control. An increase in the price of components used in our systems could result in an increase in costs to our customers and could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and demand for our products.

 

Interruptions in our ability to procure needed components for our systems, whether due to discontinuance by our suppliers, delays or failures in delivery, shortages caused by inadequate production capacity or unavailability, financial failure, manufacturing quality, or for other reasons, would adversely affect or limit our sales and growth. There is no assurance that we will continue to be able to find qualified sources for components on acceptable terms and, if we do, there can be no assurance that product quality will continue to be satisfactory, which could lead to a loss of sales and revenues.

 

 C: 

 23

 

 

We lack strong brand identity in our served markets and our failure to achieve greater prominence and favourable recognition of our brands could severely and adversely affect the viability of our solar-related businesses and the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern.

 

We have determined to apply our own BlueNRGY brand to some of our businesses and the acquired Draker brand to our monitoring products in the markets where Draker, Inc. was historically active, notably North America and Japan. The BlueNRGY brand is substantially unknown. It is therefore unclear whether or not the BlueNRGY brand will gain enough market acceptance to drive sales as we expect at a cost that allows us to be profitable. Although it was once recognized as the solar monitoring technology leader in the United States the Draker brand is associated with some execution and reliability problems for its systems and software in the period immediately prior to our acquisition of the Draker assets. Although we have invested heavily in remediating performance issues with the Draker software platform and in the fulfilment of new system orders, this may not be sufficient to overcome adverse market reputation and allow us to rebuild market share. If our brand choices constrain revenue and margin growth and delay our attainment of profitability, it would be detrimental to our overall business. If our brand gains recognition and acceptance in our served markets, our failure to effectively execute on delivery or service promises would be highly adverse to our prospects and create a window of opportunity for the continued growth of competitors utilizing similar technology and could foreclose us from establishing ourselves in key markets. The expense of simultaneously building two brands in multiple markets is significant and could further impair our liquidity and chances for success.

 

Risks Related to our Ordinary Shares

 

We have never paid a dividend on our ordinary shares and do not intend to do so in the foreseeable future, and consequently, investors’ only opportunity to realize a return on their investment in the Company is through the appreciation in the price of and sale of our ordinary shares.

 

We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future and intend to retain all earnings, if any, for our operations. If we decided to pay dividends at some future time, we may not have sufficient funds legally available to do so. Even if funds are legally available for distribution, we may be unable to pay any dividends to our shareholders because of limitations imposed by our credit agreements or a lack of liquidity. Accordingly, our shareholders may have to sell some or all of their ordinary shares in order to generate cash flow from their investment. Our shareholders may not receive a gain on their investment when they sell their ordinary shares and may lose some or all of their investment. Any determination to pay dividends in the future on our ordinary shares will be made at the discretion of our Board and will depend on our results of operations, financial conditions, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law, capital requirements, and other factors that our Board deems relevant.

 

We require additional capital to fund our businesses, and the sale of additional shares or other equity securities would result in dilution to our shareholders; such sales, or the perception that such sales may occur, may also depress our share price.

 

We require additional cash resources to fund our business plan and to continue operating as a going concern. The Company may sell additional equity to obtain needed funds and the use of such funds could include:

 

  funding losses and paying existing creditors;
     
  expanding into new product markets and geographies;
     
  acquiring complementary businesses, products, services or technologies, including completion of the remainder of the Inaccess equity that we do not already own;
     
  hiring additional technical and other personnel for purposes of business development, research and other activities consistent with our strategy; or
     
  otherwise pursuing strategic plans and responding to competitive pressures.

 

We may also issue additional equity securities for other purposes including for compensation of employees, directors consultants and for employment benefit plans. These securities may have the same rights as our ordinary shares or, alternatively, may have dividend, liquidation, or other preferences to our ordinary shares. The issuance of additional equity securities will dilute the holdings of existing shareholders and may reduce the price of our ordinary shares.

 

There are no assurances that equity financing will be available in amounts or on acceptable terms, if at all. If financing is not available to us on acceptable terms if and when needed, we will be unable to fund our operations or expand our business. In any such event, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed, and we may be unable to continue as a going.

 

 C: 

 24

 

 

Our financing needs may require us to obtain additional debt financing to fund losses, future capital expenditures and to meet working capital requirements, which may be obtained on terms that are unfavorable to the Company and/or our shareholders.

 

We will require additional financing in the future in connection with execution of our growth strategy, to fund future capital expenditures, working capital and losses. Additional debt financing may include conditions that would restrict our freedom to operate our business, such as conditions that:

 

  increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
     
  require us to dedicate a portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditures, working capital, growth and other general corporate purposes; and
     
  limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry.

 

The incurrence of additional indebtedness could require acceptance of covenants that, if violated, could further restrict our operations or lead to acceleration of the indebtedness that would necessitate winding up or liquidation of the Company. In addition to the foregoing, our ability to obtain additional debt financing may be limited and there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain any additional financing on terms that are acceptable.

 

Rule 144 may not be available for public resales of our securities.

 

Rule 144 under the Securities Act, permits the resale, subject to various terms and conditions, of limited amounts of restricted securities after they have been held for six months. The SEC prohibits the use of Rule 144 for resale of securities issued by issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. It is our view that in 1999 we were a shell company. We were originally formed on August 18, 1989 in Australia as London Securities Limited, a corporation subject to the laws of Australia, specifically, the Australian Corporations Act. Our ordinary shares were first listed on the Australian Stock Exchange, or ASX, in 1989. Following our inception, we began acquiring energy generation assets and on December 19, 1996, changed our name to Asia Pacific Infrastructure Limited. We were, however, suspended from trading on ASX on October 8, 1998. In calendar year1999 we had nominal non-cash assets and we had nominal operations. We resumed trading on ASX on April 18, 2000.

 

The SEC prohibits the use of Rule 144 for resale of securities issued by shell companies (other than business transaction related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. The SEC has provided an important exception to this prohibition, however, if the following conditions are met: the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company; the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports; and at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company. We believe that, upon the filing of this Report, we will have met all of these requirements. In the 2014 and 2015 fiscal years, however, we did not file our Annual Report on Form 20-F in a timely fashion.

 

Our ordinary shares have only recently commenced trading in the United States on the OTC Markets, trading is thin and the market price of our shares is volatile, conditions that individually or in combination may render our shareholders unable to sell the ordinary shares at or near “ask” prices, or at all; consequently, if our shareholders need to sell their shares to raise money or otherwise desire to liquidate their shares they could incur substantial losses.

 

Although our NASDAQ listing application is currently pending until we meet the NASDAQ Capital Market’s initial listing requirements, there is no assurance that our application will be approved or that an active public market for our ordinary shares will develop or be sustained. Our ordinary shares only began trading on the OTC Markets on September 10, 2015 following a nine-month suspension and delisting from the NASDAQ Capital Market and it is not clear if an active market for our shares will develop. Since trading recommenced on the OTC Markets and we completed a 1-for-80 share consolidation on December 17, 2016, the highest trading volume recorded in a single day through September 30, 2016 was 11,560 shares, representing a total value of shares traded on such day of $23,120. This lack of an active market means that the number of persons interested in purchasing ordinary shares at or near bid prices at any given time may be relatively small or non-existent. This situation is attributable to a number of factors, including the fact that many of our shareholders are located in Australia and lack the capability or knowledge to trade in the U.S. markets, were issued unregistered shares, pursuant to the DOCA or in private placement transactions following our emergence from VA that are not currently eligible to trade in the U.S. market, the Company’s history of losses and the fact that we are a small company that is relatively unknown to stock analysts, stock brokers, institutional investors and others in the U.S. investment community that generate or influence sales volume. Even if we came to the attention of such persons, they tend to be risk-adverse and may be reluctant to follow an unproven company such as ours or purchase or recommend the purchase of our shares until such time as our business has demonstrated viability and we become larger and more seasoned. As a consequence, there may continue to be periods of several days or more when trading activity in our shares is minimal or non-existent, as compared to a seasoned issuer that has a large and steady volume of trading activity that will generally support continuous sales without an adverse effect on our stock price. There are no assurances that a broader or more active public trading market for our ordinary shares will develop or be sustained, or even that current trading levels experienced on the OTC Markets will be sustained.

 

 C: 

 25

 

 

The market price and trading volume of our ordinary shares may be volatile and may be affected by variability in the Company’s performance from period to period and economic conditions beyond management’s control.

 

The market price of our ordinary shares may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. This means that our shareholders could experience a decrease in the value of their ordinary shares regardless of our operating performance or prospects. The market prices of securities of companies operating in the renewable energy sector have often experienced fluctuations that have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating results of these companies. In addition, the trading volume of our ordinary shares may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our ordinary shares declines significantly, our shareholders may be unable to resell our ordinary shares at or above their purchase price, if at all. There can be no assurance that the market price of our ordinary shares will not fluctuate or significantly decline in the future.

 

Some specific factors that could negatively affect the price of our ordinary shares or result in fluctuations in their price and trading volume include:

 

  actual or expected fluctuations in our operating results;
     
  actual or expected changes in our growth rates or our competitors’ growth rates;
     
  our inability to raise additional capital, limiting our ability to continue as a going concern;
     
  expectations that we will raise needed capital through share issuances that will dilute our existing shareholders;
     
  changes in market prices for our product or for our raw materials;
     
  changes in market valuations of similar companies;
     
  changes in key personnel for us or our competitors;
     
  speculation in the press or investment community;
     
  changes or proposed changes in laws and regulations affecting the renewable energy industry as a whole;
     
  conditions in the renewable energy industry generally; and
     
  conditions in the financial markets in general or changes in general economic conditions.

 

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of the securities of other companies, shareholders have often instituted securities class action litigation against such companies. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert the attention of senior management and, if adversely determined, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

If we do not meet the initial listing standards of the NASDAQ Capital Market (or, once listed, the continued listing standards in the future), the Company’s stock will not trade on a national exchange and liquidity and share price may suffer.

 

Our ordinary shares are currently only traded on the OTC Markets. Although our NASDAQ listing application is currently pending until we meet the NASDAQ Capital Market’s initial listing requirements and believe that listing on NASDAQ will result in a more active public market and liquidity for our ordinary shares than is observed on the OTC Markets, there can be no assurance that this is will be the case or that our NASDAQ listing application will be approved. There may be significant consequences associated with our ordinary shares trading on the OTC Markets rather than a national exchange. The effects of not being able to list our ordinary shares on a national exchange include:

 

limited release of the market price of our securities;
   
limited news coverage;
   
limited interest by investors in our securities;
   
volatility of our ordinary share price due to low trading volume;
   
increased difficulty in selling our securities in certain states due to “blue sky” restrictions; and
   
limited ability to issue additional securities or to secure additional financing.

 

If our shares are eventually approved for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market or any other national exchange, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to meet all necessary requirements for such listing; therefore, there is no assurance that our ordinary shares will continue to trade on a national securities exchange. At any time when our shares do not trade on a national exchange, liquidity may be reduced and our stock price could decline.

 

 C: 

 26

 

 

We recently completed a 1-for-80 reverse share split which could may have adversely affected the market liquidity of our ordinary shares and could continue to do so and impair the value of your investment and harm our business.

 

On December 17, 2016 we effected a 1-for-80 share consolidation. This action may have depressed the value of our shares and continue to do so with the following adverse consequences:

 

the per share price may be too low to attract brokers and investors who do not trade in lower priced stocks;
   
the share consolidation may have reduced the share price to a level that will jeopardize our ability to attract and retain employees and other service providers;
   
the share consolidation may have reduced the share price to a level that fails to incentivize the Inaccess shareholders, or shareholders of any company targeted for acquisition in the future, to accept our ordinary shares as consideration, necessitating that we raise cash from new shareholders on dilutive terms to our existing shareholders;
   
the market price per share will not equal or exceed the price required to qualify for initial listing or remain in excess of the US$1.00 minimum bid price as required by NASDAQ following initial listing;

 

In addition, the share consolidation has reduced the number of shares available in the public float and this may have impaired the liquidity in the market for our ordinary shares and continue to do so on a sustained basis, which may in turn reduce the value of our ordinary shares. We may in the future undergo one or more additional share consolidations. If we issue additional shares in the future, it will likely result in the dilution of our existing shareholders.

 

As a foreign private issuer, we follow certain home-country corporate governance practices that afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares than would be available to U.S. issuers listed on NASDAQ.

 

As a foreign private issuer, we follow certain home-country corporate governance practices and intend to continue to do so in lieu of certain NASDAQ requirements, even if we are successful in regaining our NASDAQ listing. Australian law does not require us to follow NASDAQ requirements, including with respect to the composition of our Board and nominations committee and executive sessions, having a majority of our Board be independent, establishing a nominations committee or holding regular executive sessions where only independent directors are present and the requirement to obtain shareholder approval in all circumstances where we issue shares constituting more than 20% of our outstanding shares. (Refer to Item 16G “Corporate Governance”.)

 

Such Australian home-country practices may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares than would be available to our shareholders if we were incorporated in the United States, governed by U.S. law and subject to all applicable NASDAQ regulations for U.S. issuers.

 

We are a “foreign private issuer” under the rules and regulations of the SEC and are thus exempt from a number of rules under the Exchange Act and will be permitted to file less information with the SEC than a company incorporated in the United States.

 

As a “foreign private issuer” under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act, and will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, or to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material non-public information. In addition, we are exempt from certain disclosure and procedural requirements applicable to proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. Our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning us than there is for a company domiciled in the United States, and such information may not be provided as promptly as it is currently provided by companies domiciled in the United States. Although not anticipated, if we lose our status as a foreign private issuer, we will no longer be exempt from such rules and, among other things, will be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as if we were a company incorporated in the United States. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain our status as a foreign private issuer and the incremental costs incurred in complying with the SEC requirements could be substantial.

 

Because we are organized under the laws of Australia, U.S. investors may face difficulties in protecting their interests and may be limited in their ability to protect their rights through the U.S. federal courts.

 

It may be difficult to bring and enforce suits against us because we are organized under the laws of Australia. Some or all of our directors will reside in various jurisdictions outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our non-U.S. directors, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against us or our non-U.S. directors. In addition, there is some doubt as to whether the courts of Australia and other countries would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers based on the civil liabilities provisions of the federal or state securities laws of the United States or would hear actions against us or those persons based on those laws. We have been advised by our legal advisors in Australia that the United States and Australia do not currently have a bilateral arrangement providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. Consequently, a party seeking to enforce a judgment of a U.S. court must rely on common law principles for recognition and enforcement. Some remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including some remedies available under the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be allowed in Australia courts as contrary to that jurisdiction’s public policy. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not based solely on United States federal or state securities laws, would not automatically be enforceable in Australia. Similarly, those judgments may not be enforceable in countries other than the United States.

 

A large fraction of our shares are held by a few shareholders, some of whom are members of our Board and management. As these principal shareholders substantially control our corporate actions, our other shareholders may face difficulty in exerting influence over matters not supported by these principal shareholders.

 

Our principal shareholders include affiliates of W.H. Soul Pattinson and certain affiliates, referred to as WHSP, ESOL B.V., Mr. Y-R Cotrel, Mr. Emmanuel Cotrel, and Mr. Morro (the latter three are officers and/or directors of the Company) and they collectively control over 52.6% of our outstanding ordinary shares as of September 30, 2016.

 

 C: 

 27

 

 

These shareholders, acting individually or as a group, could exert control over matters such as electing directors, amending our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, and approving mergers or other business combinations or transactions. In addition, because of the percentage of ownership and voting concentration of these principal shareholders and their affiliated entities, elections of our Board may be within the control of these shareholders and their affiliated entities. While all of our shareholders are entitled to vote on matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, a concentration of shares and voting control presently lies with these principal shareholders and their affiliated entities. As such, it would be difficult for shareholders to propose and have approved proposals not supported by these principal shareholders and their affiliated entities. There can be no assurance that matters voted upon by our officers and directors in their capacity as shareholders will be viewed favorably by all shareholders of the Company. The stock ownership of our principal shareholders and their affiliated entities may discourage a potential acquirer from seeking to acquire our ordinary shares, which, in turn, could reduce our stock price or prevent our shareholders from realizing a premium over our stock price.

 

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares has recently or may become eligible to be sold into the market, which could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to drop significantly or be sustained at low levels, even if our business is doing well.

 

Our ordinary shares issued in conjunction with the DOCA and to former holders of shares of BlueNRGY LLC who received our shares as consideration for its acquisition have recently become eligible to be sold or will be eligible to be sold immediately following effectiveness of the resale registration statement that we intend to file as soon as practicable following the filing of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Sales of such shares could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to drop significantly or be sustained at low levels that impair realization of shareholder value and preclude acceptance of application to trade on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

 

Our Constitution grants to our Board the authority to issue a preferred stock without further approval by our shareholders, which could adversely affect the rights of the holders of our ordinary shares

 

Our Board has the power to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of preferred stock. Our Board also has the power to issue preferred stock without further shareholder approval, subject to the provisions of our Constitution and the Act. As a result, our Board could authorize the issuance of new series of preferred stock that would grant to holders thereof certain preferred rights to (i) our assets upon liquidation; (ii) receive dividend payments ahead of holders of ordinary shares; (iii) and the redemption of the shares, together with a premium, prior to the redemption of our ordinary shares. In addition, our Board could authorize the issuance of new series of preferred stock that is convertible into our ordinary shares, which could decrease the relative voting power of our ordinary shares or result in dilution to our existing shareholders

 

Research analysts do not currently publish research about our business, limiting information available to shareholders, and if this continues to be the case, or if analysts do publish unfavorable commentary or downgrade our ordinary shares, it could adversely affect our stock price and trading volume.

 

The trading market for our ordinary shares will depend, in part, on the research and reports that research analysts publish about us and our business and industry. The price of our ordinary shares could decline if one or more research analysts downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. If one or more of the research analysts ceases coverage of the Company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our ordinary shares could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

We may be classified as a foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which could subject U.S. investors in our ordinary shares to significant adverse U.S. income tax consequences.

 

Depending upon the value of our assets, which may be determined based, in part, on the market value of our ordinary shares, and the nature of our assets and income over time, we could be classified as a “passive foreign investment company,” or “PFIC,” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Based upon our current income and assets and projections as to the value of our ordinary shares, we do not presently expect to be a PFIC for the current taxable year or the future taxable years. While we do not expect to become a PFIC, if, among other matters, our market capitalization is less than anticipated or subsequently declines, we may be a PFIC for the current year or future taxable years. The determination of whether we are or will be a PFIC will also depend, in part, on the composition of our income and assets, which will be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets. Because PFIC status is a factual determination made annually after the close of each taxable year, including ascertaining the fair market value of our assets on a quarterly basis and the character of each item of income we earn, we can provide no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year.

 

If we are classified as a PFIC in any taxable year during which a U.S. holder holds our ordinary shares, a U.S. holder would be subject to special rules generally intended to reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of U.S. federal income tax that a U.S. holder could derive from investing in a non-U.S. corporation that doses not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis. Further, if we are classified as a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. holder holds our ordinary shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. holder holds our ordinary shares.

 

Risks Related to Takeovers

 

Australian takeovers laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of large numbers of our ordinary shares, which could constrain our share price and reduce investor returns.

 

We are incorporated in Australia and are subject to the takeovers laws of Australia, including the Australian Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act. Subject to a range of exceptions, the Corporations Act prohibits the acquisition of a direct or indirect interest in a company’s issued voting shares if the acquisition of that interest will lead to a person’s voting power in such company increasing from 20% or below to more than 20%, or increasing from a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%. Australian takeovers laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of large numbers of our ordinary shares. This may have the ancillary effect of entrenching our Board and may deprive or limit our shareholders’ strategic opportunities to sell their ordinary shares and may restrict the ability of our shareholders to obtain a premium from such transactions.

 

Our Constitution and applicable Australian laws and regulations may adversely affect our ability to take actions that could be beneficial to our shareholders.

 

As an Australian company we are subject to different corporate requirements than a corporation organized under the laws of the United States. Our Constitution, as well as the Corporations Act, set forth various rights and obligations that are unique to Australian companies. These requirements operate differently than from many U.S. companies and may limit or otherwise adversely affect our ability to take actions that could be beneficial to our shareholders.

 

 C: 

 28

 

 

ITEM 4.      INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

4.A.             History and Development of the Company

 

We were originally formed on August 18, 1989 in Australia as London Securities Limited, a corporation subject to the laws of Australia, specifically, the Australian Corporations Act. Following our inception, we began acquiring energy generation assets. Subsequently, we undertook major adjustments in strategic focus and changed our name in 1996. After a suspension in trading on the ASX in 1998 and a restructuring in 1999, during which we had nominal non-cash assets and operations and again changed our name, we resumed trading on ASX on April 18, 2000. We adopted the name CBD Energy Limited on December 6, 2002. Operating as CBD Energy Limited, we reemphasized development of energy-related businesses and undertook new initiatives to acquire installation and service contractors delivering energy-efficient commercial-scale climate control systems. We entered VA on November 14, 2014 and our corporate organization and liabilities were restructured pursuant to the DOCA. We emerged from the VA on January 27, 2015 having retained a strategic focus on delivering and managing renewable energy generation and energy-efficient climate-control systems. On March 20, 2015 the Company’s name was changed to BlueNRGY Group Limited.

 

Our ordinary shares were listed on the Australian Stock Exchange from 1989 through (other than the 18 months mentioned above) January 31, 2014, when we voluntarily delisted them in connection with our U.S. listing. Our ordinary shares traded on the OTC Markets from February 10, 2014 until June 13, 2014 under the ticker symbol CBDNF, and began trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market on June 13, 2014. However, trading in our ordinary shares was suspended on November 14, 2014 following commencement of the VA process. Our ordinary shares began trading again on September 10 2015 in the over-the-counter market under the ticker symbol CBDEF. We are endeavouring to complete the steps necessary to relist our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market, but there is no assurance that we will be successful in doing so.

 

Recent Acquisitions

 

In July 2016 we acquired 22.41% of the equity interests of Inaccess Holdings Ltd., or Inaccess, a UK company specializing in monitoring and control systems and related software services. While the Inaccess technologies have broad applicability to the control and management of distributed operating systems applicable to many sectors, the company’s focus and product development has been targeted on the Solar PV and telecom sectors. Inaccess is one of the leading independent providers of systems for monitoring large-scale Solar PV installations and the generating capacity of the projects on which it is installed is approximately 4GW. We believe that the Inaccess business is complementary to that of our subsidiary, Draker Corporation and so, in September 2016, we elected to exercise our rights to acquire the remainder of the Inaccess equity that we do not already own. The agreement for doing so contemplates a closing in January 2017 on the terms set forth in the agreements included as an exhibit to this Annual Report.

 

On September 16, 2015, we acquired, through a newly formed U.S. subsidiary, the monitoring platform, accounts receivable, inventory, plant, property and equipment and certain other assets of Draker, Inc. and Draker Laboratories, Inc. (together “Sellers”), including the Draker name, trademark, and all copyrights then owned by the Sellers. Immediately subsequent to the transaction, referred to as the Draker Transaction, our acquisition subsidiary changed its name to Draker Corporation and the names of the Sellers were changed to delete the “Draker” name. With the exception of the Seller’s secured indebtedness to the Vermont Economic Development Authority (“VEDA”), Draker Corporation did not assume Seller’s liabilities. As a result of the Draker Transaction, we are supplying monitoring services to Seller’s customers while we negotiate and document continuing service agreements at more than 2,000 sites where the Draker system was installed in the Americas, Japan and Europe and new installations are being implemented for those customers and new customers. As a result of the Draker Transaction, we believe we are one of the leading independent companies providing equipment and monitoring software and related services to measure the performance of solar PV generation installations in the U.S.

 

In January 2015, we acquired 100% of the equity interests of BlueNRGY LLC, a U.S. company specializing in data acquisition, analysis and management related to the performance of geographically distributed energy generation systems and providing related operations and maintenance, or O&M, services. At the time of the BN Acquisition, BlueNRGY LLC was a development-stage company serving a small number of customers in Europe and Asia. Subsequently it has expanded the scope of its operations to include customers with U.S. and Australian generating assets. Consideration paid to the BlueNRGY LLC shareholders and shares issued to key executives and Directors of the Group as part of the transaction comprised in aggregate 1,927,175 of our ordinary shares. Based on the issuance of our ordinary shares to investors in a contemporaneous private placement at US$3.03 per share (after giving effect to the 1:80 share consolidation that occurred in December 2015) per share, the value of our shares issued to the BlueNRGY LLC shareholders was US$5.8 million. BlueNRGY LLC has its principal offices in Fort Lauderdale, FL.

 

 C: 

 29

 

 

On July 3, 2014, through our wholly-owned subsidiary CBD Acquisition Holdings, Inc., we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Green Earth Developers LLC, referred to as GED, a solar and electrical EPC contractor based in North Carolina. The acquisition was intended to bolster our ability to capitalize on large-scale solar PV project opportunities in the U.S. market. At the time of the acquisition, GED had a track record of successfully completing projects of 1MW – 5MW in size and GED remains active in this market.

 

Recent Divestitures/Liquidations

 

Pursuant to the VA process that commenced on November 14, 2014 and the Reorganization Plans effective on January 27, 2015, we divested or liquidated the following subsidiaries and they are no longer part of our corporate organization:

 

Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Incorporation   Principal Activity   % Owned
Aso-Tech Pty Ltd   Australia   Inverter provider   67
Remote Area Power Systems Pty Ltd   Australia   Energy storage   100
CBD Labs Pty Ltd   Australia   Energy storage   100
KI Solar Pty Ltd   Australia   Solar   100
eco-Kinetics Group Pty Ltd   Australia   Solar   100
eco- Kinetics Pty Ltd   Australia   Solar   100
eco- Kinetics NSW Pty Ltd   Australia   Solar   100
eco- Kinetics Victoria Pty Ltd   Australia   Solar   100
eco- Kinetics Northern Territory Pty Ltd   Australia   Solar   100
eco- Kinetics South Pacific Ltd   Fiji   Solar   100
eco- Kinetics New Zealand Ltd   New Zealand   Solar - Dormant   100
eco-Kinetics Energy Systems Pty Ltd   Australia   Solar - Dormant   100
eco-Kinetics Netherlands Cooperatief UA   Netherlands   Solar   100
eco-Kinetics Netherlands Holding BV   Netherlands   Solar   100
Greenway Pacific Pty Ltd   Australia   Dormant   70
CBD Solar Labs Pty Ltd   Australia   PV Plant   100
Eco-Kinetics Europe Limited   United Kingdom   Solar   100
CBD Solar Pty Ltd   Australia   Solar   100
National Solar Installations Pty Ltd   Australia   Solar   100
CBD Adjungbilly Pty Ltd   Australia   Special purpose vehicle   100
Energy Bonds Plc   United Kingdom   Single-purpose entity formed to raise funding through issue of retail bond   100
Secured Energy Bonds Plc   United Kingdom   Single-purpose entity formed to raise funding through issue of retail bond   100

 

 C: 

 30

 

 

In August 2013, we sold our subsidiary, Capacitor Technologies Pty Ltd. (“CapTech”), for total consideration of A$1.8 million.

 

Our principal office is located at Level 11, 32 Martin Place, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. Our telephone number is +61 (0)2 8069 7970. Our website address is bluenrgy.com. Information on our website and websites linked to it do not constitute part of this Report. Process can be served in the United States at our United States office address – BlueNRGY Group Limited, 110 E Broward Ave, Suite 1900, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301.

 

4.B.             Our Business

 

Overview

 

We are an Australian corporation operating in the global renewable energy and energy-efficiency sectors. Our businesses provide technology and services that allow owners of renewable generation assets to maximize power production and return on investment throughout the lifecycle of this long-lived class of assets. In some regions where we operate, most notably in Australia and the U.S., this includes the application of our engineering know-how and extensive data resources to design and install efficient new renewable systems and to upgrade, retrofit and optimize existing facilities. In Australia, we also deliver differentiated products and services that are designed to allow electricity consumers to reduce power costs and increase efficiency of their climate control and other systems. In recent years we have expanded the scope of operations throughout Australia and to Asia, Europe and the United States. The scope of our activities was curtailed by the VA process described in Item 4.A. but we continue to conduct business through multiple subsidiaries operating in the aforementioned regions. Our continuing activities are divided among the following lines of business:

 

  Monitoring, Control & Performance Analytics
     
  O&M and Facilities Management for Renewable Systems (including our Chatham Island generating assets formerly included in our Remote Area Power Systems (“RAPS”) unit prior to emergence from VA)
     
  Solar Photovoltaic (or PV) System Design & Installation program management, primarily for customers of our Monitoring, Control and Performance Analytics systems, including:

 

  ●  systems for commercial applications generally ranging from 25kW to 2MW, sometimes referred to as small-scale solar
     
  Utility-scale solar systems and generally above 2MW

 

Energy Efficiency/Technology Solutions (and RAPS prior to our emergence from VA), including climate control systems.

 

Prior to the VA process, we were also actively developing wind projects, but our involvement with wind generation systems is now and is expected to continue to be limited to providing data management and maintenance services.

 

In conjunction with effecting our Reorganization Plans, we acquired BlueNRGY LLC, a company focused on the collection and application of performance data from distributed renewable power generation facilities. We augmented these capabilities with the Draker Transaction, establishing us as one of the leading independent providers of solar monitoring and data analytics in North America. We currently receive and compile operating performance and other pertinent data from approximately 2GW of solar PV installations in the Americas, Australia, Asia and Europe. Our system monitoring and control solutions, and those of Draker in particular, have gained wide acceptance for their reliability, durability and accuracy.

 

BlueNRGY’s operations support and maintenance optimization, or O&M businesses, are still in the development stage and not yet material to our operations. However, we intend to scale these rapidly in response to requests from our customers who want the benefit of applying our data-driven processes for maximizing the financial performance of their projects. In addition, our O&M unit oversees our own small portfolio of renewable generation assets, including the Chatham Project, which is discussed further below.

 

Over the past five years, we actively diversified our solar PV business geographically in order to capitalize on changing demand for new renewable energy generation. Since emergence from the VA process, we have continued our activities in Australia. We have focused expansion initiatives in selected U.S. states and to serve customers of our monitoring business because we have limited resources to extend our services to multiple markets and we believe we can expand profitably in the chosen markets and by serving our established customers. Including the experience of our GED subsidiary, acquired in July 2014, we have designed and completed more than 70MW of large-scale projects in Australia, the U.S. and other international markets and we have designed and installed more than 17,000 small-scale and residential systems in Australia. Because of market factors, we stopped pursuing residential installation opportunities following our emergence from VA.

 

In our energy efficiency and technology solutions business segment we are currently active only in the Australia region where strong incentives exist for end- users to employ energy efficiency measures to reduce cost and/or comply with government regulations. Included in this business segment is our Melbourne Australia based HVAC contracting subsidiary. Historically, this segment of our business also included our CapTech Division, which was divested in August 2013 and our RAPS division, which developed and operated wind and solar power generation systems on Chatham and King Island respectively and held interests in the Larkden energy storage technology. The Larkden Technology was divested in April 2013 and our interests in King Island were divested during the VA. Following our emergence from VA, management of our continuing interests in the Chatham Project is being handled in our O&M unit described above.

 

Our wind project development business was historically confined to Australia and was active during our 2012 to 2014 fiscal years. During that period, we developed and managed the construction of wind farms with peak generating capacity of 107MW, including a 0.5 MW installation that we still own on Chatham Island and a wind farm at Taralga in New South Wales that was constructed at a cost of approximately A$290 million. As developer, we developed demonstrated competencies in negotiation of long-term energy off-take agreements, or PPAs, New development activities in the wind segment were curtailed upon emergence from VA, but we retained core competencies that we believe will have application in our Data Management and Performance Analytics business.

 

 C: 

 31

 

 

Our Industry

 

The renewable energy industry, which includes energy derived from wind, solar and renewable biological resources, has grown rapidly throughout the world in recent years. This has been a result of the convergence of several factors including government policies favoring the use of renewable resources over carbon- based alternatives and technological advances that have reduced the cost of energy derived from renewable resources. Evidencing these trends is the level of investment by renewable energy sector, as shown in the table below:

 

Figure 1 - Global Investment in Clean Energy by Calendar Quarter (Billions of US$)

 

 

 

Source: http://fs-unep-centre.org/sites/default/files/publications/globaltrendsinrenewableenergyinvestment2016lowres_0.pdf

 

Although Figure 1 illustrates that the growth rate of aggregate investment levels in renewable energy capacity has slowed, installed generating capacity continues to grow rapidly because unit costs of installing renewable capacity are declining. According to the Renewables 2016 Global Status Report, or the REN21 Report, published by the Renewable Energy Policy Network for the 21st Century (http://www.ren21.net/status-of-renewables/global-status-report/),installed global capacity of wind and solar generation systems reached 433GW and 227GW respectively at the end of 2015 and had year-over-year growth rates compared with 2014 of 63GW and 50GW respectively. This REN21 report also stated that in 2015, for the first time in history, investments in renewable energy in developing countries exceeded investments in developed economies.

 

 C: 

 32

 

 

We are active in the solar, wind, and energy efficiency sectors in specific geographies, however, our experience and technology can be applied in in any market. In the solar market we have historically focused primarily on small-scale commercial and residential installations, particularly in Australia, but we expect a continued shift in our revenue mix in our applicable lines of business toward larger-scale projects.

 

The Solar PV Segment

 

As reflected in Figure 1 the solar sector has become the largest recipient of investment capital among the renewable energy sectors. According to the REN Report, solar generating assets attracted $161 billion of investment commitments in in 2015, 56% of the total invested in clean energy for that year excluding large hydro projects >50MW. The solar sector encompasses a wide variety of commercial activity ranging from PV solar to solar thermal concentrators, including the monitoring and management of data pertaining to installed capacity. Progress in each of these areas of the Solar PV sector has contributed to making solar power more cost effective over time and this trend is continuing.

 

Costs of energy delivered are declining to or below the level of energy derived from traditional sources in many markets

 

Figure 2, shown below, illustrates the Levelized Cost of Energy, or LCOE, for solar PV at year-end 2014 is at or below the retail price of electricity in many major markets, including markets served by us. As further discussed below, our management believes that the trend toward LCOE parity is continuing.

 

Figure 2: Energy Cost vs LCOE in Selected Markets - 2014

 

 

 

Source: Renewable Energy World article is utility scale solar growth economically viable by Philip Wolfe

 

 C: 

 33

 

 

Over the last several years, a dramatic reduction in the cost of components for solar PV systems, most notably in the modules that generate electricity, has led to reductions in the installed cost per watt of system capacity. The trajectory of the decline between 2009 and 2016 for the U.S. was charted by the Solar Energy Industry Association, or SEIA and is shown in Figure 3 below:

 

Figure 3: Prices and installation rates of solar PV systems in the United States (2000 – Q2, 2016)

 

 

 

Source: Industry Data SEIA Research and Resources

 

Similar dynamics are evident in other markets we serve, as illustrated for an example system in Australia in Figure 4 below:

 

 C: 

 34

 

 

Figure 4: Reduction in solar PV modules Prices in Australia

 

 

 

Source: “Solar Choice,” Australian Solar PV Installation Brokers

 

As the unit costs of PV Solar continue to decline and it becomes more cost-competitive, we expect the market for solar installations to expand. We also believe that this trend will increase if and as storage technologies evolve to cost-effectively allow electricity from renewable generation to be used after sunset or when the wind isn’t blowing.

 

The convergence rate of solar energy cost with traditional energy costs has been accelerated by increases in electric power rates in key markets we serve.

 

In Australia, the increase in retail electricity prices has been accelerating in recent years, more than doubling for both households and businesses since 2000, as illustrated in Figure 5.

 

Figure 5 Electricity price indices for households and businesses in Australia

 

 

 

Source: Australian Energy Council

 

 C: 

 35

 

 

In the United States, recent retail price increases have not been as rapid as in Australia, but according to the U.S. Energy Information Administration, prices are more than 50% higher than in 2001 and the price trend continues to be rising, despite occasional reductions, as illustrated in Figure 6 below:

 

Figure 6: Index of U.S. retail electricity prices

 

 

 

Regulatory structures that incentivize solar installations are prevalent, important to driving demand in our markets in the near-term, but declining in importance over the long-run.

 

Regulatory structures to incentivize renewable energy solar vary by jurisdiction, and can include tariffs, grants, and Renewable Energy Certificates, or RECs, as a traded commodity for the renewable energy markets.

 

Australia. Small-scale solar in Australia is incentivized primarily by the Small-scale Renewable Energy Scheme, or SRES, under which power generators and some industrial companies are obligated to purchase annually a number of small-scale technology certificates, or STCs, specified by the government agency responsible for administering the SRES program. Eligible installations are credited with a onetime allocation of STCs when completed. The regulator establishes the aggregate annual STC purchase obligation for power generators at a level approximately equal to the supply of STCs that it expects to be created from new installations, adjusted for over or under creation of STCs in prior years. STCs may be purchased by any person and freely traded. Consequently, an unregulated market for STCs has developed since the inception of the program. STC prices are effectively capped by the right of obligated purchasers to pay a fixed-rate penalty if they are unable to purchase sufficient STCs in the market to meet their obligations. As the costs of solar energy have declined and the market has matured, the number of STCs credited under the SRES program for each kW of solar capacity installed has been stepped down by the regulators and now typically represents less than 25% of the value of a system at market prices for STCs. The Australian government is expected to leave the SRES program unchanged through 2020, but there is no assurance that government policy will not change.

 

Large-scale renewable energy installations in Australia, which generally include wind systems, receive annual credit for the energy produced and this is reflected in the issuance of RECs. Power generators are obligated to meet targets for renewable energy generation and may do so by receiving credit in the form of RECs for the renewable power they generate, or they may buy RECs from others who are generating power from renewable sources in excess of their mandated requirements. Regulations recently adopted revised large-scale renewable generation targets through 2020 at 33,000GWh, almost double the 17,000GWh of energy that is expected to be produced by large-scale renewable generation in 2015. This target creates ample opportunity for large-scale installations over the next five years that, according to the Australian Clean Energy Council, would represent investment of more than A$10 billion over the period. The value of RECs has trended up as a result, making more renewable projects financially viable. However, there can be no assurance that government policy will remain stable and there is a possibility that renewable generation targets will be reduced.

 

 C: 

 36

 

 

United States. The regulatory incentives in the United States include a federal income tax credit that represents approximately 30% of the value of a project. In addition, a patchwork of state- and local-level programs exist that vary widely in structure and economic effect and may include tax credits or other deductions, outright grants, REC programs and mandated net metering or feed-in tariff arrangements that have the effect of further subsidizing solar installations. The availability of federal tax credit program was extended at the end of 2015 and now begins to step down toward phase out beginning in 2019. Incentive programs of states that were early boosters of solar are generally also declining in significance. In general, state level incentives such as net metering have tended to be most favorable to residential or small-scale solar installations and we expect this to continue to be the case. Our management also expects that the impending reduction in the federal tax credit will produce a high level of activity in calendar year 2016 – 2019, followed by a downturn in the pace of U.S. solar PV installations. The magnitude of any future downturn is unpredictable and depends on various factors including changes in system installation costs and expectations for retail and wholesale power generation costs.

 

As a result of market factors, the demand outlook for solar installation growth is favorable in our key markets.

 

Research funded by the Australia Renewable Energy Agency demonstrates the rapid and continuing growth of Solar PV in Australia.

 

Figure 7: Historical and projected residential capacity increases – 2001 to 2016

 

 

 

Source: Australia PV Institute (APVI) Solar Map

 

This data supports our management’s view that that there will be a sustainable long-term solar market in Australia, although the market is maturing and we believe that rooftop residential penetration is now in excess of 40% in some regions.

 

United States. Overall demand for PV solar installations has continue to grow in the United States following the extension of the Federal investment tax credit program at year-end 2015. As illustrated by Figure 8 below, according to a publication of the Solar Energy Industries Association, recent growth has been driven primarily by utility-scale and residential installations and this is forecast to continue. Other non-residential PV installations (commercial and industrial, or C&I, projects), which could fall into either small-scale or large-scale categories, have been relatively stable but are also forecast to grow. We expect this pattern to continue as long as the ITC remains at the 30% level, currently through 2019.

 

Figure 8: U.S. PV Installations, Q2 2016 Solar PV Forecast

 

 

 

Source: gtmresearch / Solar Energy Industries Association: http://www.seia.org/research-resources/solar-industry-data

 

This market opportunity creates substantial overall growth potential for participants in the U.S. market, including us.

 

Competition among solar developers and installers is intense in all of our markets and they are highly fragmented, although market-share consolidation is occurring in some markets.

 

The small-scale solar PV market in Australia is fragmented, with no dominant competitors. The three major energy retailers (Origin Energy, AGL and Energy Australia) have active installation businesses, and there are a number of other, even larger competitors. An Australian consultancy, Sunwiz, identified the largest installation businesses and their relative sales for the first six months of 2016 are depicted in Figure 9 below.

 

 C: 

 37

 

 

Figure 9: Sunwiz Top 10 Small-scale Solar PV Installers in July 2016

 

 

 

Source: Sunwiz- http//reneweconomy.com.au 2016 australia-break-5gw-rooftop-solar-mark-july-16858

 

In the United States, where our addressable market includes both large utility-scale and C&I segments, the market is highly fragmented. Based on the 2016 listing of the 500 Top Solar Contractors published by Solar Power World (http://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/2016-top-500-north-american-solar-contractors/):

 

  None of the 53 largest utility-scale constructors of solar PV has more than a 15% market share and the list excludes various large or vertically integrated constructors who are known to our management. Representative competitors include Mortenson Construction, SunEdison, Swinerton Renewable Energy, FLS Energy and Watson Electrical Construction
     
  None of the 100 largest C&I installers of solar PV has more than a 12% market share and the list may not include all large participants. Representative competitors include Phoenix Solar, Safari Energy, Standard Solar and Joule Energy.

 

Large-Scale Wind

 

Wind energy is currently among the most economic forms of large-scale renewable energy and can often be developed at scale in the regions where power is needed if the wind resource is strong. The wind sector encompasses the design and installation of the generating system (turbines & towers) and ongoing maintenance and management. As with other renewable energy sectors, installation of wind power generation capacity has grown rapidly over the past decade, although wind energy investments globally have recently plateaued, as shown in Figure 1 above. Hence, the wind sector represents an attractive market for the application of our monitoring and control systems and related services.

 

In the Australian market, wind capacity has grown steadily, driven by a government-mandated renewable energy target. This target requires electricity retailers to source an annually increasing amount of their customers’ electricity consumption from renewable sources, the largest component of which is necessarily wind. This trend in Australia is illustrated by the figure below:

 

 C: 

 38

 

 

Table 10 - Cumulative Installed Wind Capacity in Australia

 

 

 

Sourced: http_ramblingsdc.net_Australia_WindPower.html#Wind_power_capacity_in_Australia

 

To satisfy the recently adopted Australian renewable energy target, the Australian Clean Energy Council estimates growth in wind capacity averaging between 500MW and 750MW per year will be required through 2020 is required in Australia’s installed wind generation capacity. As shown in Table 11 below, as of October 2105 there were 17 wind projects announced representing 2.6GW of wind generation capacity, with more than 10GW of projects in a less advanced stage.

 

Table 11. Major renewable electricity generation projects – October 2015

 

 

 

Source: Australian Bureau of Resources and Energy Economics – Electricity Generation Major Projects Report - 2015

 

To our knowledge, there are approximately 20 companies developing and/or operating wind farms in Australia. These include the three major nongovernment utilities – AGL, Origin Energy and Energy Australia. Within the top ten, we estimated that fewer than five have development pipelines of greater than 1,000MW.

 

Our understanding of the wind development markets in the US and Europe is less complete, but based on the Ren21 Report, we believe that there are expected to be numerous large-scale wind projects developed in both regions over the coming years.

 

 C: 

 39

 

 

Monitoring & Performance Analytics and O&M Services

 

The addressable market for services targeting the data management and operations and maintenance of renewable generation projects of any type and in any region is defined largely by the installed generation capacity, with adjustments for differences that exist in project sizes and vertical integration among regional markets. According to the REN21 Report, worldwide as of the end of 2015, 785GW of renewable power generation systems were in operation, including 227GW for Solar PV and 443GW for Wind.

 

Solar PV:

Distributed solar projects come in a wide variety of sizes, roughly characterized as residential (typically rooftop), small-scale commercial (often located on rooftops or elevated structures) and utility- or megawatt-scale. Data acquisition and control systems for these projects are provided by numerous specialist firms, equipment OEMs such as the inverter companies, and a handful of large, vertically integrated organizations and utilities or independent power producers who have developed proprietary systems. Given our capabilities to provide data management, operations and maintenance, the markets that are immediately relevant for our data management services and O&M services range from small-scale commercial installations, often involving fleets of systems and megawatt-scale installations for both small- and large-fleet owners. With the enhanced capabilities we will have gained through the Inaccess transaction, very large utility-scale projects and project fleets owned by vertically integrated solar companies are now also part of our target market scope.

 

United States: Based on statistics published by the Electric Industries Association shown in Figure 12 below, the total addressable market in the United States for monitoring and O&M for Solar PV distributed generation (which excludes large utility scale projects, approximated 8GW by the fourth quarter of 2015. Given growth rates, we estimate that this will represents more than an $800 million market by 2020. The geographic concentration of these installations is also illustrated in the chart below and provides perspective on states with the greatest market potential:

 

Figure 12: Representative Solar PV Installations

 

 

 

Source: US EIA Electric Power Monthly

 

We believe that competition for O&M services in the below-utility-scale market is highly fragmented and includes such firms as MaxGen Energy Services, Burke Electrical Solar, Petersen Dean, BorregoSolar and Trinity Solar. Notable competitors serving the U.S. market (both small-scale and utility- scale) with specialized data management and control systems for solar PV (both small-scale and mega-watt scale) include MeteoControl, Green Power Monitor, Power Factors, Solar Log, Swinerton, Also Energy, TriMark and various inverter OEMs.

 

We believe the U.S. utility-scale market includes many very large single-site power plants and a high concentration of ownership by vertically integrated companies such as First Solar, Sun Power and various utilities. While the solar installations run by these companies are potentially within our addressable market, our market share in this sub-segment is insignificant. We have had success in winning projects of this scale with special-purpose funds and operating entities (both public and private) that invest in renewable energy assets with PPAs for the cash flows derived from the projects and Inaccess has distinct competitive advantages in serving this market segment. Funds of this nature are increasingly providing the renewable energy industry with access to cost-effective capital, particularly in North America, that is one of the factors driving market growth and consolidation of renewable assets into portfolios, or fleets. According to Kaye Scholer – Investment Financing Opportunities in Alternative Energy 2015 report, six publicly-listed North American YieldCos (NRG Yield, TransAlta Renewables, Pattern Energy, Abengoa Yield, NextEra Energy Partners and TerraForm Power) secured $3.8 billion in equity on the public markets in 2014, more than three times the $1.1 billion reported by Clean Energy Pipeline as having been raised in 2013. The figures do not include acquisitions by other funds or independent power producers that we believe to be significant in number and to be amassing portfolios of renewable energy projects. YieldCos and similar aggregators of renewable generation assets, whether public or private, have requirements for enhanced data analytics delivered through a single platform and we believe they will form an important new category of customer in North America for our data analytics and O&M services that help to maximize power plant generation and revenue. Our management also believes that the aggregation of renewable asset ownership by specialized owners will grow globally and will create new customers for our services.

 

 C: 

 40

 

 

Many of the same firms who provide O&M services for the distributed generation market also serve the utility-scale market, including MaxGen Energy Services, Borrego Solar and Swinerton. Other companies such as EDF Renewables, the Global Asset Management unit of SunEdison and Next Phase Solar are providing services to the utility-scale market, however, we are not aware that any of these companies has significant market share.

 

Australia: We believe that the preponderance of solar PV installations in Australia have been residential or were constructed by the major vertically-integrated utilities. Only the latter of these categories is currently addressable by us with our current capabilities to provide either monitoring or O&M services in Australia. As the market matures and financing becomes more readily available, we believe that fleets of commercial installations will grow and that a viable distributed generation market for both our monitoring solutions and O&M services for solar PV will emerge.

 

Europe. Because of the evolution of policies favoring the construction of commercial and small-utility-scale solar PV installations in Europe, we believe that there is a large universe of solar PV installations in this region that could be targets for our data management and O&M services. However, the reduced and declining pace of large solar PV installations in Europe in recent years limits the points of entry for us into this relatively mature market. GTM Research has reported that the competitive framework for megawatt scale solar installations in Europe is highly fragmented, with an aggregate fleet of more than 24 GW being handled by approximately 60 vendors of O&M services. If and when asset aggregation by YieldCos or similar specialized entities accelerates in Europe, it could bolster our ability to access this market for data analytics and certain O&M services.

 

Wind. Because data management, asset management and maintenance contracts on wind projects typically extend for several years, we believe our best opportunities to win new business in the wind sector are in areas where new projects are likely to be commissioned over the next several years rather than endeavoring to displace established service providers at seasoned projects. Collectively, the pipeline projects in our targeted regions represent an attractive market opportunity for our maintenance and data management services, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in garnering contracts with any of these prospective customers or projects. For Australia this opportunity is illustrated by the pipeline information in Figure 11 above. In the last several years there has been slow but steady growth in wind generation capacity in the United States, but the rate of new project completions has been moderate. The most recent Ren21 Report indicates that investment levels for in wind projects in Europe will continue in line with current levels or grow moderately.

 

Figure 13 – Wind Capacity Under Construction

 

 

 

 

Source: EIA AWEA into the wind the AWEA blog

 

To our knowledge, most local supervisory control systems deployed throughout the world are generally proprietary to the turbine manufacturers although a few specialist independent companies do offer data management systems for wind installations. These companies include: Baze, BaxEnergy, Breeze, Osisoft and their primary served markets are North America and Europe.

 

Energy Efficiency

 

Our business segment targeting energy efficiency / climate control is currently focused only on the Australian market. In Australia, powerful incentives exist for end-users to employ energy efficiency measures to reduce cost and/or comply with government regulations. Australia has also experienced sharp increases in electricity charges in the last five years and these are expected to continue. The country’s power cost increases have been primarily driven by investment in regulated infrastructure and the introduction of carbon pricing and other government policy mandates that are intended to promote the use of energy resources deemed to be more sustainable. The range of products and services associated with energy efficiency is potentially broad, but our activity in this sector is currently limited to providing efficient HVAC systems and a related servicing business operating in the Melbourne, Australia market. The following industry discussion is tailored accordingly. Major new installations in the HVAC markets we serve are awarded primarily by competitive tender where price is a key determinate of success. Market participants often submit tenders as part of a syndicate of contractors and opportunities are sourced through long-standing relationships with construction general contractors. Service sales are generated from relationships with prior installation customers and through competition on service levels. Revenue growth in the region is bounded by and highly correlated to construction activity levels in and around Melbourne. Because of the favorable weather patterns in the region, the construction cycle is not seasonal in nature.

 

 C: 

 41

 

 

The Melbourne HVAC market is regional and highly fragmented, with the largest competitors having market shares between 5-10% (individually). These companies include AG Coombs, AE Smith, D & E Air Conditioning, Allstaff Air Conditioning and JL Williams. Other competitors with a similar or smaller market share include: RKH Air Conditioning, PJM Air Conditioning, Quadrant Air Conditioning and Proair Air Conditioning.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe we demonstrate the following strengths that can differentiate us in a competitive and fragmented market and will allow us to participate effectively in the expected growth of the renewable energy sector:

 

Clear strategic focus We have a singular focus on management and optimization of renewable energy and energy efficiency systems over their full life cycle informed by our database and related analytics technology. Specifically, we offer our customers post-commissioning performance measurement of their systems, system management and control capability through our subscription software and portal, operations and maintenance services and, selectively, system design and technology integration for new projects and system upgrades and retrofits. This positioning allows the Company to partner effectively with a wide base of equipment and component suppliers, project owners and financing sources. Our customers look to us to help them achieve competitive costs for systems, optimize energy delivered or used, limit risks and maximize return on investment. We believe that our focus also positions us within the highest value-added segment of the renewable supply chain where we can distinguish ourselves through execution, branding and the development of proprietary technology in system data management and optimization.

 

Track record - As the renewable energy industry matures, execution experience and prior project success are increasingly important to securing bidding opportunities and winning contract awards. Notwithstanding our restructuring in VA, we have retained core competencies in, and have a solid track record of successfully developing, designing and implementing large and small-scale renewable projects in both developed countries and remote and difficult geographies. This gives us experience to understand and better serve our customers and credibility when handling the challenges of integrating renewable power into diverse local power grids. In Australia and through our foreign subsidiaries, we have successfully installed more than 80 MW of solar capacity worldwide, including over 17,000 residential systems. Our wind projects include completed systems with more than 100MW of capacity. In addition, we have handled numerous complex climate control system installations with total value of more than A$250 million.

 

Management skills, experience and local presence Members of our Board and our managers have extensive knowledge of and experience in the utility and energy sectors. We believe such knowledge and experience gives us the credibility to effectively navigate complex contracts involving interconnect PPA arrangements. We deem these capabilities to be a critical factor for our success in providing management tools and services to participants in the renewable energy asset management sector. We also have the relevant experience in operating and maintaining renewable systems to provide a foundation for development of this line of business. We intend to augment our executive ranks through direct hires and acquisitions such as the Inaccess transaction to ensure we have the capabilities to fully capitalize on the market opportunities we in the growing sector we serve.

 

Diversified Revenue Streams Within our strategic focus, we benefit from being diversified across:

 

  technologies, i.e., solar, wind, and energy efficiency/climate control;
     
  products and suppliers of sub-systems or components;
     
  geography, including Australia and the United States which have robust legal systems and currencies; independent regulatory bodies; and stable policy agendas; and
     
  types of revenue streams, ranging from recurring revenues from data management and O&M services with contracts that typically run for multi-year periods to project-related revenue, often with established customers who use our services repeatedly.

 

Over time, and as we build scale in our businesses, we expect this diversification to mitigate adverse impacts of volatility in exchange rates, government policy changes, technological evolution and other risks. The breadth of our business also opens a range of opportunities for us to extend the scope of our activities to capture new revenues and build profits in the future.

 

Our Business Strategies

 

To build, over time, a high-growth and profitable business that takes advantage of our strengths and the opportunities in our served markets, we intend to:

 

Create multiple revenue streams in different jurisdictions. We intend to continue to diversify our sources of revenue while remaining focused on delivering technology and services for the renewable energy sector. In addition to further broadening our geographic reach, we are constantly evaluating new revenue generation opportunities in the countries and business lines in which we operate. We believe that this will make our business more resilient and help us build scale without sacrificing operating efficiency. Our strategy of accessing multiple complimentary markets limits risks arising from government policy changes in a single country or related to a single segment and offers the potential to access a larger overall market. Systems, marketing, and best practices developed in one market are tailored to other markets once they are proven.

 

Ensure customers access to best-in-class technologies and services. We do not have exclusive commitments to use any specific supplier of equipment or system components. This gives us the flexibility to shift suppliers as the relative costs, efficiency or effectiveness of products and components changes and to integrate components and technology to optimize system design and performance. Through our proprietary data management system, we have empirical perspectives on the performance of renewable generation system components and engineering that is generally unavailable to many service providers and system designers. With these insights, we are selectively nurturing strong direct relationships with leading manufacturers of best-in-class components and technology and with customers who value our guidance on their system specifications and management practices.

 

Deploy a flexible business development organization utilizing consistent business processes. We are striving to implement standardized project design methodologies, management processes and execution objectives across geographies and lines of business in which we operate. This allows cross utilization of our business development resources and facilitates using a small executive team to efficiently and rapidly respond to evolving demand for efficient generation and climate-control systems suitable for varying regulatory and business environments.

 

 C: 

 42

 

 

Capture high-margin opportunities not targeted by traditional installers and developers. We have developed expertise in solar, wind, energy storage and energy efficiency that gives us unique and complimentary capabilities to provide integrated sustainable and cost-effective generation and climate control solutions for our served markets. When possible, we try to sell systems and services directly to end-users, generally asset owners. In such cases, we have the opportunity to price our installations based on the maximum economic benefit provided, thereby capturing the highest available margins. Over time, where market conditions and regulations permit, we are positioning ourselves to be able to offer customers the opportunity to acquire energy from renewable sources at competitive pricing thorough so-called community or imbedded networks, without the necessity of end- customers for energy having to be directly involved in system installation or ongoing management.

 

Monetize information derived from our proprietary data management system. We collect voluminous data on the performance of projects, components and systems in our proprietary data management system. From this data we are able to discern trends and correlate relationships affecting system and component performance that is not generally available in the market. Subject to our commitments regarding customer data confidentiality, we anticipate being able to monetize this data resource by analyzing data and selling information to risk managers, asset managers, financial intermediaries manufacturers and project owners. Although we have not yet realized material revenue from this strategy and there is no assurance that we will be able to do so, our management expects the value of our database for renewable generation projects, together with the empirical information it can provide, to grow in value over time.

 

Selectively acquire or retain project ownership interests. Through our project development and proprietary data management activities we have visibility of expected project returns in many situations. Over time we expect to be able to invest opportunistically in commissioned generating projects that we believe will have high returns on our invested capital, generate O&M revenue or foster future business development. As capital cost and availability permit, we intend to invest in such projects, although we are not currently making such investments.

 

Acquire complimentary businesses. We have grown and evolved the Company through acquisitions and intend to continue to do so (see “—Acquisitions” below). We recently completed the acquisition of GED, BlueNRGY LLC and the operating platform, certain assets of Draker and an equity investment in Inaccess. We are taking steps to complete the acquisition of the Inaccess equity we do not already own and are actively exploring other acquisitions and strategic partnerships that we believe would accelerate our entry into targeted markets and enhance the depth of our management team

 

Our Challenges

 

In spite of our competitive strengths and strategies to capitalize on them, we face significant challenges in executing our business plan that subject investors in our ordinary shares to a high degree of risk, notably:

 

With respect to our business:

 

Weak financial condition – We emerged from the VA process with a streamlined cost structure and no indebtedness at the corporate parent level. However, we remain thinly capitalized and are currently not profitable. Some of our operating subsidiaries that were not part of the VA process require cash infusions to meet working capital needs, including paying deferred trade creditors and funding for new projects. In addition, our renewable system monitoring and management business has required significant additional investment in the software to satisfy competitive requirements that have been reflected in our financial statements as expenses and operating losses. Consequently, we may encounter demands for payment that we cannot meet and have limited access to trade credit, either of which could have adverse consequences for our business and future prospects. Our auditors have raised substantial doubts as to our ability to continue as a going concern. Nevertheless, we have raised sufficient equity and, at our subsidiaries, working capital loans, to fund our operations and acquisitions since emergence from VA. We believe we are positioned to grow profitably during our 2016 fiscal year if we have access to sufficient additional capital to fund business development opportunities in our pipeline.

 

Small scale and low market-share in highly competitive businesses – Competition is intense in all of our lines of business and we do not have significant market share in any of the businesses or regions where we operate. This places us at a disadvantage to larger competitors and those with stronger capitalization and limits our control over margins. We must work hard to originate new business leads and we expend significant resources doing so. With respect to obtaining financing to deliver projects for our customers, we believe we are operating at a disadvantage to larger competitors who can more easily build alliances with project financing resources and negotiate better rates. We may also be at a disadvantage with respect to purchasing components at the lowest cost, although we believe that the component markets for the systems we install are currently so competitive and commoditized that this is not a significant concern. We are seeking to overcome these disadvantages by: growing the scale of our business; differentiating ourselves through use of the BlueNRGY and acquired brands; and applying innovative technology.

 

Difficult to manage international growth strategy – We are seeking to grow in multiple jurisdictions, geographically dispersed from each other and from our Australian headquarters. The renewable energy projects and monitoring technologies with which we are involved are complex and present significant financial, managerial and operational challenges, including difficulties of coordinating the activities of scattered personnel, integrating and financial and control systems, high travel expenses, the assumption of unknown liabilities and risks of operating in unfamiliar legal and regulatory environments. These difficulties are exacerbated by our small size and the limited number of seasoned executives in our management ranks and on our Board. We are seeking to overcome these obstacles by employing the most capable personnel we can find and linking their compensation to our corporate performance, making efficient use of information technology, standardizing best practices across geographies, engaging specialized qualified resources when necessary to handle unique jurisdictional issues and, throughout each line of business, closely monitoring performance.

 

 C: 

 43

 

 

With respect to our industry:

 

Instability of renewable energy policies and market conditions – Changes to global political and economic conditions have negatively impacted our business in the past and are likely to do so in the future. The renewable energy sectors we serve depend, to a degree, on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives and government policies affecting the purchase and use of energy generated from solar and wind resources, changes in which could reduce the demand for our services and impair our margins. Some changes can be anticipated, such as the reduction in the U.S. federal tax credit for renewable energy projects that is scheduled to step down beginning in 2019. But other changes can occur with little advance warning and opportunities to mitigate the consequences of policy changes in any single jurisdiction may be limited. Our strategy to diversify our operations across renewable energy technologies and geographies is intended to ameliorate this risk but cannot eliminate it.

 

Rapidly Evolving Technology and Industry Structure – The data monitoring and performance analytics business, which forms the core of our business activity, is undergoing rapid technological change and customers and grid-interconnect authorities are requiring (among other things);

 

  improved and new functionality such as the ability to gather, process and store more granular data collected at a higher frequency
     
  additional, often unique, control features with more rapid automatic response capabilities
     
  more secure communications protocols
     
  enhanced integration with maintenance, operations, billing and asset management systems
     
  more robust long-term data security and access.

  

Our competitors are constantly innovating in response to dynamic customer demands and this creates a substantial challenge and investment burden for us to do the same. We have recognized that it will be necessary for us to strengthen our technical capabilities and our financial position to compete effectively.

 

In addition to the technological changes that are driving success and failure in our industry, significant new competition is emerging to the independent providers of monitoring systems from component suppliers, such as inverter manufacturers, who are bundling software tools for gathering data and managing site performance into their product offerings. Many of our independent monitoring competitors have been acquired by larger, better capitalized companies with complementary lines of business that can facilitate growth and provide efficiencies. These dynamics make it harder for us to compete successfully and necessitate our growth through acquisition to rapidly achieve scale and synergies from complementary business activities.

 

Description of Our Business Segments

 

Monitoring & Performance Analytics

 

The integration of BlueNRGY LLC with the Company in conjunction with our emergence from VA, the subsequent acquisition of the Draker monitoring platform and the Inaccess transaction give us capabilities that our management believes will allow us to access the growing market for data acquisition, control systems and recurring services related to operating and maintaining the large global pool of distributed renewable generating assets over their multi-decade life-cycles. We also have the expectation that these capabilities will allow us to sell products and services for the management of other infrastructure operating assets as Inaccess has demonstrated with its application of systems for the telecom sector.

 

Data Management. – Our proprietary data acquisition and control technologies, together with our capability to deliver actionable information and reporting to customers comprise a powerful tool set for asset owners and managers. Our systems and software deliver the capability to cost-effectively collect, store and analyze performance data on their renewable power generation systems over time with a high degree of granularity and accuracy. Our system, together with the Inaccess technologies, enable performance monitoring and control at the system component level and overall, and can be applied across a wide spectrum of component suppliers. Renewable system component performance and overall plant performance can be compared over time and across portfolios of projects, system performance can be compared across portfolios of assets and with design expectations, and correlations between performance and external factors can be evaluated and applied for operations management and system maintenance. Data and information from the system is accessed by our customers through internet cloud-based applications, sometimes referred to as software as a service or SAAS. We believe that system data, once accumulated, will have alternative applications in validating billing and revenue collection, to support asset valuations and for financing providers, risk managers & insurers.

 

Our proprietary data management system is monitoring over 2,000 sites with a combined power generation capacity of more than 2GW and, when considered with the Inaccess customer base, more than 6GW. We provide data and performance analytics are PV solar installations located in the U.S., Europe, throughout the Americas and in Japan, China and Australia. To meet local regulations regarding data security we have established server and storage capacity in the U.S., China and Europe. Typically, our customers for data management services subscribe to multi-year contracts and we expect to serve most of them over the useful lives of their systems.

 

We also integrate and sell to many of our SAAS customers, data logger, metrology and communications hardware supplied by third parties. Typically, such equipment is installed at newly-built renewable power generation facilities and is configured with our proprietary firmware to interface with our cloud-based data management system to collect and transmit performance data from the equipment at each site. We also have the capability to collect and manage data gathered from third-party data acquisition hardware and supervisory control and data acquisition or SCADA systems. In China, we have engaged a reseller on a non-exclusive basis to reach prospective customers and we intend to continue and broaden our use resellers in markets where we do not have operations.

 

 C: 

 44

 

 

Operations & Maintenance, or O&M. - In our climate control business, further discussed below (under the heading “Energy Efficiency — Parmac Air Conditioning & Mechanical Services Pty Ltd, or Parmac”) we have, for many years, successfully offered post-installation maintenance servicing of systems. This service is offered to prospective clients whenever we install a system and we frequently win contracts to service systems installed by others. In our experience, post-installation maintenance servicing provides a steady stream of recurring revenue, often pursuant to multi-year contracts, at attractive margins. We have begun to offer similar services for operators of solar PV systems in those regions where we have operations, but this business activity is still in the development stage and revenues are not yet material to our business or broken out separately. There is no assurance that this activity will gain market acceptance or have a material impact on our financial performance.

 

We believe that our proprietary data management system and integrated software tools greatly enhance our ability to cost-effectively provide targeted O&M services for renewable energy projects and an opportunity to differentiate our offerings and those of our strategic service partners from those of competitors. We have found that we can use the system to pinpoint maintenance requirements and to increase the efficiency of work scheduling. It also provides us with clear metrics to demonstrate the effectiveness of O&M results. Since our emergence from VA and following our acquisition of the Draker monitoring platform, our O&M specialists based in the U.S. have developed a pipeline of prospects that we expect will lead to our growth in this line of business. We are also applying the BlueNRGY tools to enhance the O&M service offerings of service partners who wish access to them to improve effectiveness and efficiency and for our operations in Australia. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be successful expanding our O&M services business in the renewables sector to a level that is material to our overall business.

 

Solar PV Design & Installation

 

In addition to our data management and O&M services businesses, we design and install, primarily through the use of local contractors, small-scale (typically roof-top) solar PV systems in Australia. Since 2010 we have installed over 17,000 small-scale (mostly residential) systems in Australia and we expect, over time, to be able to apply our home market experience in the United States and other regions, particularly to small-scale installers and selected other customers who can benefit from our know-how and services. Our backlog as of the date of this report on Form 20-F includes approximately 1MW of small-scale systems globally.

 

Following our emergence from VA, we re-launched commercial sales in Australia under the BlueNRGY brand and are currently undertaking residential sales in Australia only an opportunistic basis due to the high costs of customer acquisition and commodity-nature of this market.

 

As discussed in the profile of our industry above, growth in small-scale installations in the United States is expected to be robust over the next few years. We consider the opportunity to participate in this market to be attractive and we are currently developing plans to do so in league with customers of our monitoring and O&M business, sometimes utilizing their services as local contractors and using our BlueNRGY brand.

 

We also have capabilities to design, construct and update / upgrade large-scale systems. This capability was further augmented with the acquisition of GED, a U.S. EPC contractor in 2014. The projects we have developed include both ground mount and large commercial rooftop solar projects in various geographic markets. Our large-scale solar business now employs two delivery models, depending on customer requirements, working capital availability and cost at the time project opportunities became available:

 

Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC)

 

Under the EPC model, the customer pays us as the EPC contractor (or program manager if we are utilizing an EPC partner for execution) on a milestone or percentage of completion basis as project construction progresses and ownership of project work-in-progress is turned over to the customer. The EPC contractor typically takes responsibility for:

 

completing the project engineering, procuring components and materials for the project and performing the construction work; and
   
paying vendors, subcontractors and its own staff for their respective contributions to the project.

 

The timing of project progress payments is generally negotiated to allow the EPC contractor to receive funds at approximately the same time it expects to have to pay for system components, materials and sub-contractor fees related to the project. Sometimes, however, contract terms dictate that the EPC contractor must defer receiving payment for 30 to 60 days. If the EPC contractor is effective in matching its payment obligations related to the project with cash receipts from the customer, low or limited capital resources are required by the EPC contractor to operate under this model. Consequently, many companies can qualify to bid for contracts under the EPC model, bidding is often highly competitive and our experience is that gross margins are consequently lower than those of an alternative business models that we seek to utilize when circumstances permit and that is further described below. Working capital requirements can rise sharply if customers impose deferred payment terms in their contracts and, in such cases, competition can be less intense. All of GED’s business has been carried out under the EPC model.

 

 C: 

 45

 

 

Build, Own and Transfer (BOT)

 

Under the BOT model, which we employed beginning in our 2013 fiscal year, we acquire site development rights, with permits and off-take agreements in place, from small or thinly capitalized developers and we complete the projects on a turnkey basis. The BOT model requires application of our EPC capabilities and that we provide the funding to acquire the, power generation equipment, complete construction and have the project connected to the grid before getting paid. It also requires us to arrange the sale of completed projects, either individually or on a bundled basis, to third-party owners who are acquiring the long-term cash flow expected from projects following their commissioning. Such sale processes can be costly and protracted if not arranged prior to project commencement. Nevertheless, if construction financing is available, the BOT model can result in higher project margins than for EPC projects, although the benefits may be partially offset by the associated financing costs. We employed this model in Italy in FY 2013 at several sites aggregating to 5MW and these projects were sold during our 2014 fiscal year. Following our emergence from VA, we have not had sufficient capital available at a cost that allows us to employ the BOT model, although we are expecting to do so in connection with some small-scale sites currently in our backlog. There are no assurances that we will be able to do so again in the foreseeable future.

 

Although our large-scale solar experience is substantial, our projects generally represented less than 1% of the installations in our served markets at the time they were performed. Nevertheless, these experiences in designing and building large-scale solar PV projects have focused us on the potential profitability of this line of business and our familiarity with project design and construction issues makes us effective in serving EPC customers of our monitoring systems and handling projects on request for our asset owners with whom we have established relationships.

 

Whenever we construct a large-scale solar project we generally tender or negotiate for post-commissioning operations and maintenance, or O&M, contracts if we have the capability to perform the required services or can direct the project to customers with whom we have strategic alliances. Such contracts, if awarded, normally have a multi-year term and sometimes are in place for the life of these projects, but there is no assurance that an O&M contract will be awarded to the project constructor. Our opportunity and success in winning O&M awards through this channel has been limited and there is no assurance that it will be material to our future sales.

 

Except for monitoring system hardware, all of the system components for our solar installations are procured from third parties suppliers. We have no commitments to use components or technology from any particular manufacturer, but we do work with preferred component suppliers to ensure quality products are installed and that strong warranty support from large established equipment manufacturers is available to our customers. This strategy allows us to optimize total project costs to give us and our customers an advantage in some bidding situations. In countries where we are undertaking large-scale solar projects our procurement activities are generally of sufficient scale to permit us buy components directly from a diverse group of manufacturers if the project owner is not negotiating component procurement arrangements directly. In such cases, we believe that, our procurement costs are competitive with other large installers/developers and that we have a competitive advantage over some smaller installers who must purchase system components through distributors. In Australia and other regions where project volumes are not significant in the aggregate, we are actively working to expand the supply chain to include additional supply sources and direct purchasing arrangements with specific component manufacturers. Obtaining such direct supply arrangements will necessitate growing our PV solar revenues substantially from current levels or expanding cooperation with our customers to pool purchasing power.

 

Our staff members located in the key markets we serve are constantly soliciting and responding to bid and development opportunities sourced through a network of contacts in the industry. We do not believe that our large-scale solar business is subject to significant seasonality in any region where we are operating.

 

Wind

 

Our wind project business was substantially curtailed in January 2015, following the VA process. Prior to that, it functioned solely in Australia and the scope of activity included acting as a project developer, project manager, operator and, to a lesser extent, owner. We did not manufacture or distribute wind generation equipment. Our decision to withdraw from active pursuit of wind projects was driven largely by recent changes in Australian renewable energy policy that we believe will constrain new wind project developments in Australia for the foreseeable future.

 

Following our emergence from VA, we intend to confine our activities in the wind sector primarily to data management and supporting operations and maintenance of commissioned facilities. We intend to emphasize regions where there are large concentrations of wind projects and we have established business operations and relationships and projects that are combined with PV solar and/or energy storage installations.

 

 C: 

 46

 

 

Energy Efficiency

 

Our business segment targeting energy efficiency comprises business units whose products and services generally reduce the amount of energy and related services consumed by end-users for a given activity. In Australia, powerful incentives exist for end-users to employ energy efficiency measures to reduce cost and/or comply with government regulations. Australia has experienced sharp increases in electricity charges in the last five years and these are expected to continue. The country’s power cost increases have been primarily driven by investment in regulated infrastructure and the introduction of carbon pricing and other government policy mandates that are intended to promote the use of energy resources deemed to be more sustainable. The range of products and services associated with energy efficiency is broad. We have chosen to serve this market in niche areas through separate subsidiaries focused on commercial and industrial customers in Australia. Our management believes these businesses provide the following strategic advantages to the Company as a whole:

 

  We can provide our customers with access to a greater depth of technology and engineering resources than they would have otherwise.
     
  The diversification provides additional pathways for growth in the rapidly evolving and uncertain renewable energy industry.

 

Parmac Air Conditioning & Mechanical Services Pty Ltd, or Parmac, is a contracting and servicing company, based in Blackburn, Victoria, Australia and primarily serving the Melbourne market for energy-efficient climate control systems (including heating, ventilation and air conditioning). As shown in the table below, the primary service provided by Parmac is: tendering of air conditioning systems and mechanical services to building owners, consulting engineers, project managers and architects:

 

Period  Installation/
Contracting
  Other
Services
Fiscal year 2015   81%   19%
Fiscal year 2016   82%   18%

 

 C: 

 47

 

 

Other capabilities include:

 

Computer aided design, design checking facilities, project management, computerized drafting;
   
Execution of installations as a project contractor; and
   
Warranty and maintenance services to our constructed projects and maintenance and service work to other mechanical services installations.

 

Parmac competes in a regional market with a number of other contractors and, we believe, holds approximately a 2% share of our addressable market. The principal competitors with larger market share between 5-10% (individually) are AG Coombs, AE Smith, D & E Air Conditioning, Allstaff Air Conditioning and JL Williams. Other competitors with a similar or smaller market share include: RKH Air Conditioning, PJM Air Conditioning, Quadrant Air Conditioning and Proair Air Conditioning.

 

Parmac is not positioned to grow significantly in our regional home market and thus revenue growth is bounded by and highly correlated to construction activity levels in and around Melbourne, Australia. Because of the favorable weather patterns in the region, the construction cycle is not seasonal in nature. Parmac’s business on major new installations is awarded primarily by competitive tender where price is a key determinate of success. Parmac often submits tenders as part of a syndicate of contractors and sources opportunities through long-standing relationships with construction general contractors. Parmac sources air conditioning system components through competitive bid processes involving multiple vendors and has no exclusive representation relationships with suppliers that constrain its procurement of the most cost-effective equipment. Service sales are generated by in-house sales personnel and from relationships with prior installation customers. In other areas of our business such as equipment and systems maintenance, Parmac seeks to distinguish itself by providing a high level of service and typically enjoys higher margins from providing post-installation services than it does when it functions a contractor on new installations.

 

Since the emergence from VA, our management has determined that Parmac should serve as an implementation arm for our PV solar business in the Melbourne region. Over time the scope of this activity is expected to encompass local sales, installations and project management and post-installation servicing / maintenance.

 

Remote Area Power Systems (RAPS). Our RAPS business segment historically includes generating assets. The only remaining assets in our RAPS business segment after emergence from VA are related to the above-described Chatham (wind) Project we developed in 2010. The Chatham Project is a 450kW installation on Chatham Island, completed in 2010. The Chatham Islands are a remote part of New Zealand in the South Pacific where previously power was generated solely by diesel generation. The Chatham Project comprises two turbines that were installed with the goal of delivering approximately one-third of the island’s total electricity power. The Chatham Project is not currently operating due to a dispute with the counterparty to the power purchase agreement, Chatham Islands Electricity Limited. Chatham Islands Electricity Limited is seeking to terminate its power purchase agreement with our subsidiary, Chatham Islands Wind Ltd (“CIWL”), and acquire the assets in accordance with contractual rights triggered by our VA. At this time it is not possible to predict how this matter will be resolved or what economic impact it will have on us.

 

As availability of capital permits, we will consider retaining future equity positions in other renewable generation assets, if we can:

 

reasonably expect to generate a reliable and steady income stream above our cost of capital and we are able to exchange EPC profits and development fees for equity in the project on terms we deem favorable; or
   
develop, construct and own projects with acceptable returns from inception.

 

Our capability to manage such assets, should we able to acquire them, is enhanced by our demonstrated capabilities in monitoring and analyzing operating performance of such systems and the provision of O&M services. Utilizing these core competencies, we also intend to purchase already-commissioned assets from third parties if we can do so on terms we consider favorable and if capital is available to do so at a cost deemed acceptable to our Board. To date, this has not proven feasible and there is no assurance that we will be able to make such project purchases in the future.

 

 C: 

 48

 

 

Seasonality

 

Our current businesses are not seasonal and neither demand for our services, nor supply of products used in connection with our business, is significantly impacted by seasonal factors.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Our intellectual property includes trade names and trademarks that we own.

 

We also own numerous patents covering the Draker Corporation and BlueNRGY LLC data collection and monitoring software systems used within our Monitoring & Performance Analytics business. The patent portfolio consists of 10 distinct applications in varying stages of patent prosecution, including six issued U.S. patents and three pending published U.S. applications, as well as similar international applications. The subject matter of the patents pertains primarily to optimization and monitoring of solar modules and wireless mesh network communications as applied to arrays of solar panels and the display of a graphical user interface for power plant monitoring. The Company may not prosecute all applications to issuance.

 

Research and Development

 

We did not conduct research and development through the end of our 2016 fiscal year.

 

OH&S and Environmental Regulations

 

Our operations are subject to laws and regulations of the jurisdictions in which we operate relating to the energy and construction/building industries. Occupational Health and Safety (OH&S) and Environmental laws have in recent years become more stringent and have generally sought to impose greater liability on a larger number of potentially responsible parties. Because we provide services that involve construction/manufacturing hazards or may be perceived to be unfavorable to the environment, we may become subject to sanctions or claims resulting from these activities.

 

We strive to conduct our business activities in a safe and environmentally sustainable manner and have appropriate corporate policies and procedures in place. In Australia, we have OH&S committees in place in our operating subsidiaries to ensure regulatory compliance. While our management is not currently aware of any situation involving environmental or OH&S matters that would likely have a material adverse effect on us, it is possible that situations could arise that could cause our business to suffer. Our management does not anticipate any material expenditure to comply with OH&S or environmental regulations affecting our operations.

 

Insurance

 

Our operating subsidiaries carry property and casualty and general liability insurance to mitigate the economic consequences of an adverse event affecting our assets. Our insurance currently meets the contractual and statutory requirements of our businesses. As we enter new markets, we assess the form of insurance required and procure such insurance through brokers that our management deems appropriate.

 

Currently, no material insurance claims are outstanding.

 

 C: 

 49

 

 

4.C.             Organization Structure

 

The table below lists, as of October 20, 2016, our material direct and indirect subsidiaries and the jurisdictions in which they are registered:

 

Name   Country of Incorporation   Principal Activity   %
BlueNRGY Group Limited   Australia   Holding company     100
IHL Acquisition Co Pty Ltd   Australia   Holding company   100
BlueNRGY LLC   USA   Data Management and O&M     100
Draker Corporation   USA   Data Management     100
Parmac Air Conditioning & Mechanical Services Pty Ltd   Australia   Energy efficiency   100
BlueNRGY Renewable Solutions Pty Ltd   Australia   Solar     100
Chatham Island Wind Ltd   New Zealand   Special purpose vehicle   100
Green Earth Developers LLC   USA   Solar EPC   100

 

4.D.             Property, Plants and Equipment

 

Our facilities, as of October 20, 2016, consist of stand-alone administrative offices and multi-purpose facilities incorporating office, warehouse and manufacturing activities for some of our businesses. Our administrative office facilities, located in various countries, are utilized by our various business units as necessary to support changing operational requirements. We believe that our administrative offices are adequate to support our current needs and all foreseeable growth and we have no current plans for expansion or improvements. All are occupied pursuant to short-term operating leases and are listed below:

 

Country   Address   Approximate size (sq-m)
Australia   Level 11, 32 Martin Place, Sydney, NSW 2000   250 sq-m
USA   110 E. Broward Blvd, 19th Floor, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301   350 sq-m
USA   431 Pine Street, Suite 114, Burlington, VT 05401   260 sq-m

 

 C: 

 50

 

 

All of our multi-purpose facilities are located in Australia and are leased. Their sizes, locations and our business units that they primarily serve are listed below as of October 20, 2016:

 

        Approximate Size (sq-m)   Primary Business
Unit
Country   Address   Warehouse   Office   Affiliation
Australia   15 Terra Cotta Dr., Blackburn, VIC   180sq-m   290sq-m   Parmac
Australia   Unit 6, 806 Beaudesert Road, Coopers Plains QLD 4108   200sq-m   125 sq-m   Solar PV

 

The production and logistics activities at the above facilities generally operate on a single shift and thus have capacity available that would accommodate currently foreseeable growth. Accordingly, we have no plans for expanding or making material improvements to our production or logistics facilities or our complement of production equipment. We do not have any environmental issues or deficiencies at any of our production facilities.

 

As of October 20, 2016, we owned or held under leases assets in the categories shown in the following table having an aggregate value of A$2.1 million, which comprised an “at cost” total of A$4.1 million less depreciation and impairment of A$2.0 million

 

Amounts in A$’000         
Asset Category  Cost  Accumulated Depreciation  Net Value
Plant & Equipment   2,581    (900)   1,681 
Office and Leasehold   955    (807)   148 
Motor Vehicles   631    (409)   222 
Total   4,167    (2,116)   2,051 

 

Capital Expenditures

 

Our capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 respectively were approximately A$0.03 million and A$0.2 million. In the year ended June 30, 2016 property, plant and equipment with a net value of A$0.1 million was acquired as part of the Draker Corporation acquisition.

 

Our capital expenditures for the 2016 fiscal year mainly related to replacement of vehicles and computer assets which had reached the end of their useful lives. There were no significant one-time asset purchases.

 

The capital expenditure total for fiscal year 2015 was primarily for essential upgrades to our motor vehicle fleet in Parmac and leasehold assets.

 

 C: 

 51

 

 

ITEM 4E.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 5.      OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements, including the accompanying notes, included in this Report. Unless otherwise specified, all dollar amounts are presented in Australian dollars and represented by the notation A$. Some of the information in the discussion and analysis set forth below and elsewhere in this Report includes forward-looking statements based on current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 3.D. under the heading, “Risk Factors” for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in the forward- looking statements contained in this Report.

 

5.A.             Operating Results

 

We are an Australian corporation operating in the renewable energy and energy-efficiency sectors. Our businesses provide technology and services that allow owners of renewable generation assets to maximize power production and return on investment throughout the lifecycle of this long-lived class of assets. In some regions where we operate, most notably in Australia and the USA, this includes the application of our engineering know-how and extensive data resources to design and install efficient new renewable systems and to upgrade, retrofit and optimize existing facilities. In Australia, we also deliver differentiated products and services that are designed to allow electricity consumers to reduce power costs and increase efficiency of their electricity consumption.

 

Our activities are currently divided among the following principal lines of business:

 

  Monitoring & Performance Analytics (including O&M services)
  Solar Photovoltaic (or PV) Design & Installation
  Energy Efficiency / Climate Control Solutions

 

Previously, and into our 2015 fiscal year, we were active in developing large-scale wind projects, but our involvement with wind generation systems is now, and is expected to continue to be, limited to providing data management and system management services. In addition we operate owned power generation facilities in a separate business unit we refer to as RAPS. Although there is a possibility that RAPS will grow in the future, it is not currently material to our operations.

 

In keeping with customary practice in Australia, our fiscal years end on June 30. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016 (fiscal year 2016); June 30, 2015 (fiscal year 2015) and June 30, 2014 (fiscal year 2014), we incurred a net loss from continuing operations of A$9.3million, A$13.6 million and A$22.2 million respectively, of which A$Nil, A$6.2 million and A$10.0 million for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 respectively were attributable to asset impairments and non-recurring expenses, as further described below. However, as a result of our initiatives to reduce costs and increase our capitalization, our management expects that we will return to profitability in the future, although there is no assurance that we will be able to do so. If we are unable to achieve our business growth strategies and objectives or to obtain sufficient financing on acceptable terms in order to meet our future operational needs, there is a substantial doubt as to whether we will be able to continue as a going concern.

 

The breakdown of our revenues by segment is shown below for fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  2016  2015  2014
   Revenue (A$ millions)  Revenue Percentage  Revenue (A$ millions)  Revenue Percentage  Revenue (A$ millions)  Revenue Percentage
Amounts in A$(000) except as noted                  
Monitoring & Performance Analytics   2.6    8%   0.2    1%       0%
Solar PV Design & Installation   17.3    54%   3.1    18%   1.9    14%
Energy Efficiency / Climate Control Solutions (Parmac)   12.2    38%   12.2    72%   10.2    75%
Large-scale Wind       0%   1.3    8%   1.3    9%
RAPS       0%   0.1    1%   0.3    2%
Total reported revenue   32.1    100%   16.9    100%   13.7    100%

 

Monitoring & Performance Analytics

 

We entered the business of data management and the provision of O&M services for renewable generation assets in January 2015 with our acquisition of BlueNRGY LLC. At the time we acquired BlueNRGY LLC, the BlueNRGY data management and O&M businesses were in the early stages of commercialization.

 

In September 2015 we acquired the Draker data management platform. The Draker Transaction substantially boosted our U.S. market position to being, in the judgment of our management, one of the leading independent providers of monitoring and data management services for solar PV facilities in the United States. Despite Draker’s market standing and broad customer base, numerous customers suffered delivery or service interruptions prior to our consummation of the Draker Transaction. Consequently, we experienced some short-term customer attrition and interruption of the historical growth pattern for this business for several months following the acquisition. To reverse this dynamic, we were obliged to invest substantial resources to upgrade the Draker software platform, integrate it fully with the BlueNRGY LLC technology and improve the subscriber experience. Although the integration with the BlueNRGY LLC technology is now complete, we are continuing to invest in software and platform upgrades and development to further enhance the software functionality and its capabilities relative to competitors’ systems. Consequently, our monitoring and performance analytics business sustained losses throughout our 2016 fiscal year that have continued into our 2017 fiscal year.

 

 C: 

 52

 

 

However, as a result of our investment, and also due to the positive industry growth dynamics, particularly in the USA, we foresee our monitoring and performance analytics revenue growing strongly during our 2017 fiscal year. This growth is expected to come from an increased share of the business of existing customers, significant new customer additions based on the improved value proposition of the Draker products and services, and efforts to broaden the served market base for Draker to other countries where we operate or there is substantial growth in PV deployments. In addition, we are succeeding in garnering subscription renewals for our enhanced software from the legacy customers where Draker systems and software were installed prior to the Draker Transaction.

 

Consequently, our management expects a turnaround to positive profitability for this line of business in the 2017 fiscal year, however, there can be no assurances about when, if ever, the data management business will become profitable.

 

To further improve our competitive posture, to provide a range of products and system control technologies that are often required by our utility-scale customers and that we cannot currently supply, and to broaden our market access, we completed an investment in Inaccess in July 2016 (refer to Item 4.A under the heading “Recent Acquisitions”). We expect to acquire the remainder of the Inaccess shares that we do not own in two tranches in January 2017 and July 2017 in accordance with the share purchase agreement. If the Inaccess transaction is consummated as planned, we will have sufficient ownership of the equity to consolidate the Inaccess revenue for financial reporting purposes beginning in January 2017. This factor, together with additional market penetration that we expect to achieve through application of Inaccess technologies, is expected to substantially boost revenue in our Monitoring and Performance Analytics line of business for our 2017 fiscal year as compared with our 2016 fiscal year. Inaccess is currently profitable and the scale economies and other efficiencies that we expect to achieve through the Inaccess transaction are expected to accelerate the timing and magnitude of our turnaround to positive profitability for this line of business.

 

Since the acquisition of BlueNRGY LLC the revenues in our O&M services line of business have not been material to our overall operations and this business continues to be incubated in our Data Management segment under bundled service contracts. Although we are working actively to accelerate the growth of O&M services, there can be no assurance as to when or whether this line of business will be large enough to significantly affect our financial performance.

 

Solar PV Design & Installation

 

The increase in revenue in the solar PV segment from our 2014 to 2015 fiscal years was attributable to the acquisition of GED in July 2014. The subsequent increase from our 2015 to 2016 fiscal years was primarily derived from contracts for the design and delivery of approximately 50MW of large-scale solar projects by GED. This is a project-based business focused on design and installation of solar PV facilities for customers with which we have or are seeking to have a strategic relationship over the life-cycle of the assets. Because of the intense nature of the competition in this business line and competitive disadvantages that we have with respect to bidding against large, well capitalized EPC contractors, we have chosen to focus our business development initiatives in the solar design and installation business on situations where we have competitive advantage in design or program management as a result of our technology. Consequently, the number and installation rate of projects awarded to us, and large-scale projects in particular, has been and is expected to be irregular. We have evolved our cost structure for this segment to be scalable, both up and down. Other than a core team of staff members based in Australia and the USA who handle project design and overall program management, we rely heavily on outsourcing and sub-contractors working in markets where projects are constructed, often with customers of our other lines of business. As a consequence of these initiatives, our large-scale solar business in some of our served markets made a positive contribution to operating profit in our 2016 fiscal year with a low net working capital requirement. Our management expects this dynamic to continue and an overall positive contribution from this line of business for our 2017 fiscal year, but there can be no assurance that such expectations will be borne out or that this segment of our business will avoid losses in the future.

 

With a few exceptions, project fulfilment cycles for our Solar PV projects have been short, typically less than 6 months, and we are paid on a progress-payment basis. In general, the timing of payments to suppliers has been closely linked to progress payments, where applicable, thereby limiting the net working capital requirements the company needs to support these projects. In cases where we construct projects and on-sell the project at completion, construction financing has been sourced to meet working capital requirements. Because of the short execution cycle, we have not historically tracked backlog for our large-scale solar business but it is our intention to begin to do so as new projects are awarded. As of September 30, 2016 our backlog of large-scale solar projects was approximately 1MW, mostly at our GED unit. Because of uncertainties in the contract bidding process, there can be no assurance about when we will win further new contracts.

 

Until mid-way through fiscal year 2016, we maintained a three person organization in Europe intended to allow us to transact future projects in that market. Because of diminished opportunities in the UK market caused by a declining feed-in-tariff rate and lower policy incentives, this team has been wound down and we have shifted of our business development focus to the Americas and Australia.

 

 C: 

 53

 

  

Energy Efficiency / Climate Control Solutions.

 

Our Parmac business unit primarily designs and installs energy efficient HVAC systems and controls for commercial customers. It often works as a sub-contractor on larger projects and it typically receives deposits or progress payments for its work on new projects and bills for service work monthly as incurred, so it has an average net working capital requirement of about 15% of revenues. Parmac also have a low fixed cost structure typical of construction contractors and achieved average pre-tax operating margins in the range of 7% - 8% in some fiscal years prior to fiscal year 2012. We believe this level of profitability is sufficient to sustain available growth opportunities from operating cash flow. However, Parmac experienced adverse performance on several contracts entered into in the latter half of fiscal year 2013 that resulted in a loss in the 2014 fiscal year as those contracts were completed. These losses are believed by our management to be contract-specific and are not necessarily indicative of the Parmac’s expected future performance. During the 2015 fiscal year, Parmac’s net profit was impacted by one-time expenses totalling A$1.1million relating to a parent entity loan extinguishment in the VA process and a bad debt arising from a major customer entering voluntary administration. During the 2016 fiscal year the Parmac business has been impacted by cyclical industry wide downward pressure on margins for large tendered projects, coupled with poor cost control on a number of projects. Following a strategic review of this business in May 2016 a number of personnel changes have been made, business development has been refocused on customer and project segments which have historically returned operating margins in excess of recently achieved levels and project cost control processes have been improved. As a result, our management believes that Parmac will return to historical levels of profitability in the current fiscal year, however, there can be no assurance that this will be the case.

 

Parmac’s business depends heavily on the level of activity for commercial and industrial development in the region around Melbourne. The pace of general construction is cyclical in this market and is related to factors such as the general economic conditions in Australia, the strength of the commodities markets that underpin large segments of the Australian economy, demographic and other trends affecting growth in the state of Victoria and the bidding success of construction general contractors with which Parmac is aligned. The overall market is small enough that the flow of bidding opportunities can be irregular and work load from awarded projects can be volatile. Low utilization of project personnel and staff can lead to future losses, notwithstanding improved performance on individual contracts.

 

RAPS

 

This business segment currently comprises solely of The Chatham Island Project, which was completed in 2010 and is 100% owned by us as a power generating asset. There is currently a dispute regarding the status of the Chatham Island contract and consequently, no revenue is currently being received from the project. At present we are unable to project the outcome of this dispute or whether we will realize continuing value from the Chatham Island Project Assets that are recorded in our financial statements without provision for impairment.

 

Large-scale wind. During our 2013 to 2015 fiscal years, we were active in the sourcing of opportunities for the development of large-scale wind projects in Australia and the associated costs were reflected in our expenses. Our active pursuit of new large-scale wind opportunities has now been curtailed and we are no longer incurring expenses related to this line of business and we do not expect to realize additional revenues from this segment of our business related to our prior activities. When we were active in the Large-scale wind development arena, we typically incurred costs on early-stage development of projects with a view to sourcing the equity and/or debt funding required to take it through to construction and operation. Such expenses were undertaken with no assurance of being able to realize a recover of the development expense. The Taralga Project is an example of a project for which equity funding to complete construction was secured and we were able to recover our costs and profit from the activity.

 

In our 2012 fiscal year we earned a development fee in connection with the Taralga project and reinvested this fee as equity into the project. As a result, we retained a residual equity ownership of the completed project. During the 2014 financial year, the timeline for the completion of the Taralga project was delayed as a result of design changes and the subsequent requirement to amend Development Approvals. The impact of these delays, coupled with cost overruns has negatively impacted the value of our residual equity interest in the project, and our holding was fully impaired at June 30, 2014, resulting in an impairment charge being recognized in the Statement of Comprehensive income for our 2014 fiscal year of A$10.8 million. We also entered into a separate project management agreement for the Taralga Project, but this was terminated in our 2015 fiscal year and we did not realize any management fee revenue in our 2016 fiscal year.

 

Other Factors Materially Affecting Our Businesses and Results of Operations

 

Although the trajectory and dynamics of each of our lines of business vary substantially from segment to segment as described above, our management believes that a few external forces will have a major, and generally positive, influence on all of our business segments other than Parmac.

 

 C: 

 54

 

 

The cost competitiveness of renewable versus conventional power generation is improving and parity has been or is expected to be reached in most targeted markets within the next two to three years, favorably affecting growth prospects for our solar PV businesses.

 

This situation is due to a confluence of factors:

 

  Average energy costs have been and are widely projected to continue to rise in most markets over time due to increasing global demand and limited availability of reliable low-cost supplies.
     
  Capital costs are at historical lows in many markets we serve (especially senior debt for infrastructure projects).
     
  The costs of renewable power systems and PV solar systems in particular have been declining as a result of scale efficiencies in manufacturing, some overcapacity for the production of certain components such as PV cells and continuing technological innovations.

 

Consequently, our management anticipates that the global trend of increasing demand for renewable energy developments, both large and small-scale, will continue for several years, stimulating strong growth and profit opportunities for downstream industry participants and companies such as ours providing services applicable to the large and growing base of renewable assets.

 

Government policies and mandates favoring energy efficiency and the use of renewable energy are further adding to near-term demand for renewable energy capacity in both developed and emerging markets.

 

Many government policies in place including those applicable to the largest markets we serve, such as Europe and the United States, call for increasing levels of renewable energy usage over time and impose mandates or incentives for purchases of renewable power even though such power may cost more than conventionally generated power. This pressure tends to add to the pace of renewable power adoption in specific countries, states and municipalities where the mandates apply. Favorable tax incentives in the USA, most notably the 30% federal investment tax credit (ITC) applicable to renewable energy projects are expected to create a bubble of growth in the 2017 - 2019 calendar years that should be favourable to us.

 

The complexity and inconsistency of the regulatory and legislative frameworks can create localized barriers to entry in some markets, which we anticipate may limiting competition or increasing pricing and margins in the near-term in markets such as the USA, where we have already established operations.

 

Pressure on government budgets and liquidity constraints are expected to serve as a partial offset to otherwise favorable growth trends for the renewable energy sector and will lead to volatility in some countries and regional markets.

 

As individual governments experience fiscal constraints that make direct subsidies impractical or are forced to adjust mandates because their constituents demand limits on premium payments for renewable energy, some of the demand for new renewable energy capacity will abate. This impact will fall unevenly across countries and regions as corrections are made to compensate for policies that were not sustainable or sound when implemented. Our management expects the effect of this trend will most greatly affect our business development initiatives and we have already seen supply-demand imbalances for services corrected in some of our served markets such as the UK.

 

The broad acceptance and implementation of renewable energy generation capacity globally has attracted new entrants in most markets and increased competitive pressures.

 

To date growth in competition has had the greatest adverse effect on capital-intensive equipment and component manufacturers with high fixed costs, e.g., manufacturers of PV solar panels and wind turbines, both of which have experienced reduced profitability and consolidation. We expect that the impact on downstream participants will be muted because of market fragmentation and the ability of smaller companies to adjust their business models. However, we expect to nevertheless be required to continuously improve service levels and efficiency and apply new technologies to create barriers to new entrants, attain profitability and grow market share across all of our energy-related business segments.

 

In addition, access to incremental capital is essential to the successful pursuit of our business strategies (see Item 3.D.- Risk Factors under the heading “Risks Related to our Financial Condition” and the information below under the heading “—Liquidity and Capital Resources”).

 

  Obtaining significant penetration of our data management business in new geographic markets and in renewable sub-segments such as wind and small-scale hydro can only be funded in the near term from new capital infusions to the Company
     
  Without the necessary additional working capital, which we estimate to be at least A$1.0 million and as much as $3.0 million if we are successful in securing larger megawatt-scale contract awards, our solar PV businesses cannot grow to management’s targeted revenue run-rate in our 2016 fiscal year and beyond.
     
  The net working capital deficit and deferred creditor balances in some of our operating subsidiaries can only be relieved with an infusion of new debt or equity capital, or an exchange of indebtedness for equity or a compromise of creditor claims.
     
  We cannot complete and integrate beneficial acquisitions, without supplementary liquidity such as that raised to fund the Draker Transaction.

 

 C: 

 55

 

 

Recent Acquisitions

 

We have developed our current business in part through several strategic acquisitions and we expect to pursue additional acquisitions in the future. Summary descriptions of the material acquisitions we completed during fiscal year 2014 through the date of this Report are as follows, but the terms described below are qualified in their entirety by the applicable acquisition documents included as Exhibits to our filings with the SEC:

 

Inaccess Transaction

 

The Company subscribed to €3.25 million of convertible preferred shares (‘Preferred Shares’) of Inaccess Holdings Ltd (‘IHL’) on July 7, 2016. IHL is a UK company that provides hardware and software systems for monitoring and controlling the performance of distributed renewable energy and telecom facilities worldwide. Our management believes that the Inaccess business is highly complementary to our own Monitoring and Data Analytics business. At the time of the Preferred Share subscription, the Preferred Shares were convertible into 20% of the IHL ordinary equity interests, although subsequent repurchases of its ordinary shares by IHL boosted this percentage to approximately 23%. The rights and designations of the Preferred Shares make such shares senior to other classes of IHL equity, provide for a preferential payout upon liquidation equal to the subscription price and entitle the holder thereof to a board seat.

 

Subject to a withdrawal right that expired on September 15, 2016 and that we elected not to exercise, we also entered into an agreement on July 7, 2016 to purchase all of the remaining equity of Inaccess that we do not own in two tranches scheduled to close in January and July 2017 (together with the IHL share subscription referred to as the Inaccess Transaction). We are therefore obligated to acquire the remaining shares at a price that would value 100% of the IHL equity in a range from €16.3 million to €20.0 million. Consideration will be made in a combination of ordinary shares of the Company and/or cash in ratios that are not determinable as of the date of this report on Form 20-F. The foregoing summary of terms of the Inaccess Transaction is qualified in its entirety by the subscription and share purchase agreements included as Exhibits hereto.

 

Draker Transaction

 

On September 16, 2015, we acquired, through a newly formed U.S. subsidiary, the monitoring platform, accounts receivable, inventory, plant, property and equipment and certain other assets of Draker, Inc. and Draker Laboratories, Inc. (together “Sellers”), including the Draker name, trademark, and all copyrights then owned by the Sellers. Immediately subsequent to the transaction, referred to as the Draker Transaction, our acquisition subsidiary changed its name to Draker Corporation and the names of the Sellers were changed to delete the “Draker” name. With the exception of the Seller’s secured indebtedness to the VEDA amounting to approximately US$0.2 million, Draker Corporation did not assume Seller’s liabilities. As a result of the Draker Transaction, we are supplying monitoring services to Seller’s customers while we negotiate and document continuing service agreements at more than 2,000 sites in the Americas, Japan and Europe. Cash consideration paid to Sellers, including interim operating loans that were not recoverable, totalled approximately US$2.4 million.

 

BlueNRGY LLC

 

On January 27, 2015 we acquired 100% of the equity interests of BlueNRGY LLC, a U.S. company specializing in managing data related to geographically distributed energy generation systems and providing related operations and maintenance, or O&M, services. At the time of its acquisition, BlueNRGY LLC was serving customers in Europe and Asia. Subsequently we have expanded the scope of its operations to include customers with U.S. and Australia and fully integrated its technology and operations into that of Draker Corporation. Consideration paid to the BlueNRGY LLC shareholders and shares issued to key executives and Directors of the Group as part of the transaction comprised solely our ordinary shares. Based on the issuance of our ordinary shares to investors in a contemporaneous private placement at US$3.03 per share (after giving effect to the 1-for-80 share consolidation that we implemented in December 2015), the value of our shares issued to the BlueNRGY LLC shareholders was US$5.8 million.

 

 C: 

 56

 

 

Green Earth Developers LLC (GED)

 

On July 1, 2014 we acquired Green Earth Developers LLC, a solar and electrical EPC contractor in the Southeastern U.S. that has bolstered our ability to capitalize on commercial project opportunities in the U.S. market. GED had a track record of successfully completing projects of 1MW – 5MW in size. The purchase price was USD$1,500,000 cash, $500,000 of which was deferred, plus restricted shares in BlueNRGY valued at US$1.675 million at the time of the transaction. Of the deferred cash component of the purchase price, $100,000 was paid in cash and the remainder was exchanged for our ordinary shares at an exchange price of US$3.03 per share (after giving effect to the 1-for-80 share consolidation that we implemented in December 2015) following the effectiveness of the Reorganization Plans in January 2015.

 

Results of Operations

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2016 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2015 —Consolidated Results

 

   Year ended  Year ended
Amounts in A$(000) except as noted  June 30, 2016  June 30, 2015
       
Revenues from continuing operations   32,082    16,866 
           
Operating Expenses          
Cost of raw materials, consumables used, and contractors   (23,905)   (8,525)
Employee benefit expenses   (12,025)   (11,390)
Compliance and consultants   (1,280)   (2,111)
Insurance   (516)   457
Occupancy expenses   (627)   (651)
Travel costs   (598)   (639)
Bad and doubtful debts   (19)   (829)
Other expenses   (1,088)   1,084
Amortisation and depreciation   (527)   (486)
Sub-total - operating costs   (40,585)   (26,172)
           
Other income   50    1,801 
Net finance income/(costs)   (822)   85 
Impairments       (6,217)
Loss from continuing operations before income tax   (9,275)   (13,637)
Income tax benefit/(expense)        
Net profit/(loss) for the period   (9,275)   (13,637)
Net profit from discontinued operations       19,341 
Net (Loss) / Profit for the period   (9,275)   5,704 
           
Other comprehensive income   (35)   (376)
           
Total comprehensive profit/(loss) for the period   (9,310)   5,328 

 

 C: 

 57

 

 

Operating revenue

 

Total operating revenues from continuing operations increased from A$16.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 to A$32.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2016. The revenues increases were mainly attributable to the acquisition of Draker and an increase in revenue for GED.

 

Amounts in A$(000) except as noted  Year ended
June 30, 2016
  Year ended
June 30, 2015
       
Monitoring & Performance Analytics*   2,599    167 
Solar PV Design & Installation (Solar PV)   17,270    3,062 
Energy Efficiency / Climate Control Solutions (Parmac)   12,177    12,242 
Large scale wind       1,294 
RAPS   36    101 
Total reported revenue   32,082    16,866 

 

* Includes O&M Services

 

Monitoring & Performance Analytics revenue increased from A$0.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 to A$2.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2016, following the Draker Transaction in September 2015.

 

Solar PV revenue increased by 464% from A$3.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 to A$17.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2016, due to the performance of large scale EPC contracts performed in the USA by our GED subsidiary. In May 2015, GED commenced the design and construction of part of its contracted backlog resulting in the recognition of revenue for these projects in line with the percentage completed through the year ended June 30, 2016. The installation of these projects was largely completed by June 30, 2016.

 

Parmac revenue remained consistent at A$12.2 million for both years ended 30 June 2016 and 2015. Around 80% of Parmac’s revenue is derived from its contracting business with the 20% balance from its services division. This ratio also remained consistent between the 2015 and 2016 fiscal years. RAPS revenue decreased by A$0.1m from 2015 to 2016 primarily as a result of an ongoing contractual dispute regarding the Chatham Island wind project triggered by the 2015 VA process.

 

Revenue from our Large-scale Wind segment recognized during our fiscal year 2015 was from the provision of project management services to the now-competed Taralga wind project. In conjunction with our Reorganization Plans the project management agreement was terminated in January 2015, we withdrew from the development and construction of wind projects and, accordingly, we did not generate any revenue for these services during our 2016 fiscal year.

 

Operating costs

 

For the year ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, total operating costs including the cost of raw materials, consumables and contractors are presented in the table below for our various business segments:

 

Amounts in A$(000) except as noted  Year ended
June 30, 2016
  Year ended
June 30, 2015
       
Monitoring & Performance Analytics *   6,752    891 
Solar PV Design & Installation (Solar PV)   17,775    7,535 
Energy Efficiency / Climate Control Technology Solutions (Parmac)   12,990    12,419 
Large scale wind       709 
RAPS   222    (123)
Corporate   2,846    4,741 
Consolidated   40,585    26,172 

 

* Includes O&M Services

 

 C: 

 58

 

 

Monitoring & Performance Analytics operating costs increased from A$0.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 to A$6.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2016, following the Draker Transaction in September 2015. We estimate that A$2.0 of these costs were related to re-establishing the Draker monitoring system within the market place including system development and stabilization and servicing the existing Draker customer base the period prior to renewal of their subscriptions.

 

The 136% increase in Solar PV operating costs from A$7.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 to A$17.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 is due to the increase in revenues in the same time frame. The rate of cost increase from our 2015 to 2016 fiscal years (136%) was disproportionate to the revenue increase in that timeframe (464%) as a result of improved utilization of the core base of personnel in the division, coupled with targeted operating cost reductions.

 

Parmac operating costs were A$13.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 as compared to A$12.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. The 5% increase in operating costs for Parmac was as a result of gross margin deterioration in Parmac’s contracting division for a period of time during the 2016 fiscal year driven by increased competition in the Melbourne construction market. These market pressures appear to have started to ease in the quarter ended 30 June 2016. RAPS operating costs in fiscal year 2015 were fully offset by an unrealized foreign currency gain of A$0.2 million on liabilities of the segment. There was no such offset in the 2016 fiscal year and the costs largely represent depreciation charges on the wind turbines.

 

No costs were incurred in our large-scale wind division in the 2016 fiscal year as following withdrawal from this business pursuant to our Reorganization Plans.

 

Changes in the categories of operating expenditure are discussed in more detail below.

 

The cost of raw materials, consumables and contractors used increased from A$8.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 to A$23.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 as a result of the increase in revenue levels between the two periods. The percentage increase in this category of expense for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 as compared with the year ended June 30, 2015 was 180%, which exceeds the increase in revenue of 90% in that period which reflects the fact that revenue growth was largely from the sale of equipment in our projects-based businesses.

 

Employee compensation and benefit expense has increased by 6% from A$11.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 to A$12.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to personnel increases associated with the Draker Transaction in September 2015. These increases were to some level offset by a reduction in headcount in our Solar PV division during the 2016 fiscal year.

 

Total compliance and consultant’s expense decreased by 39% from A$2.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 to A$1.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2016. The most significant contributor to the cost reductions were lower professional fees in relation to capital raising activities, compliance and auditor fees. The 2016 fiscal year expense includes $0.4 million of fees associated with the acquisition of the Inaccess Group of companies which concluded in July 2016.

 

Insurance costs increased by 12% to $0.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 as a result of additional insurances required for the Draker business and annual price increases across the other group premiums.

 

Occupancy expenses decreased by 4% from A$0.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 to A$0.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 as a result of the renegotiation of lease terms on some of our office spaces and the termination of our GED office lease. These savings were partly offset by increased costs following the assumption of the Draker office lease in September 2015.

 

Travel costs reduced by 6% to A$0.6 million as the level of expenditure for senior operational executives to travel to the United Kingdom and United States of America to oversee our businesses there was reduced.

 

Our expense for impairment of receivables and bad debts expense was negligible for the year ended June 30, 2016 compared to an expense of A$0.8 million for the same period in 2015. The 2015 expense resulted from a major customer of Parmac entering voluntary administration, difficulties in recovering some debts during the VA process and provisions against some debtors in GED, none of which were repeated in the 2016 fiscal year.

 

Total depreciation and amortization expense remained consistent at A$0.5 million per year between the 2015 and 2016 years as it relates to RAPS, Parmac and corporate assets which have remained largely unchanged between the two periods.

 

Other Income

 

We recognized negligible amounts of other income in the year ended June 30, 2016 from gains on asset disposals and negotiated creditor payment reductions as compared to A$1.9 million of other income in the year ended June 30, 2015. The other income in the year ended June 30, 2015 was attributable to gains from the extinguishment of debt from creditors and lenders as a result of the VA process.

 

Finance Costs

 

Finance costs comprise interest expenses and foreign exchange differences on loan balances. In the 2016 fiscal year net interest expense was A$0.7 million and foreign exchange losses A$0.1 million. We reported a gain in the finance costs category of A$0.1 million in 2015 resulting from foreign currency gains on borrowings of A$0.9 million which exceeded interest charges of A$0.8 million. Net interest expense reduced between the 2015 and 2016 fiscal years as a result of the extinguishment of borrowings following the VA process in 2015.

 

Impairments

 

No impairment charge was recognised in the 2016 fiscal year. The impairment loss in the 2015 fiscal year of A$6.2 million was due to an impairment charge of that amount relating to the goodwill carrying value of our Solar CGU.

 

Income taxes

 

No income tax expense was recorded for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

 C: 

 59

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2014 —Consolidated Results

 

Amounts in A$(000) except as noted  Year Ended June 30,
   2015  2014
Revenues from continuing operations   16,866    13,732 
Operating Expenses          
Cost of raw materials, consumables and contractors   (8,525)   (6,092)
Employee compensation and benefit expenses   (11,390)   (9,323)
Compliance & consultants   (2,111)   (3,515)
Travel costs   (639)   (751)
Occupancy expenses   (651)   (559)
Provision for impairment of receivables and bad debts written off   (829)   (25)
Other expenses   (1,541)   (2,901)
Depreciation and amortization expenses   (486)   (420)
Sub-total - operating costs   (26,172)   (22,586)
Other income   1,801    1,718 
Finance costs   85    (4,051)
Impairments   (6,217)   (10,019)
(Loss) / Profit before income tax   (13,637)   (22,206)
Income tax (expense) / benefit        
Net (Loss)/profit from continuing operations   (13,637)   (22,206)
Net profit / (loss) from discontinued operations   19,341    (3,224)
Net (Loss) / Profit for the period   5,704    (25,430)
Other comprehensive income   (376)   (868)
Total comprehensive income/(loss)   5,328    (26,298)

 

Operating revenue

 

Total operating revenues from continuing operations increased from A$13.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2014 to A$16.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. The revenues increases were mainly attributable to the acquisition of GED and an increase in revenue for Parmac.

 

   Revenue for Year Ended June 30,
Amounts in A$(000) except as noted  2015  2014
Monitoring & Performance Analytics   167     
Solar PV Design & Installation (Solar PV)   3,062    1,924 
Energy Efficiency / Climate Control Technology Solutions (Parmac)   12,242    10,188 
Large-scale Wind   1,294    1,292 
RAPS   101    328 
Total reported revenue   16,866    13,732 

 

The Monitoring & Performance Analytics business was acquired in January 2015 when it was in its early stages of commercialization so it did not contribute significantly to revenues in 2015 and there are no comparative revenues for 2014.

 

Solar PV revenue increased by 59% from A$1.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2014 to A$3.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2015, due to the revenue contribution of A$0.9 million from GED which was acquired in July 2014. In May 2015, GED commenced the design and construction of part of its contracted backlog resulting in the recognition of revenue for these projects in line with the percentage completed by June 30, 2015. The balance of the revenue was generated from the sale of small scale solar PV projects in our Australian and USA businesses.

 

Parmac recorded an increase in revenue of A$2.0 million from A$10.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2014 to A$12.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. The 2014 revenues had been negatively impacted by a change in our focus from larger greenfield developments to smaller retro-fitting and service opportunities, which are considered more in line with the Parmac team’s capabilities to manage profitably. In 2015, this focus lead to improvements in our success at securing and retaining customers for these revenue streams. RAPS revenue decreased by A$0.2m from 2014 to 2015 primarily as a result of a contract dispute regarding the Chatham Island wind project triggered by the VA process.

 

Revenue from our Large-scale Wind segment recognized during our fiscal year 2014 and 2015 was from the provision of project management services to the Taralga project. The project management agreement was terminated in January 2015 and we discontinued this line of business pursuant to our Reorganization Plans.

 

 C: 

 60

 

 

Operating costs

 

For the year ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, total operating costs including the cost of raw materials, consumables and contractors are presented in the table below for our various business segments:

 

   Year Ended June 30,
Amounts in A$(000) except as noted  2015  2014
Monitoring & Performance Analytics   891     
Solar PV Design & Installation (Solar PV)   7,535    3,221 
Large-scale Wind   709    585 
 Energy Efficiency / Climate Control (Parmac)Technology Solutions   12,419    11,025 
 RAPS   (123)   90 
Corporate   4,741    7,665 
Total reported operating costs   26,172    22,586 

 

The Monitoring & Performance Analytics business was acquired in January 2015 so there are no comparative operating costs for 2014.

 

The 134% increase in solar PV operating costs from A$3.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2014 to A$7.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 is due to the costs of GED for a twelve-month period in fiscal year 2015 and other costs incurred in establishing further solar operations within the USA outside of GED. The increase in costs is disproportionate to the increase in solar PV revenues in the same time frame due to the interruption to sales and marketing activity during the VA process. A core base of personnel was maintained over this period in order to enable the re-establishment of operations upon conclusion of the VA process.

 

Parmac operating costs were A$12.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 as compared to A$11.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2014. The 13% increase in operating costs for Parmac was less than the 20% increase in revenue reflecting the margin improvements being realized from our change in customer focus to smaller retro-fit projects and service clients.

 

Large-scale wind operating costs increased by A$0.1 million to A$0.7 million for fiscal year 2015 as compared with A$0.6 million for fiscal year 2014 due to hiring additional resources to fulfil our obligations under the project management agreement for the Taralga project.

 

RAPS operating costs were fully offset by an unrealized foreign currency gain of A$0.2 million on liabilities of the segment. Other operating costs of RAPS were consistent between 2014 and 2015 fiscal years.

 

Changes in the categories of operating expenditure are discussed in more detail below.

 

The cost of raw materials, consumables and contractors used increased from A$6.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2014 to A$8.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 as a result of the increase in revenue levels between the two periods. The percentage increase in this category of expense for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 as compared with the year ended June 30, 2014 was 40%, which exceeds the increase in revenue of 23% in that period which reflects the fact that revenue growth was largely from the sale of equipment in our projects-based businesses.

 

Employee compensation and benefit expense has increased by 22% from A$9.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2014 to A$11.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 through the acquisition of GED and BlueNRGY LLC. These increases were to some level offset by a reduction in headcount across many of our continuing operations during the VA process.

 

Total compliance and consultant’s expense decreased by 40% from A$3.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2014 to A$2.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. The most significant contributor to the cost reductions were lower professional fees in relation to capital raising activities, auditor fees and costs associated with the preparation for registration of our securities in the United States in 2014 which were not repeated in 2015.

 

Travel costs reduced by 15% from A$0.7 million to A$0.6 million as the level of expenditure to allow senior operational executives to travel to the United Kingdom and United States of America to oversee our businesses there was reduced.

 

Occupancy expenses increased by A$0.1 million from A$0.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2014 to A$0.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 as a result of the acquisition of the GED and BlueNRGY LLC. These increases were largely offset by reductions following the VA process, whereby a number of leases were disclaimed by our Australian operations.

 

Our provision for impairment of receivables and bad debts expense was A$0.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 compared to a negligible expense for the same period in 2014. This resulted from a major customer of Parmac entering voluntary administration, difficulties in recovering some debts during the VA process and provisions against some debtors in GED.

 

Total depreciation and amortization expense remained consistent between the 2014 and 2015 years as it relates to RAPS, Parmac and corporate assets largely unaffected by the VA process.

 

 C: 

 61

 

 

Other Income

 

We recognized A$1.8 million of other income in the year ended June 30, 2015 as compared to A$0.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2014. The other income in the year ended June 30, 2014 was attributable to gains from the extinguishment of debt from creditors and lenders as a result of the VA process. The other income in 2014 was from the reversal of contingent consideration payable in relation to the acquisition of eco-Kinetics in 2010 of A$0.6 million.

 

Finance Costs

 

Finance costs comprise interest expenses, debt restructuring fees, share option expenses directly related to financing activities and foreign exchange differences on loan balances. We reported a gain in the finance costs category of A$0.1 million in 2015 resulting from foreign currency gains on borrowings of A$0.9 million which exceeded interest charges of A$0.8 million. In 2014 net interest expense was A$3.8 million, share option expensesA$0.1 million and foreign exchange losses A$0.2 million. Net interest expense reduced significantly between the 2014 and 2015 fiscal years as a result of the extinguishment of borrowings following the VA process.

 

Impairments

 

The impairment loss in the 2015 fiscal year of A$6.2 million was due to an impairment charge of that amount relating to the goodwill carrying value of our Solar CGU. The impairment loss of A$10.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2014, was due to a decline in the value of our investment in the Taralga wind farm project to $ Nil as a result of construction delays and cost overruns during the year.

 

Income taxes

 

No income tax expense was recorded for the years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

 

Application of Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Judgments

 

Our accounting policies form the basis for preparation of our financial statements and our financial statements in turn are an essential factor in understanding our operations. Our accounting policies are in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and are fully described in the notes to our audited financial statements as of and for the three years ended June 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016. The preparation of our financial statements required management to make judgments, estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of revenue, assets, liabilities and expenses. Our management re-evaluates estimates on an on-going basis and such estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Unless otherwise stated, all dollar amounts stated in our financial statements are expressed in the currency of the Commonwealth of Australia.

 

Critical accounting policies

 

Critical accounting policies that reflect our industry and activity specific accounting treatments used in preparing our financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016 or that have significant potential to result in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities during such fiscal years.

 

(a) Basis of preparation - going concern

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern and, accordingly, do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. As further discussed below in “—Liquidity and Capital Resources,” we have net operating cash outflows of A$7.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2016. We remain dependent upon receiving continuing support from existing lenders, raising additional funds in new financings, and monetizing long-term assets to fund the business and to continue as a going concern.

 

(b) Revenue recognition

 

Revenue is recognized to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to us and the revenue can be reliably measured, regardless of when payment is being made. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, taking into account contractually defined terms of payment and excluding taxes or duty. The specific recognition criteria described below are applicable to the primary sources of our revenue:

 

(i) Sale of products, materials and parts

 

Revenue from the sale of products, material and parts is recognized upon the delivery of goods to customers.

 

(ii) Construction contracts

 

Contract revenue and expenses, such as those related to large-scale solar and air conditioning projects where we are acting as a general contractor, are recognized in accordance with the percentage of completion method unless the outcome of the contract cannot be reliably estimated. Revenue is matched with the contract costs incurred in reaching the stage of completion, resulting in reporting revenue, expenses and profit, which can be attributed to the work completed. When it is probable that a loss will arise from a construction contract, the excess of total costs over revenue is recognized immediately as an expense. Where the outcome cannot be measured reliably, revenue is recognized only to the extent that related expenditure is deemed recoverable. The stage of completion of a contract is measured by reference to the recoverable costs incurred to date as a percentage of estimated total costs for the contract.

 

(iii) Project development revenue

 

Revenue from large-scale solar projects that we undertake as principal is recognized when the project is commissioned and rents or revenues from the power sales are received, or if control of the project is sold to a third party, when the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred. The timing and amount of revenue recognized depends on the specifics of each such project and the arrangements that we have with our customers.

 

 C: 

 62

 

 

Costs incurred for project development are expensed in the period in which incurred unless we determine that it is probable the project will be completed and generate future economic benefit equal to or in excess of such costs and that can be measured reliably in which case the costs are recorded in inventory until a development fee is recognized.

 

(iv) Subscription revenue

 

Revenue from the sale of subscriptions to our data analysis and monitoring software products is recognised over the life of the contract in line with when the significant risk and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the customer, recovery of the consideration is probable and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. The timing of the transfer of risks and rewards varies depending on the individual terms of the subscription agreement.

 

(c) Work-in-progress

 

Project work in progress includes both work in progress on construction contracts, such as those performed for customers of our large-scale solar and air conditioning systems customers and projects in progress in which we are a principal such as certain large-scale solar projects.

 

Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions

 

Significant accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions that have been used in the preparation of our financial statements are set out below. Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that may have a financial impact on the entity and that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

 

We make estimates and assumptions concerning the future in determining accounting treatments and quantifying amounts for transactions and balances in certain circumstances. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

 

(a) Recovery of deferred tax assets

 

Deferred tax assets are not recognized for deductible temporary differences as management does not consider that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available to utilize those temporary differences.

 

Judgment is required in assessing whether deferred tax assets are recognized in the statement of financial position. Deferred tax assets, including those arising from un-recouped tax losses, capital losses and temporary differences, are recognized only where it is considered more likely than not that they will be recovered, which is dependent on the generation of sufficient future taxable profits.

 

Assumptions about the generation of future taxable profits depend on management’s estimates of future cash flows. These depend on estimates of future sales, operating costs, capital expenditure and other capital management transactions. Judgments are also required about the application of income tax legislation. These judgments and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty, hence there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact the amount of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities recognized on the balance sheet and the amount of other tax losses and temporary differences not yet recognized. In such circumstances, some or all of the carrying amounts of recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities may require adjustment, resulting in a corresponding credit or charge to the income statement. Should operating performance and prospects improve in the future, then deferred tax assets may be recognized in future on prior year operating losses. As of June 30, 2016, we had A$19.4 million of derecognized deferred tax assets and A$16.6 million at June 30, 2015.

 

(b) Share-based payment transactions

 

We measure the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined using a Black-Scholes model, with the assumptions detailed in Note 25 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Report. The accounting estimates and assumptions relating to equity-settled share-based payments would have no impact on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next annual reporting period.

 

The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with regards warrants using an un-modified binominal lattice model giving consideration to the dilution impact of the shares issued upon conversion of the warrants as well as other options on issue.

 

 C: 

 63

 

 

(c) Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles other than Patents

 

We determine whether goodwill and other intangibles other than patents are impaired at least on an annual basis (as of June 30, the end of our fiscal year) and when circumstances indicate the carrying value may be impaired. The Group’s impairment test for goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives is based on value-in-use calculations that use a discounted cash flow model using assumptions believed by management to be reasonable. These valuations would not reflect unanticipated events and circumstances that may occur. However, as detailed in the notes to our statements under the heading “Goodwill Impairment” (see Note 15 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Report) indicators of potential impairment exist and there can be no assurance that we will avoid a downward revision in the carrying value of goodwill in the future and any such revision in value will also result in the recording of a charge in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

 

5.B.             Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Analysis of financial condition, liquidity and capital resources

 

The following table presents a comparison of our cash flows and beginning and ending cash balances during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014 as reflected in our audited financial statements presented elsewhere in this document.

 

   Year Ended June 30,
Amounts in A$(000) except as noted  2016  2015  2014
               
Net cash flows used in operating activities   (7,842)   (5,551)   (20,163)
Net cash flows used in investing activities   (2,957)   (1,963)   1,305 
Net cash flows from financing activities   10,602    6,615    19,770 
Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents   (197)   (899)   912 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period   482    1,381    469 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   285    482    1,381 

 

At June 30, 2016 our cash and cash equivalents had decreased to A$0.3 million from A$0.5 million at June 30, 2015 primarily as a result of the application to operating and investing activities of funds raised from the issuance of ordinary shares and subsidiary preference shares in the year ended June 30, 2016. During each of the last three fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and subsequently through the date of this Report, our liquidity has been generated primarily from borrowings and sales of equity securities. Of the cumulative funding from financing activities of A$36.9 million during fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, A$4.9 million was used to fund our acquisition in July 2014 of GED and the acquisition of the assets of Draker, Inc. and Draker Laboratories, Inc. in September 2015 with the remainder used to fund cumulative losses from operations.

 

During fiscal year 2016 we negotiated extensions to the maturity dates of US$5.6 million and A$0.8 million of borrowings which have been classified as non-current liabilities at June 30, 2016. Additionally, US$2.2 million of Subsidiary Preferred Shares which were classified as liabilities at June 30, 2015 were renegotiated and are classified as equity at June 30, 2016. In July 2016 we received A$6.6 million of funds from the issue of subsidiary preferred shares, of which A$5.2 million was used to fund the investment in Inaccess (see Item 4.A “Recent Acquisitions”) and associated transaction costs. The balance was used for working capital. At June 30, 2016 our current assets exceeded our current liabilities by A$3.4 million, however, A$4.8 million of assets classified as current at June 30, 2016 were invested in non-current financial assets subsequent to the fiscal year end.

 

At the end of our 2014 fiscal year and in the first quarter of our 2015 fiscal year our cash availability and liquidity remained too low to sustain our operating outflows and continuance as a going concern, as further discussed below. Our liquidity deficiencies were exacerbated by our acquisition in July 2014 of GED to which we allocated US$1.5 million for purposes of consummating the transaction and addressing GED’s working capital deficit within 60 days following the June 2014 offering in which we raised A$7.7 million from the issuance of 1,810,000 of our ordinary shares at an issue price of US$4.00 per share (equivalent to A$4.25 per share), before giving effect to any share price adjustment from the 1-for-80 share consolidation that we effected in December 2016 (22,625 ordinary shares at a price of US$32.00 per share after giving effect to the consolidation). In June 2014, we were successful in negotiating exchange agreements with convertible note holders to exchange notes with a face value of A$7.8 million into ordinary share capital, but this was insufficient to overcome our working capital deficit. We classified the remaining indebtedness we had incurred during the two prior fiscal years and which was not converted into equity prior to June 30, 2014 became current liabilities as of June 30, 2014 as a result of default events that occurred with respect to bonds issued by our subsidiaries and the acceleration of other obligations. Consequently, we had a working capital deficit on June 30, 2014 of A$30.5 million, payments to many trade creditors were substantially deferred, liquidity was severely constrained and we were unable to continue as a going concern without voluntarily placing the Company and three of our subsidiaries into Administration. We restructured our operations under VA and emerged with limited indebtedness on January 27, 2015.

 

Despite having reduced our liabilities through the Reorganization Plans, we have sustained losses and made acquisitions since our emergence from VA and our liquidity has again been depleted. Our ability to continue as a going concern and to achieve our business objectives over the next 12 months depends on our ability to accomplish some or all of the following:

 

Attain profitability: Few of our subsidiaries are contributing cash flow to cover corporate costs and we are not operating profitably overall. However, we are continually reviewing costs structures in our operating subsidiaries and making the appropriate changes to maximise cash flow and profitability. New business opportunities are carefully assessed with a view to ensuring their potential to contribute to profits without undue consumption of working capital. Specifically, during the financial year ended June 30, 2016 the number of employees in the Solar PV business units and corporate units has been reduced to lower costs and better match the current scope of Group activities. In addition, the Company has completed corporate acquisitions which gives the Group a platform to achieve profitability in its Monitoring & Performance Analytics business within the next 12 months.
   
Raise new debt and/or equity capital: : During the twelve months ended June 30, 2016 we have been successful in raising funds through the issuance of ordinary shares and subsidiary preference shares under Share Purchase Agreements. A total of US$2.0 million (A$2.8 million) of cash has been raised from the issuance of 660,507 ordinary shares at US$3.028 per share. Additionally, a further US$0.4 million (A$0.6 million) of liabilities for fees and salaries due to executives of the company were extinguished through the issuance of 144,125 ordinary shares in the company. Subsidiary preference shares convertible into our ordinary shares with a face value of US$6.5 million (A$8.8 million) were issued during 2016 fiscal year (although payment was received in July 2016 during the 2017 fiscal year) to fund the Draker asset acquisition and our investment in the IHL (Inaccess) (refer to Item 4.A “Recent Acquisitions”). Proceeds from borrowing during the financial year ended June 30, 2016 across the group were A$5,832,000. The lenders of over 90% of the Group’s borrowings are either affiliates of members of our Board of Directors or our significant shareholders and our Directors expect that their financial support will continue to be provided.

 

 C: 

 64

 

 

Our management and Board have determined that there is a risk that our funding requirements may not be successfully met through the foregoing initiatives and that some of our initiatives may not be successful. However, as previously mentioned, we have achieved significant operating and financing objectives and our management and board believe that we have a reasonable prospect of achieving others; consequently, we have no intention to liquidate or cease trading or to cause any of our material subsidiaries to do so

 

Operating activities

 

As shown in the table below the cumulative utilization of cash over the last three fiscal years has been A$33.5 million.

 

   Year Ended June 30,
Amounts in A$(000) except as noted  2016  2015  2014
               
Cash flow from operating activities               
Receipts from customers (inclusive of GST)   31,056    16,863    20,680 
Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of GST)   (38,834)   (21,974)   (39,493)
Finance costs   (64)   (449)   (1,350)
Interest received       9     
Net cash flows used in operating activities   (7,842)   (5,551)   (20,163)

 

For the year ended June 30, 2016, net cash used in operating activities was A$7.8 million as compared with an outflow of A$5.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. The excess of disbursements to suppliers and employees over receipts in the year ended June 30, 2016 was A$7.8 million and was largely driven by funding of ongoing operating losses, mostly related to investments in our Monitoring and Performance Analytics business that we are unable to capitalize under applicable accounting rules.

 

For the year ended June 30, 2015, net cash used in operating activities was A$5.6 million as compared with an outflow of A$20.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2014. The excess of disbursements to suppliers and employees over receipts in the year ended June 30, 2015 was A$5.1 million and was largely driven by funding of ongoing operating losses. The excess of disbursements to suppliers and employees over receipts in the year ended June 30, 2014 was A$18.8 million and was largely driven by the catch up of payments to overdue creditors and funding ongoing operating losses.

 

Investing activities

 

In the latest two out of the last three fiscal years, we have expended funds in acquiring businesses as part of our growth strategy as detailed in the table below.

 

   Year Ended June 30,
Amounts in A$(000) except as noted  2016  2015  2014
               
Cash flow from investing activities               
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment   43        188 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment   (25)   (252)   (672)
Cash forfeited during reorganisation       (362)    
Proceeds from sale of investments           1,789 
Payment for the purchase of controlled entities, net of cash acquired   (2,975)   (1,349)    
Net cash flows used in investing activities   (2,957)   (1,963)   1,305 

 

Net cash used in investing activities was A$3.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2016, as opposed to A$2.0 million cash used in investing activities for the year ended June 30, 2015. Payment for the purchase of controlled entities, net of cash acquired of A$3.0 million in the year ended June 30, 2016 which related to the purchase of the Draker assets. Net investing outflows for the year ended June 30, 2015 was utilized for the payment for the purchase of controlled entities, net of cash acquired of A$1.3 million related to the purchase of GED and cash of A$0.4 million held at the time of entering VA was forfeited. For the year ended June 30, 2014, A$1.8 million was received following the sale of CapTech and net investments of A$0.7 million were made for purchases of plant, property and equipment predominantly for the construction of solar generating assets owned by one of our UK subsidiaries.

 

Financing activities

 

As shown in the table below, we generated the cash used in operating and investment activities during fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, with net contributions from financing activities during those years Over the three-year period ended in June 2016 we generated A$36.9 million cumulatively from financing activities:

 

 C: 

 65

 

 

   Year Ended June 30,
Amounts in A$(000) except as noted  2016  2015  2014
               
Cash flow from financing activities               
Proceeds from ordinary share issues   2,759    4,521    7,706 
Proceeds from preference share issues   2,122         
Proceeds from issue of convertible notes           1,013 
Convertible note and share issue costs           (1,320)
Proceeds from borrowings   5,832    2,171    16,282 
Repayment of borrowings   (24)       (3,699)
Payment of finance lease liabilities   (87)   (77)   (212)
Net cash flows from financing activities   10,602    6,615    19,770 

 

For the year ended June 30, 2016, net cash inflows from our financing activities was A$10.6 million as compared with net cash inflows from our financing activities of A$6.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. In the year ended June 30, 2016 we raised $4.9 million from the issuance of ordinary and preference shares and our parent company and operating subsidiaries borrowed A$5.8 million as follows: Parmac (A$2.0 million), Draker (A$2.0 million) and BlueNRGY Group Limited (A$1.8 million). In the year ended June 30, 2015 we raised $4.5 million from the issuance of ordinary and preference shares and our parent company and operating subsidiaries borrowed A$2.2 million as follows: Parmac (A$0.7 million), GED (A$0.5 million) and BlueNRGY Group Limited (A$1.0 million). In the year ended June 30, 2014, A$14.1 million of borrowings were from the issuance of bonds in the United Kingdom by (our then-subsidiaries) Secured Energy Bonds Plc and Energy Bonds plc, A$2.1 million from a working capital loan facility and A$1.1 million from the issuance of secured notes at the Group level. During the year ended June 30, 2014 we repaid an inventory financing facility of A$0.5 million and A$1.7 million of secured notes, from the proceeds of the sale of our CapTech subsidiary, as well as A$1.5 million of our other non-equity linked loan balance. In June 2014 we raised A$7.7 million from the issuance of 1,810,000 of our ordinary shares at an issue price of US$4.00 per share (equivalent to A$4.25 per share), before giving effect to any share price adjustment from the 1-for-80 share consolidation that we effected in December 2016 (22,625 ordinary shares at a price of US$32.00 per share after giving effect to the consolidation). Issue costs of A$1.3 million were incurred in relation to this share issue for broker fees and other professional services incurred in connection with the offer.

 

 C: 

 66

 

  

Indebtedness

 

BlueNRGY Group Limited (parent company)

 

As a result of the Reorganization Plans, we emerged from VA in January 2015 with no outstanding debt at the level of our parent company. Subsequent to our emergence from VA we have obtained corporate debt financing of A$3.4 million from shareholders and affiliates of our Managing Director (refer to Item 7.B. under the heading “Related Party Transactions”) and Item 8.B. under the heading “(b) Financing”. A$2.7 million of the debt is convertible into parent company Ordinary Shares at a price of US$3.028 per share. The debt at our parent company level all has a maturity date of October 30, 2017 and is classified as non-current liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position. Interest is charged at rates ranging from 6.0% - 15.0% per annum on the outstanding balances until the loans are repaid. As further described below, as of October 20, 2016, three of our subsidiaries, Parmac, GED and BlueNRGY LLC have obligations that are non-recourse to our Parent Company under separate secured credit facilities or deferred payment plans with trade creditors or both and, in the case of Parmac, finance leases undertaken for the purchase of motor vehicles, equipment and machinery as further described below.

 

Parmac

 

Working Capital Facility - secured: In April 2015 one of our subsidiaries, Parmac, secured a line of credit with an affiliate of our Managing Director (refer to Item 7.B. under the heading “Related Party Transactions”), for up to US$0.5 million, referred to as the Second Parmac Liquidity Facility, against which Parmac has drawn the maximum amount of funds available to meet its working capital needs. The Second Parmac Liquidity Facility has a maturity date of October 30, 2017 and we have an obligation, that we intend to honor in due course to secure this facility with a second lien on all of the assets of Parmac except statutory liens and liens under finance leases, Interest is charged at 24.0% per annum on the outstanding balance until the loan is repaid.

 

Working Capital Facility - unsecured: In March 2016 one of our subsidiaries, Parmac, secured a line of credit with an affiliate of our Managing Director (refer to Item 7.B. under the heading “Related Party Transactions”), for up to US$1.5 million, referred to as the Parmac Liquidity Facility, against which Parmac has drawn the maximum amount of funds available to meet its working capital needs. The unsecured Liquidity Facility has a maturity date of October 30, 2017. Interest is charged at 10.0% per annum on the outstanding balance until the loan is repaid. The foregoing summary of the Parmac Liquidity Facility is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the Facility, a copy of which is filed as an Exhibit hereto.

 

Deferred Trade Obligations (unsecured): As of October 20, 2016, Parmac had outstanding A$0.2 million of significantly overdue trade accounts payable. These deferred payables are being paid down on an informal deferred payment arrangement. Our direct trade creditors with deferred payment balances are cooperating to defer payments until we can arrange other financing or generate sufficient operating cash flows to pay the outstanding balances. However, there is no assurance that their cooperation will continue and we could be faced, without notice, with immediate payment obligations that we cannot meet. In aggregate, Parmac maintained a positive working capital balance as of October 20, 2016 after giving effect to the Parmac Liquidity Facility.

 

Finance Leases (secured): We have obligations under various financing leases for equipment and motor vehicles aggregating A$0.2 million as of October 20 2016. The lessors have a perfected senior security interest in the equipment or vehicles covered by the leases. The terms of the leases vary, with the longest scheduled to be retired in approximately 3 years. Required payments under our financing leases are generally monthly or quarterly. We recognize these financing lease obligations as debt on our balance sheet. As of June 30, 2016 A$0.1 million of the financing leases were recorded as current obligations and the remaining A$0.1 million finance lease balance was classified as non-current.

 

Redeemable Preference Shares (unsecured): On effectiveness of the Reorganization Plans, Parmac issued 2,200,000 US$1.00 non-voting, redeemable preference shares (“RPS”). The Parmac RPS are convertible into our parent company Ordinary Shares in whole or in part at any time after June 30, 2015 at a price of US$3.028 per share and are restricted to the extent that such conversion would result in any holder having more than 20% of the outstanding ordinary shares in the Company. During our 2016 fiscal year, we negotiated an amendment to the terms of the RPS whereby the following rights attached to the RPS were removed: the right to receive an annual dividend of 4% per annum payable on December 31 each year; the right of the holder of the RPS to, at its discretion, force redemption through the sale of Parmac if the RPS have not been converted or redeemed by December 31, 2017. The RPS were classified as a liability on the Statement of Financial Position at June 30, 2015 on the basis that there could be an obligation for Parmac to deliver either cash or another financial asset to the holder at some point in the future. At June 30, 2016 the RPS, following the amendment to their terms, have been reclassified to equity in the Statement of Financial Position as there is clearly no longer an obligation for Parmac to deliver either cash or another financial asset to the holder at any point in the future. The face value of the Parmac RPS at October 20, 2016 is US$2,200,000.

 

GED

 

Working Capital Facility (secured): In November 2014 Washington H. Soul Pattinson & Co. Ltd. (WHSP) extended to one of our subsidiaries – Green Earth Developers LLC (GED) a secured line of credit for up to US$0.36 million, referred to as the GED Liquidity Facility, against which we drew funds to fund operations and working capital for GED during the VA process. As of June 30, 2016, the Company had drawn the maximum amount available under the GED Liquidity Facility. The Liquidity Facility is repayable within 10 days of a repayment demand. No demand for repayment has been made at the date of this report. The interest rate applicable to funds drawn under the Liquidity Facility is 6.00 percent per annum calculated on any drawn amounts. The GED Liquidity Facility is secured by a first lien on the assets of GED.

 

Deferred Trade Obligations (unsecured): As of September 14, 2016, our GED subsidiary had past due balances with a number of large trade creditors who were collectively owed US$0.3 million. We entered into deferred payment arrangements, referred to as Payment Plan Agreements, with these trade creditors whereby GED committed to make periodic payments to these creditors to satisfy the indebtedness. Interest ranging between 0% and 4% per annum is payable on the Payment Plan Agreements. As of October 20, 2016 the Payment Plan Agreements balance had been reduced to US$0.3 million but GED was behind in meeting the periodic payment obligations thereunder and has not been able to resume payments. Consequently, some creditors have been granted judgments for the past-due payment plan amounts but are forbearing on collection actions. There can be no assurance that the affected creditors will continue to forbear in the collections of amounts owed by GED.

 

BlueNRGY LLC

 

Deferred Trade Obligations (unsecured): As of October 20, 2016, our BlueNRGY LLC subsidiary had past due balances with a number of trade creditors who were collectively owed US$0.3 million. We have entered into deferred payment arrangements with a number of these creditors and are in discussions with the largest creditor to settle the balance owing through the issuance of our shares.

 

 C: 

 67

 

  

Chatham Island Wind Limited (CIWL)

 

Redeemable Preference Shares (unsecured): On execution of the Reorganization Plans, CIWL issued 1,400,000 RPS. The RPS are convertible in into parent company Ordinary Shares whole or in part at any time after June 30, 2015 at a price of US$3.028 per share and are restricted to the extent that such conversion would result in any holder having more than 20% of the outstanding ordinary shares in the Company; provided however, if the CIWL contract with CIEL is terminated, the CIWL RPS cannot be converted. The CIWL RPS receive an annual dividend of 4% per annum payable on December 31 each year. If dividends cannot be paid in cash, further RPS will be issued to satisfy the dividend amount. RPS are redeemable by CIWL, in whole or in part, at our sole election. The holder of the RPS may, at its discretion, force redemption through the sale of CIWL if the RPS have not been converted or redeemed by December 31, 2017. The RPS are classified as a liability on the Statement of Financial Position as there could exist an obligation for CIWL to deliver either cash or another financial asset to the holder at some point in the future. The face value of the CIWL RPS at October 20, 2016 is US$1,200,000.

 

Draker Corp

 

Term loan – secured: As part of the Draker Transaction (refer Item 4.A under the heading “Recent Acquisitions”) we assumed the Seller’s secured indebtedness to the Vermont Economic Development Authority (“VEDA”) amounting to approximately US$0.2 million. The Term Loan is secured by all the assets of Draker. Interest is payable on this loan at 2% per annum. The loan amortizes on a straight line basis and matures on November 7, 2018. An amount of A$77,000 (US$58,000) is classified as a current liability with the balance of A$100,000 (US$73,000) classified as a non-current liability on the Statement of Financial Position.

 

Working Capital Facility - unsecured: In March 2016 Draker, secured a line of credit with an affiliate of our Managing Director (refer to Item 7.B. under the heading “Related Party Transactions”), for up to US$1.5 million, referred to as the Draker Liquidity Facility, against which Draker has drawn the maximum amount of funds available to meet its working capital needs. The unsecured Liquidity Facility has a maturity date of October 30, 2017. Interest is charged at 10.0% per annum on the outstanding balance until the loan is repaid. We have an obligation, that we intend to honor in due course, to secure this facility with a second lien on all of the assets of Draker except statutory liens and liens under finance leases. The foregoing summary of the Draker Liquidity Facility is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the Facility, a copy of which is filed as an Exhibit hereto.

 

5.C.             Research and Development

 

For our fiscal years 2014-2016 we did not conduct research and development.

 

5.D.             Trend Information

 

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this Report, we are not aware of any trends affecting our businesses. Refer to Item 4.B. under the heading “Our Industry.

 

5.E.              Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Except for amounts due under operating lease commitments disclosed below in Section F of this Item 5 we do not have any material off-balance sheet commitments or arrangements.

 

 C: 

 68

 

 

5.F.              Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

As of September 30, 2016 our contractual, obligations, excluding trade creditors, were as set forth below:

 

   Payments Due By Period
(Amount in A$ 000)  Total  Less than 1 year  1-3 years  3-5 years  More than 5 years
                
 Obligations under:                         
 Operating leases   1,080    504    576         
 Financing leases   222    120    102         
 Borrowings and interest *   10,100    2,440    7,660         
    11,402    3,064    8,338         

 

* Excludes Redeemable Preference Shares as at September 15, 2016 there is no cash obligation associated with them.

 

ITEM 6.      DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

6.A.             Directors and Senior Management

 

The following table presents our directors, executive officers and key employees as of the date of this Report.

 

Name  Age  Position
Executive Officers          
William Morro   62    Managing Director (the equivalent of an American company’s chief executive officer) and Director 
Richard Pillinger   42    Chief Financial Officer and Secretary 
Emmanuel Cotrel   35    Senior Vice President 
Peter Maros   29    Senior Vice President 
Non-Executive Directors          
Carlo Botto   55      
Yves-Regis Cotrel   63      
Olivier Ferrari   55      

 

 C: 

 69

 

 

Executive Officers

 

William Morro. Mr. Morro was appointed to our Board in February 2014 and has served continuously in that capacity since then except for a brief interruption during the VA process when the Administrator assumed all governance responsibilities. Mr. Morro was appointed our Managing Director and Chairman on February 9, 2015. Mr. Morro is also a Managing Partner of the InterAmerican Group, a U.S. investment and advisory firm focused primarily on middle-market businesses with cross-border operations in North America and/or Latin America. He also currently serves as a member of the board of directors of ESOL B.V. and certain of its affiliates (together “ESOL”) and on the boards of supervisors / directors of certain investee companies of ESOL, including two banks, JSC “Capital Bank” of Georgia and InterMarket Bank of Zambia. Mr. Morro also serves as Chairman of the Board of CNC Development Limited, a company with interests in the civil infrastructure sector in China, Prior to joining InterAmerican in 2001, Mr. Morro headed private equity business units for BMO Group and Heller Financial and was a Principal and shareholder of the international management consulting firm, Cresap, McCormick & Paget until shortly after its acquisition by Towers, Perrin. He holds an undergraduate degree from Dartmouth College and a Masters degree from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University. Mr. Morro has three decades of senior executive and board experience with more than 20 companies, both public and private, in which he has been a direct investor.

 

Richard Pillinger. Mr. Pillinger is our Chief Financial Officer, having been appointed to this role in October 2011, and also served as our Corporate Secretary since May 2010. Immediately prior to joining the Company, Mr. Pillinger held positions with a number of WHSP affiliates, including portfolio Chief Financial Officer for Pitt Capital Partners Limited, BKI Investment Company and Souls Private Equity Limited and Chief Executive Officer of Corporate and Administrative Services Pty Ltd. WHSP is currently our second largest shareholder. Mr. Pillinger’s previous roles within other ASX listed companies include Group Finance Manager and Commercial Manager for Volante Group Limited and Commander Communications Limited, respectively. Mr. Pillinger has significant international business experience, having worked in accounting audit and advisory positions in London before relocating to Australia. Mr. Pillinger is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants England & Wales and has a Bachelor of Science Degree from the University of Nottingham.

 

Emmanuel Cotrel. Since January 27, 2015, Emmanuel Cotrel has been a Senior Vice President and responsible for strategy and corporate development as well as serving as the senior executive officer of BlueNRGY LLC, our Monitoring and Performance Analytics business until its operations were consolidated into those of Draker Corp. Mr. Cotrel founded BlueNRGY LLC in 2012 and prior to that he was a co-founder and principal of an investment fund, L14 FCP SIF, affiliated with the Edmond de Rothschild Bank; the fund targeted investments in or acquisition of renewable energy infrastructure projects across Europe, specifically wind and solar power generation systems. Before co-founding BlueNRGY and L14, Mr. Cotrel was a co-founder of SeaMobile, Inc. (USA), currently an industry leader in global maritime telecommunications where he was active in acquisitions and other development matters until 2006. Prior to his involvement with SeaMobile, Mr. Cotrel worked in the International Private Banking division at HSBC Private Bank in New York. He is an active member of the US-based Cotrel Spinal Research Foundation and the France-based Yves Cotrel Foundation affiliated with the Institut de France. Mr. Cotrel graduated from IMIP MBA Institute (INSEEC business school in Paris, France) in 2004.

 

Peter J. Maros. Since September 1, 2015, Mr. Maros has been a Senior Vice President and responsible for our Solar PV Design and Installation business in North America. In this capacity he also serves as the senior executive officer of GED. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Maros was Executive Director of Shoals Technologies Group, a leading U.S. supplier of balance-of-system components for solar PV systems. Before that he co-founded the renewables group for Future Energy Solutions, a leading global distributor of electronics, including components for solar installations and served as the Renewable Energy Director. Previously he worked in investment banking for Merrill Lynch. Mr. Maros is a graduate of the Kelly School of Business at Indiana University.

 

Directors

 

Carlo Botto. Mr. Botto is a non-executive member of our Board. His affiliation with the Company began in 2011 when he served as a consultant. In 2012, he was appointed Senior Vice President of Strategy & Development and continued in an executive role until his resignation as an executive in 2014. In 2013, he was appointed as a Board member and has been a director continuously since then, with a brief interruption during our VA process when the Administrator assumed all governance responsibilities. Mr. Botto has extensive energy industry experience, having worked in various roles in the energy supply industry in Australia and North America over 30 years. These roles have included senior executive positions responsible for wholesale energy trading, retail marketing, corporate strategy, risk management and regulatory/corporate affairs. Immediately prior to joining the Company, Mr. Botto was a senior executive with CLP (0002.HK) working in Melbourne, Australia from 2004 to 2010. Mr. Botto has a Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical) from University of NSW and a Graduate Diploma in Engineering (Asset Management) from Monash University.

 

 C: 

 70

 

 

Yves-Regis Cotrel. Yves-Regis Cotrel has been a non-executive member of the Board since January 27, 2015. He is the Founder and, until his retirement in 2008, was President of Group Quietude, a real estate investment and operations firm with properties in Europe. From 1976 through his retirement in 2000 to form Group Quietude, Mr. Cotrel held senior executive positions first with the Sofamor Group, a world leader in manufacturing devices, equipment and biomaterials used in the treatment of spinal and cranial disorders, and then with its successor companies through various business combinations. In this capacity he developed distribution networks in more than 20 countries in Europe, the Middle East and Asia. Successor businesses to Sofamor Group included the Sofamor-Danek Group, which was formed through business combination with Danek USA and then Medtronic (NYSE: MDT) which merged with Sofamor- Danek Group in 1999. Mr. Cotrel holds a MSc in Management from IAE Lille and a Bachelor of Law degree from L’Ecole de Notariat de Paris.

 

Olivier Ferrari. Olivier Ferrari has been a non-executive member of the Board since May 10, 2016. He has a wide variety of experience in asset, institutional, private, philanthropic and sustainable development management, and also in real estate and trusteeship. In 1990, he founded CONINCO Explorers in finance SA, of which he is currently the CEO, a company specialised in consulting services for institutional investors, asset valuation and responsible finance. He has set up several sustainable investment solutions including ONE CREATION, a cooperative company delivering comprehensive support to listed and non-listed companies active in the CleanTech industry, and the ONE Sustainable Fund-Global Environment, a global equity fund investing in listed companies with a positive impact on the environment.

 

Family Relationships

 

Mr. Yves-Regis Cotrel is the father of Mr. Emmanuel Cotrel. Aside from this, there are no family relationships between any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Arrangements

 

There are no known arrangements or understanding with any major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others pursuant to which any of our officers or directors were selected in their capacity as such.

 

Arrangements Concerning Election of Directors; Family Relationships

 

6.B.             Compensation

 

The following table sets forth all of the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each individual who served as directors and executive officers in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016.

 

   Short-term Benefits  Post-employment benefits  Value of Share-based Payments   
Amounts in A$  Salary and Fees  Other  Superannuation  Shares  Options  Total
Carlo Botto - Non-Executive Director 1   94,017        8,932            102,949 
William Morro - Executive Chairman and Managing Director 1   470,085                    470,085 
Yves-Regis Cotrel - Non-Executive Director 1   94,017                    94,017 
Olivier Ferrari - Non-Executive Director 2   15,670                    15,670 
John Donohue - Non-Executive Director 3                        
Emmanuel Cotrel - Senior Vice President Monitoring and Data Analytics Business 1   335,775                    335,775 
Richard Pillinger - Chief Financial Officer   250,000        23,750            273,750 
Peter Maros - Senior Vice President & Managing Director of U.S. Renewable Solutions 4   223,850                    223,850 
TOTAL   1,483,414        32,682            1,516,096 

 

1 Salary amount includes accrued compensation that has been deferred and was not paid in our 2016 fiscal year.

2 Appointed May 10, 2016

3 Resigned July 31, 2015. Mr Donohue did not receive any directors’ fees for the period of his tenure.

4 Appointed September 1, 2015

 

The following table sets forth all of the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each individual who served as directors and executive officers in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.

 

 C: 

 71

 

   

   Short-term Benefits  Post-
employment
Benefits
  Value of Share-
based Payments
   
Amounts in A$  Salary and Fees  Other  Superannuation  Shares  Options  Total
                   
Gerard McGowan – CEO and Chairman (until November 14, 2015) (i)   275,013                    275,013 
Todd Barlow – Director (ii)                        
William Morro – Director; CEO from January 28, 2015 (iii)   189,999                    189,999 
Carlo Botto - Director (iv)   34,390        3,610            38,000 
Luisa Ingargiola - Director (xi)                        
John Chapple - Director (v)                        
John Donohue - Director (vi)                        
Yves-Regis Cotrel - Director (vii)   38,000                    38,000 
Richard Pillinger - Chief Financial Officer   246,975        23,446            270,421 
Emmanuel Cotrel - Senior Vice President - Data Analytics and Monitoring (viii)   147,878                    147,878 
Patrick Lennon - Senior Vice President, Wind and Off Grid Solutions (ix)   172,694    5,762    16,039            194,495 
James Greer - CEO of International Operations (x)   114,035                    114,035 
Jeffrey Tischler - Chief Financial Officer (xii)   20,402                    20,402 
Donald Reed - CEO - Green Earth Developers   292,813                    292,813 
Total   1,532,199    5,762    43,095            1,581,056 

 

i.  Voluntary leave of absence as of October 23, 2014, suspended as of November 14, 2015 and subsequently terminated as Managing Director by the Administrator; resigned as a director effective December 30, 2015.
ii.  Resigned effective July 18, 2014.
iii.  Stood down effective November 14, 2014 pursuant to the VA process; reinstated as a director effective January 27, 2015; appointed as Managing Director and Chairman of the Board effective February, 2015; salary amount includes accrued compensation that has been deferred and was not paid in our 2015 fiscal year.
iv.  Stood down effective November 14, 2015 pursuant to the VA process; reinstated as a director on January 27, 2015. Salary amount includes accrued compensation that has been deferred and was not paid in our 2015 fiscal year.
v.  Director February 2 to June 16, 2015. Mr. Chapple did not receive any Director fees for the period of his tenure.
vi.  Director January 27 to July 31, 2015. Mr. Donohue did not receive any Director fees for the period of his tenure.
vii.  Director since January 27, 2015. Salary amount includes accrued compensation that has been deferred and was not paid in our 2015 fiscal year.
viii.  Executive since January 27, 2015. Salary amount includes accrued compensation that has been deferred and was not paid in our 2015 fiscal year.
ix.  Terminated January 27, 2015.
x.  Terminated December 1, 2014.
xi.  Appointed August 5, 2014, resigned October 23, 2014. Ms. Ingargiola did not receive any Director fees for the period of her tenure.
xii.  Appointed October 4, 2014, resigned November 12, 2014.

 

 C: 

 72

 

 

Remuneration Policy

 

All key executives are eligible to receive a base salary, post-employment benefits (including superannuation), fringe benefits (including provision of a motor vehicle or the payment of a car allowance where necessary) and performance incentives, including equity-linked compensation. Performance incentives are generally only paid once predetermined key performance indicators have been met. Our executives and members of our Board based in Australia receive a superannuation guarantee contribution required by the government, which is currently 9.25% of base salary, and do not receive any other retirement benefits. Some individuals, however, have chosen to allocate part of their annual compensation to increase payments towards superannuation.

 

The employment terms and conditions for our executives and directors have historically been formalized in contracts of employment or service contracts. This has not typically been the case subsequent to the effectiveness of our Reorganization Plans, however, we expect to put in place formalized agreements with our key managers following reconstitution of our Board Compensation Committee. In those cases, where employment agreements are applicable, termination payments are not payable upon resignation or under the circumstances of unsatisfactory performance.

 

The remuneration of directors and key executives is determined by the Compensation Committee or the full Board. It is our objective to review and adjust executive compensation and performance incentives on an annual basis, however, this was not achieved during our 2015 fiscal year or subsequently following the effectiveness of our Reorganization Plans. The Board’s policy is to remunerate non-executive directors at market rates for time, commitment and responsibilities. All remuneration paid to key management personnel is valued at the cost to the company and expensed.

 

Executive Employment Arrangements / Service Agreements

 

The following key executives have service agreements as follows:

 

William Morro is employed by BlueNRGY Group Limited as a permanent, full-time employee. Mr. Morro was appointed as Managing Director of the Company effective January 27, 2015 with a base salary of US$350,000 per annum. He has a notice period of 3 months. The contract provides for bonus payments of up to 100% of base compensation, subject to meeting targets set by the board.

 

Richard Pillinger is employed by BlueNRGY Group Limited as a permanent, full-time employee. Mr. Pillinger commenced his position with us in October 2011, with a base salary of A$272,500, inclusive of superannuation. He has a notice period of 3 months. The contract provides for a bonus upon meeting defined performance objectives mutually established by the executive and the Managing Director.

 

Emmanuel Cotrel is employed by BlueNRGY LLC as a permanent, full-time employee pursuant to an employment agreement that commenced June 14, 2014. Under his agreement, Mr. Cotrel is an at-will employee, however, if employment is terminated without cause, Mr. Cotrel would be entitled to six months of severance at his base salary. Base salary under the contract is US$250,000 subject to a 6-month severance, which severance is increased to 12 months if the employer requires compliance with non-compete provisions of the contract which extend for a 12-month period. The contract provides for bonus payments of up to 100% of base compensation, subject to meeting targets set by the board.

 

Peter Maros is employed by BlueNRGY Group Limited as a permanent, full-time employee pursuant to an employment agreement that commenced September 1, 2015. Under his agreement, Mr. Maros is an at-will employee. Base salary under the contract is US$200,000 The contract provides for bonus payments of up to 100% of base compensation, subject to meeting targets set by the board.

 

Employee Equity Plan

 

On May 8, 2014, the Board adopted the 2014 Equity Plan that will serve as our primary employee share incentive plan. We have reserved 400,000 ordinary shares for issuance under the 2014 Equity Plan. The number of ordinary shares reserved under the 2014 Equity Plan is subject to adjustment in the event of a share split, share dividend or other change in our capitalization. Any other increase in the number of ordinary shares reserved under the 2014 Equity Plan must be approved by the Board and shareholders. If an outstanding award for any reason expires or is terminated or cancelled without having been exercised or settled in full, or if the ordinary shares acquired pursuant to an award that are subject to forfeiture are forfeited without cost by the company, the ordinary shares allocable to the terminated portion of such awards or such forfeited ordinary shares shall again be available for issuance under the 2014 Equity Plan.

 

As long as we are a publicly held corporation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, no individual may be granted awards under our 2014 Equity Plan of more than 50,000 of our ordinary shares in any full fiscal year of the Company and for our fiscal year ending June 2014, no individual may be granted awards having a value of more than $200,000 at the time of grant.

 

The 2014 Equity Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board. The Compensation Committee will have full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2014 Equity Plan.

 

The following types of awards may be granted under the 2014 Equity Plan:

 

Share Options. A share option is a right to acquire our ordinary shares. The Compensation Committee may grant non-qualified share options or “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Incentive stock options only may be granted to our employees. If a share option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option does not so qualify it will be treated as a non-qualified share option.

 

 C: 

 73

 

 

The Compensation Committee will determine the terms of each share option. The exercise price of each share option may not be less than the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant. The term of each share option will be fixed by the Compensation Committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Share options may vest and become exercisable upon continued service to the company or upon the achievement of certain performance criteria. The Compensation Committee will determine when each option may be exercised and other conditions applicable to the share option.

 

Share Appreciation Rights. A share appreciation right (SAR) is an award based upon a specified number of our ordinary shares that entitles the participant to receive a payment equal to the excess of the fair market value of our ordinary shares when the SAR is exercised over the exercise price of the SAR. The exercise price for each SAR will be determined by the Compensation Committee but may not be less than the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant. SARs may vest and become exercisable upon continued service to the company or upon the achievement of certain performance criteria. The Compensation Committee will determine when each SAR may be exercised, any other conditions applicable to it, and whether it will be settled in cash or our ordinary shares.

 

Restricted Share Awards. A restricted share award entitles the participant to subscribe for our ordinary shares, upon payment of no less than their nominal value, but the ordinary shares are subject to restrictions, which may include restrictions on transfer or forfeiture provisions. The Compensation Committee will determine whether such restrictions will lapse upon continued service to the company or upon the achievement of certain performance factors, and any other conditions applicable to the restricted shares.

 

Restricted Share Units. A restricted share unit represents the right to acquire one ordinary share on a specified date, subject to such conditions and restrictions as the Compensation Committee may determine, including continued service to the company or service with us through a specified vesting period or the attainment of certain performance criteria.

 

Performance Awards. Performance awards may be granted in the form of performance shares or performance units. A performance award is an award of a cash payment or an award denominated in our ordinary shares that is subject to the achievement of certain performance criteria. Our Compensation Committee will determine the performance criteria and any other conditions applicable to the award, and whether the award will be settled in cash or in our ordinary shares. For participants in the United States, the performance awards are intended to qualify as “performance-based remuneration” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

Other Share Awards. In addition to the awards described above, the Compensation Committee may carry out the purpose of the 2014 Equity Plan by awarding share-based awards as it determines to be in the best interests of the company and subject to such other terms and conditions as it deems necessary and appropriate.

 

Awards lapse upon the participant ceasing to be employed or engaged by us, with the exception that share options and share appreciation rights, to the extent vested and exercisable, may be exercised during a limited period of time after the participant leaves.

 

Awards granted under our 2014 Equity Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or as determined by our Compensation Committee.

 

The Compensation Committee may award dividend equivalent rights in respect of awards made under the 2014 Equity Plan, other than share options and share appreciation rights, but rights granted in respect of an award that is subject to vesting conditions will be subject to those vesting conditions.

 

Our Compensation Committee may not, without shareholder approval, re-price our outstanding share options or share appreciation rights.

 

In the event of a change in control of the Company, the outstanding awards may be treated as described below. For share options and share appreciation rights, the Compensation Committee may provide in any award agreement or, in the event of a change in control, may take such actions as it deems appropriate to provide for the acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of the share option or share appreciation rights in connection with the change in control. In addition, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation, as the case may be (the “Acquiring Corporation”), may, without the consent of the participant, either assume the company’s rights and obligations under the outstanding share options and share appreciation rights and substitute for the outstanding share options and share appreciation rights substantially equivalent share options or share appreciation rights for the Acquiring Corporation’s shares. Any share options or share appreciation rights which are neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the change in control nor exercised as of the date of the change in control shall terminate as of the date of the change in control.

 

With regard to awards other than share options and share appreciation rights, the Compensation Committee may provide in any award agreement or, in the event of a change in control, may take such actions as it deems appropriate to provide for the acceleration or waiver of any applicable vesting condition, restriction period or performance criteria applicable to the award held by participant, whose service to the Company has not terminated prior to the change in control, effective immediately prior to the consummation of the change in control; provided, however, that such acceleration or waiver shall not occur to the extent such award is assumed or substituted with a substantially equivalent award by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the change in control.

 

Our Board may suspend, amend or terminate the 2014 Equity Plan and our Compensation Committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the participant’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2014 Equity Plan may require the approval of our shareholders.

 

We anticipate that our 2014 Equity Plan will terminate ten years from the date our shareholders approve our 2014 Plan, unless earlier terminated by our Board as described above.

 

6.C.             Board Practices

 

Independence

 

The Company defines director independence in accordance with the NASDAQ Listing Rules. The NASDAQ Listing Rules in turn allow the Company, as a foreign private issuer, to follow its home country practice in lieu of the requirements of the NASDAQ Listing Rules.

 

In Australia there are no mandatory corporate governance structures and practices that must be observed by any company. The ASX Corporate Governance Council (the “Council”) publishes the Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (the “Guidelines”) for those companies listed on the ASX. The Guidelines contain recommendations of eight core principles which are intended to be a reference point for companies in respect of corporate governance structures and practices. While it is not mandatory to follow the recommendations, companies listed on the ASX are required to disclose to shareholders in their annual report the extent to which the company has followed the recommendations and, if the recommendations have not been followed, the reasons for not following them.

 

 C: 

 74

 

  

As the Company is not listed on the ASX, this Report does not contain the corporate governance statement required by the Guidelines disclosing the extent to which the Company has followed each recommendation set by the Council. Rather, this Report only contains references to the recommendations the Company considered when setting its corporate governance policies.

 

Under the Guidelines, if an executive has been an executive of a Company within the last three years, it is a factor that indicates such person is not independent. However, the Guidelines also give the Board express latitude to assess the relationship of each Board member to the Company and to make a determination about whether such Board member is independent, most notably in respect of audit committee service.

 

Mr. Botto was an employee of the Company during 2013 and 2014 and, as a consequence, the Board deemed it necessary to make a determination about Mr. Botto’s independence. In doing so, the Board has assessed Mr. Botto’s relationship with the Company and determined him to be independent, having considered that:

 

  Executive management in place during Mr. Botto’s tenure as an employee is no longer associated with the Company.
     
  Much of Mr. Botto’s activity was related to the Company’s Wind Development business, which has been discontinued.
     
  Mr. Botto’s role during 2013 and 2014 was not full time and was a functional one involving objective assessment of industry and competitive dynamics; he had no association with preparation of Company financial statements.
     
  Historical and contractual ties between the Company and material vendors that originated during Mr. Botto’s executive tenure were terminated as a result of the VA.
     
  Mr. Botto has no identifiable vested interests in Company affairs that would affect his independence.

 

Audit Committee

 

On February 9, 2015, Mr. Donohue and Mr. Botto were appointed to the Audit Committee, Mr. Morro resigned as a member of the Audit Committee, and Mr. Donohue was appointed as the Audit Committee Chairman. However, due to Mr. Donohue’s resignation from the Board on July 31, 2015, Mr. Botto is the only member of the Audit Committee as of the date of this Report.

 

Compensation Committee

 

On February 9, 2015, Mr. Donohue were appointed to the Compensation Committee and Mr. Morro resigned as a member of the Compensation Committee. However, Mr. Donohue resigned from the Board on July 31, 2015. Until replacement members of the Committee can be appointed, matters previously delegated to the Compensation Committee are being considered by the full Board.

 

6.D.             Employees

 

As of October 20, 2016, we employed approximately 88 employees world-wide being predominantly full-time, permanent employees. Our employees are supported from time-to-time by consultants and contractors, the number of which varies. The breakdown of employees at the end of each of our last three fiscal years and as of October 20, 2016 per division is:

 

   Number of employees
   as of June 30,  As of October 20,
Business Segment  2016  2015  2014  2016
             
Head office   5    6    11    5 
Solar PV   6    15    26    6 
Parmac   45    60    50    44 
Monitoring & Performance Analytics *   35    5        32 
Large-scale wind       1    5     
CapTech           18     
Total   91    87    110    88 

 

* Includes O&M Services

 

Of our 88 employees as of October 20, 2016, 52 were located in Australia and 36 were in the United States. In addition, we engage specialist consultant and temporary personnel from time to time as required to meet the needs of our businesses.

 

We believe that our relations with employees are good and we have not experienced any significant labor stoppages or disputes. Except for approximately 25 employees of Parmac, our employees are not represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements

 

 C: 

 75

 

 

6.E.              Share Ownership

 

Beneficial Ownership (including Executive Management and Directors

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Ordinary shares relating to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of the table below are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such securities but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. Except as indicated by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them.

 

The following table presents certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of October 20, 2016 by:

 

  each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent (5%) of our ordinary shares;
     
  each of our directors;
     
  each of our named executive officers; and
     
  all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)  Shares   
   Number  Percentage (2)
Washington H. Soul Pattinson & Company Limited (3)          
ESOL B.V. (4)   1,028,674    17.27%
Alpha Capital Anstalt (5)   528,403    8.32%
    455,999    7.66%
Directors and Executive Officers          
Mr. Carlo Botto (6)   19,691    0.33%
Mr. William Morro (7)   355,825    5.97%
Mr. Yves-Regis Cotrel (8)(9)   806,980    13.55%
Mr. Richard Pillinger   62,500    1.05%
Mr. Emmanuel Cotrel (8)   445,987    7.49%
           
Executive officer (as defined by Rule 3b-7 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) and directors as a group (5 persons, including the executive officer and directors named above) (10)   1,559,133    26.18%

 

  (1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each of the shareholders is c/o BlueNRGY Group Limited, 32 Martin Place, 11th Floor Sydney, NSW 2000.
  (2) The applicable percentage of ownership for each beneficial owner is based on 5,956,453 ordinary shares outstanding as of October 20, 2016. In calculating the number of shares beneficially owned by a shareholder and the percentage of ownership of that shareholder, ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, or the conversion of other securities held by that shareholder, that are exercisable within 60 days, are deemed outstanding for that holder; however, such shares are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other shareholder.
  (3) Address of the shareholder is GPO BOX 479, Sydney, NSW 2001. Excludes non-voting preference and subsidiary preference shares owned by WHSP and affiliates that are convertible into our ordinary shares.
  (4) Address of the shareholder is c/o Zala Group LLC (U.S. Agent), 110 E. Broward Blvd Suite 1900, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301; number of shares includes all shares owned by G. Armenta, an affiliate of shareholder. Excludes non-voting preference shares and subsidiary preference shares owned by ESOL. that are convertible into our ordinary shares.
  (5) Address of the shareholder is Pradefant 7, 9490 Furstentums, Faduz, Lichtenstein
  (6) Includes all shares owned by Mr. Botto’s spouse, the beneficial ownership of which is disclaimed.
  (7) Includes shares owned by WHI, Inc Retirement Savings Plan Trust, of which Mr. Morro is the beneficial owner but excludes indebtedness that is convertible into our ordinary shares.
  (8) Includes all shares owned by Ryames Investment Company LLC (131,850 ordinary shares). Ryames Investment Company LLC is an affiliate of both Mr. Emmanuel Cotrel and Mr. Yves-Regis Cotrel.
  (9) Includes shares owned by Mr. Yves-Regis Cotrel’s spouse, the beneficial ownership of which is disclaimed.
  (10) Shares owned by Ryames Investment Company LLC are counted only once in the total for our executive officers and directors as a group.

 

ITEM 7       MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

7.A.             Major Shareholders

 

Six shareholders known to us owned beneficially more than 5% of our ordinary shares as of October 20, 2016. See Item 6.E under the heading “Beneficial Ownership (including Executive Management and Directors)”.

 

As of October 20, 2016, we estimate that 36.4% of our ordinary shares were held in the United States by 88 holders of record, and 63.6% of our ordinary shares were held in various foreign jurisdictions by 2,559 holders of record. None of the holders of our ordinary shares has different rights from other shareholders.

 

7.B.             Related Party Transactions

 

Other than direct payments of compensation and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the ordinary course and in accordance with our policies, during our 2016 fiscal year and subsequently through the date of this Report, other than as disclosed below, we have not entered into any transactions or loans between us and any (a) enterprises that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, control or are controlled by, or are under common control with us; (b) associates; (c) individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in our voting power that give them significant influence over us, and close members of any such individual’s family; (d) our key management personnel and directors and close members of such individuals’ families; or (e) enterprises in which a substantial interest in the voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (c) or (d) or over which such person is able to exercise significant influence. The value of the consideration ascribed to these transactions, including the exchange value for our ordinary shares at the time the transactions occurred was at the amounts agreed to by parties and approved by our Board. We believe that all of these transactions were conducted on terms substantially equivalent to, or no less favorable to the Company, than those that would have been established for similar transactions with non-affiliated parties.

 

 C: 

 76

 

 

During the period from July 1, 2016 through October 20,2016:

 

Between July 1, 2016 and the date of this report, affiliates of our Managing Director, Mr. Morro, have made cash advances to us in the aggregate amount of US$517,000 to pay certain of our operations expenses. The amounts advanced have not been repaid as of the date of this Report and are included in the amounts payable under the MD Affiliate Note described in Item 8.B. under the heading “(b) Financing”.
   
Affiliates of William Morro, our Managing Director, acted as escrow agent, without compensation, for the collection of equity offering participations totalling US$1,113,000 in connection with purchases of our equity securities by investors who are not affiliates of Mr. Morro.
   
Between July 1, 2016 and the date of this Report, Mr. Morro has incurred expenses for travel and made disbursements for operating expenses incurred on our behalf. In aggregate, we have accrued an aggregate of A$42,000 for such expenses incurred by Mr. Morro thus far during our 2017 fiscal year. Through the date of this Report, we have reimbursed A$Nil to Mr. Morro for such expenses and expect to reimburse the remainder as soon as practicable, subject to completion of our internal review procedures. Amounts actually reimbursed to Mr. Morro may differ from the amounts accrued.

 

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016:

 

Affiliates of our Managing Director, Mr. Morro, have made cash advances to us in the aggregate amount of US$1,265,000 to pay certain of our operations expenses. The amounts advanced have not been repaid as of the date of this Report and were issued under the MD Affiliate Note described in Item 8.B. under the heading “(b) Financing”.
   
In March 2016 two of our subsidiaries, Parmac and Draker Corp, secured individual lines of credit with an affiliate of Mr Morro for up to US$1.5 million each (US$3.0 million in aggregate). The amounts advanced have not been repaid as of the date of this Report and are included in the amounts payable described in Item 5.B. under the heading Indebtedness: Working Capital Facility - unsecured”.
   
  On November 30, 2015, our Managing Director, Mr. Morro, agreed to accept, and our Board unanimously approved, the issuance of our ordinary shares, at price per share of $3.03 (after giving effect to our 1-for-80 share consolidation effected in December 2015), in exchange for the following amounts accrued by us: (i) $148,656 , representing 100% of the compensation payable to him by the Company from the effective date of our Reorganization Plans through June 30, 2015 plus (ii) $43,750, representing 50% of the compensation payable to him by the Company from July 1, 2015 through September 30, 2015. Our commitments to pay the remainder of Mr. Morro’s unpaid compensation have been documented in a separate agreement, the MD Deferred Compensation Agreement, effective November 30, 2015. Pursuant to the MD Deferred Compensation Agreement, until his deferred compensation is paid, Mr. Morro has also been granted the right to exchange any or all of such amounts for our ordinary shares at a price per share of $3.03 (after giving effect to our 1-for-80 share consolidation effected in December 2015). A tax-gross-up applies to compensation paid in the form of our ordinary shares. The foregoing summary of the MD Deferred Compensation Agreement is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the agreement, a copy of which is filed as an Exhibit hereto.
   
Affiliates of William Morro, our Managing Director, acted as escrow agent, without compensation, for the collection of equity offering participations totalling $3,000,000 in connection with purchases of our equity securities by investors who are not affiliates of Mr. Morro.
   
Mr. Morro has incurred expenses for travel and made disbursements for operating expenses incurred on our behalf. In aggregate, we have recorded an aggregate of A$279,761 for such expenses incurred by Mr. Morro during our 2016 fiscal year. During our 2016 fiscal year, we have reimbursed A$Nil to Mr. Morro for such expenses.
   
On November 30, 2015, our Senior Vice President Emmanuel Cotrel, agreed to accept, and our Board unanimously approved, the issuance of our ordinary shares, at price per share of $3.03 (after giving effect to our 1-for-80 share consolidation effected in December 2015), in exchange for $244,000, representing 100% of the compensation payable to him by BlueNRGY through May 31, 2015. His remaining compensation for calendar year 2015 has been deferred and, unless previously paid by the Company may be exchanged by Mr. Cotrel for our ordinary shares at a price per share of $3.03 (after giving effect to our 1-for-80 share consolidation effected in December 2015). Our commitments to pay the remainder of Mr. Cotrel’s unpaid compensation and his right to exchange such amount for our ordinary shares is documented in an agreement, the EC Deferred Compensation Agreement, effective November 30, 2015. The foregoing summary of the EC Deferred Compensation Agreement is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the agreement, a copy of which is filed as an Exhibit hereto.

 

 C: 

 77

 

 

7.C.             Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable

 

ITEM 8.      FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

8.A.             Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

 

Financial Statements

 

Our financial statements are stated in Australian Dollars (A$) and are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

See our audited financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015 included under Item 18 of this annual report.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

In December 2014, a class action securities suit, the First Texas Lawsuit, was filed in a federal court in the Eastern District of Texas against the Company and various current and past officers and directors, namely Mr. William Morro, Mr. Carlo Botto, Mr. Richard Pillinger, Mr. Todd Barlow, Mr. Gerard McGowan and Mr. James Greer, as well as various third parties. The lawsuit makes claims related to alleged misstatements in the Company’s securities filings prior to our entry into VA in November 2014. The lawsuit was subsequently amended to include as a defendant CBD Energy USA Limited, one of our U.S. subsidiaries. Mr. Morro, formerly a non-executive independent director currently serves as Chairman of the Company’s Board and its Managing Director (the Australian entity equivalent of a CEO); Mr. Botto continues as a non-executive member of the Board; and Mr. Pillinger is the Company’s CFO. The other individuals named as parties to the lawsuit are no longer associated with the Company. This lawsuit is still pending with respect to the former officers and directors and our U.S. subsidiary and we believe that those parties intend to defend themselves vigorously. The DOCA had the effect of extinguishing the direct claims against the Company in this action, however, the possibility remains that the plaintiffs will endeavor to press their claims in jurisdictions outside Australia. It is impossible to estimate the outcome or the costs to us of such an action if it were to occur.

 

In December 2014, a different lawsuit was filed in New York State Supreme Court by one of the holders of Series B Preferred Shares against the Company and Messrs. Morro, Botto, and McGowan. This action was withdrawn without prejudice in April 2015, but prior thereto Mr. Morro and Mr. Botto entered into a settlement with respect only to themselves in their capacity as directors that precludes the plaintiff reasserting the suit against them except in the case that plaintiff is itself sued in connection with losses suffered on the investment. The suit can be reasserted again at any time against Mr. McGowan or other competent officers or directors or against us. Although the DOCA had the effect of extinguishing the claims against us in this action, the possibility remains that the plaintiffs could endeavor to press their claims in jurisdictions outside Australia. It is impossible to estimate the outcome or cost to us of such an action were it to occur.

 

In October 2016, a second class action securities suit, the Second Texas Lawsuit, was filed in a federal court in the Eastern District of Texas on behalf of a different plaintiff from that bringing the First Texas Lawsuit, alleging violations of different provisions of the securities laws, but related to the same alleged misstatements of the Company shortly prior to our entry into VA in November 2014. The Second Texas Lawsuit has been brought against the Company and its subsidiary CBD Energy USA Limited, and various current and past officers and directors, namely Mr. William Morro, Mr. Carlo Botto, Mr. Richard Pillinger, Mr. Todd Barlow and Mr. James Greer, as well as various third parties. This lawsuit is still pending with respect to the former officers and directors and our U.S. subsidiary and we believe that those parties intend to defend themselves vigorously. The DOCA had the effect of extinguishing the direct claims against the Company in this action, however, the possibility remains that the plaintiffs will endeavor to press their claims against the Company in jurisdictions outside Australia. It is impossible to estimate the outcome or the costs to us of such an action if it were to occur.

 

The Chatham Island project is not currently operating due to a dispute with the counterparty to the power purchase agreement, Chatham Islands Electricity Limited (“CIEL”) as a result of the placement of BlueNRGY Group Limited into voluntary administration in November 2014. CIEL is seeking to terminate its power purchase agreement with BlueNRGY Group Limited’s subsidiary, Chatham Islands Wind Ltd (“CIWL”), and acquire the assets in accordance with contractual rights that it alleges have been triggered in the agreements between CIEL and CIWL. Under the terms of the agreements, the purchase price of the assets may possibly be interpreted to be negative, which could result in an amount being payable by CIWL to CIEL. However, any such amounts would be non-recourse to our parent company and CIWL has no assets other than those of the Chatham Islands wind project. The outcome of the dispute cannot be determined at this time, and a liability has not been recognised in our financial statements in relation to the dispute.

 

We are not currently a party to any other material legal proceedings. We are from time to time subject to claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. We intend to defend vigorously against any future claims and litigation.

 

8.B.             Significant Changes

 

The following material events have occurred subsequent to June 30, 2016 on the dates indicated:

 

(a) Transactions

 

The Company subscribed to €3.25 million of preferred shares (‘Preferred Shares’) of Inaccess Holdings Ltd (‘IHL’) on July 7, 2016. IHL is a UK company that provides hardware and software systems for monitoring and controlling the performance of distributed renewable energy and telecom facilities worldwide. As a result of our election not to exercise a withdrawal right that expired on September 15, 2016, we are committed to purchase all of the remaining equity of Inaccess that we do not own in two tranches scheduled to close in January and July 2017. The foregoing summary of the Inaccess Transaction is qualified in its entirety by the subscription and share purchase agreements related thereto that are filed as Exhibits to this report on Form 20-F.

 

(b) Financing

 

During our reorganization process and subsequent to the effectiveness of the Reorganization Plans, affiliates of William Morro, our Managing Director, have made cash advances to us to fund our operations (refer to Item 7.B. under the heading “Related Party Transactions”). Effective November 30, 2015, with the unanimous approval of our Board, we entered into an agreement, referred to as the 2015 MD Affiliate Note, that set forth the terms for such advances and, subject to further Board approval, future advances from Mr. Morro and his affiliates. The MD Affiliate Note established an outside repayment date for the funds advanced of July 30, 2016, sets the rate of interest at 15% per annum from the date of any advance through the repayment date, provides for the Company to repay any or all of the outstanding principal at any time and, until repaid by the Company, grants our Managing Director the right to exchange any or all of the outstanding amounts payable under the note for our ordinary shares at a price per share of $0.03785 ($3.03 after giving effect to the 1-for-80 share consolidation that was consummated in December 2015), subject to adjustment for share splits and consolidations. This MD Affiliate Note was subsequently replaced by another Board-approved note, referred to as the 2016 MD Affiliate Note issued on June 30, 2016. The terms of the 2016 MD Affiliate Note differ from those of the 2015 MD Affiliate Note only in that the maturity date is set at October 30, 2017 and the advances are capped at $2.5 million. The foregoing summary descriptions of the MD Affiliate Notes are qualified in their entirety by the terms thereof; a copy of each such note is filed with this Report as an Exhibit. Between July 1, 2016 and the date of this report, affiliates of our Managing Director, Mr. Morro, have made cash advances to us in the aggregate amount of US$517,000 to pay certain of our operations expenses. The amounts advanced have not been repaid as of the date of this Report and are included in the amounts payable under the MD Affiliate Note.

 

 C: 

 78

 

  

(c) Other

 

Not applicable

 

(d) Issuance and Repurchases of Ordinary Shares and Other Equity-Linked Securities

 

As of June 30, 2016 we had outstanding 5,956,453 ordinary shares. Subsequent thereto, through the date of this Report, we issued no additional ordinary shares.

 

As of the date of this Report, we had 5,956,453 ordinary shares outstanding.

In addition to the issued and outstanding ordinary shares our Board has approved the issuance of 104,323 additional shares as follows and expects to issue them upon receipt of final documentation from the parties involved:

 

i.the exchange of approximately $124,000 of accrued liabilities for ordinary shares at an exchange price equal to $3.03 per Company ordinary share;
   
ii.63,399 ordinary shares to be issued to 79 of our employees, some of which are expected to be issued under our 2014 Equity Plan subject to vesting; and

 

(e) Entry into Other Material Definitive Agreements

 

Not applicable

 

(f) Board and Executive Changes

 

Not applicable

 

 C: 

 79

 

 

ITEM 9.       THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

9.A.             Offer and Listing Details Australian Securities Exchange

 

Our ordinary shares traded on the ASX under the symbol CBD from 1989 through January 31, 2014. We were, however, suspended from trading on ASX on October 8, 1998. In calendar year 1999 we had nominal non-cash assets and we had nominal operations. We resumed trading on ASX on April 18, 2000.The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low market quotations for our ordinary shares as quoted on the ASX.

 

   Company Ordinary Share Closing
   Prices A$
   High  Low
Fiscal Year          
2010   0.1950    0.0750 
2011   0.2000    0.0960 
2012   0.1450    0.0400 
2013   0.0460    0.0060 
2014   0.0160    0.0080 
           
Fiscal Year 2013          
First Quarter   0.0460    0.0310 
Second Quarter   0.0300    0.0150 
Third Quarter   0.0330    0.0160 
Fourth Quarter   0.0180    0.0060 
Fiscal Year 2014          
First Quarter   

 No market activity – trading suspended

 
Second Quarter   0.0160    0.0080 
Third Quarter   0.0160    0.0110 

 

OTC Markets

 

As further described below under Item 9.C. “Markets”, our ordinary shares traded on the OTC Markets from February 10, 2014 until June 13, 2014 under the ticker symbol CBDNF and from September 9, 2015 through the date of this Report under the ticker symbol CBDEF. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low market quotations for our ordinary shares as quoted on the OTC Markets.

 

CBD Ordinary Share Closing Prices US$
   High  Low
Fiscal Year 2014          
Third Quarter   10.00    4.00 
Fourth Quarter   18.00    3.00 
           
Fiscal Year 2016          
First Quarter   0.80    0.06 
Second Quarter   11.00    0.02 
Third Quarter   4.26    0.51 
April   2.40    0.51 
May   2.70    1.40 
June   2.00    1.95 
           
Month (Fiscal Year 2017)          
July   2.00    1.75 
August   1.75    1.75 
September   1.75    1.75 
Period to October 20, 2016   1.75    0.98 

 

 C: 

 80

 

 

The NASDAQ Capital Market

 

Our ordinary shares began trading on The NASDAQ Capital Market on June 13, 2014. Trading was suspended on November 13, 2014 following commencement of the VA process. As further described below under Item 9.C “Markets”, our shares were delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market effective August 3, 2015. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low market closing price for our ordinary shares as quoted on The NASDAQ Capital Market.

 

   CBD Ordinary Share Closing Prices
   US$
   High  Low
Fiscal Year 2014          
Fourth Quarter   4.00    3.40 
           
Fiscal Year 2015          
First Quarter   4.00    2.19 
Second Quarter   2.56    0.84 
Third Quarter   

 No market activity – trading suspended

 
           
Month (2014 and 2015)          
December – August   No market activity – trading suspended 

 

 C: 

 81

 

  

9.B.             Plan of Distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

9.C.             Markets

 

Our ordinary shares were listed on the Australian Stock Exchange, or ASX, from 1989 through January 31, 2014, when we voluntarily delisted them in connection with our U.S. listing. Our ordinary shares traded on the OTC Markets from February 10, 2014 until June 13, 2014 under the ticker symbol CBDNF, and began trading on The NASDAQ Capital Market on June 13, 2014 but trading was suspended on November 13, 2014 following commencement of the VA process. Due to concerns of The NASDAQ about whether we met and continue to meet the listing requirements, our shares were delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market with effect from August 3, 2015. On September 9, 2015 our ordinary shares resumed trading in the over-the-counter market (OTC Markets) under the ticker CBDEF. We have an application pending with the NASDAQ Capital Market to relist our shares on that exchange and we are endeavoring to complete the steps necessary to demonstrate that we have regained compliance with the applicable NASDAQ listing requirements. However, there can be no assurance that our ordinary shares will be approved to trade on The NASDAQ Capital Market.

 

9.D.             Selling Shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

9.E.              Dilution

 

Not applicable.

 

9.F.              Expense of the Issue

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 10.    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

10.A.           Share Capital

 

Not applicable.

 

10.B.           Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

Information relating to our Constitution is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-194780), as filed with the SEC on March 25, 2014.

 

10.C.           Material Contracts

 

Our operating subsidiaries routinely enter into contracts and purchase orders with customers for the performance of solar and climate installations and data management and O&M services. None of these contracts are individually material.

 

10.D.           Exchange Controls

 

Australia has largely abolished exchange controls on investment transactions. The Australian dollar is freely convertible into U.S. dollars or other currencies. In addition, there are currently no specific rules or limitations regarding the export from Australia of profits, dividends, capital or similar funds belonging to foreign investors, except that certain payments to non-residents must be reported to the Australian Cash Transaction Reports Agency, which monitors such transaction, and amounts on account of potential Australian tax liabilities may be required to be withheld unless a relevant taxation treaty can be shown to apply and under such there are either exemptions or limitations on the level of tax to be withheld.

 

The Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 and Corporations Act 2001

 

Under Australian law, in certain circumstances foreign persons are prohibited from acquiring more than a limited percentage of the shares in an Australian company without approval from the Australian Treasurer. These limitations are set forth in the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, or the Foreign Takeovers Act. Australia’s Foreign Investment Policy (Policy) operates alongside the Foreign Takeovers Act and places further limitations on foreign acquisitions. Although the Policy does not have the force of law, the Treasurer will refer to it in making decisions under the Foreign Takeovers Act. Further, non-compliance can lead to negative impacts such as negative views on future FIRB applications and strained relations between the company and the government.

 

Under the Foreign Takeovers Act, as currently in effect, any foreign person, together with associates, or parties acting in concert, is prohibited from acquiring 15% or more of the shares in any company having total assets of A$248 million or more (or A$1,078 million or more in case of U.S. investors in non-sensitive sectors) without the Australian Treasurer’s prior approval. “Associates” is a broadly defined term under the Foreign Takeovers Act and includes:

 

spouses, lineal ancestors and descendants, and siblings;
   
partners, officers of companies, the company, employers and employees, and corporations;
   
their shareholders related through substantial shareholdings or voting power;

 

 C: 

 82

 

 

corporations whose directors are controlled by the person, or who control a person; and
   
associations between trustees and substantial beneficiaries of trust estates.

 

In addition, if a foreign person acquires shares in a company having total assets of A$248 million or more (or A$1,078 million or more in case of U.S. investors) and, as a result of that acquisition, the total holdings of all foreign persons and their associates will exceed 40% in aggregate, seeking approval for the transaction would be advisable. It is not an offence to complete such a transaction, however if such a transaction proceeded unapproved, the Treasurer would retain residual transaction blocking and divestment rights if he forms the view that such a transaction is against the “national interest.” Effectively this means that if the approval was not obtained, the Treasurer may make an order requiring the acquirer to dispose of the shares it has acquired within a specified period of time. The same rule applies if the total holdings of all foreign persons and their associates already exceeds 40% and a foreign person (or its associate) acquires any further shares, including in the course of trading in the secondary market of the ordinary shares. At present, we do not have total assets of A$248 million or more. At this time, our total assets do not exceed any of the above thresholds and therefore no approval would be required from the Australian Treasurer. Nonetheless, should our total assets exceed the threshold in the future, we will need to be mindful of the number of ordinary shares that can be made available, and monitor the 40% aggregate shareholding threshold for foreign persons (together with their associates) to ensure that it will not be exceeded without an application to the Australian Treasurer’s for approval having been contemplated and submitted if considered necessary.

 

Each foreign person seeking to acquire holdings in excess of the above caps (including their associates, as the case may be) would need to complete an application form setting out the proposal and relevant particulars of the acquisition/shareholding. The Australian Treasurer then has 30 days to consider the application and make a decision. However, the Australian Treasurer may extend the period by up to a further 90 days by publishing an interim order. As for the risk associated with seeking approval, the Policy provides that the Australian Treasurer may reject an application if it is contrary to the national interest.

 

If the level of foreign ownership exceeds 40% at any time, we would be considered a foreign person under the Foreign Takeovers Act. In such event, we would be required to obtain the approval of the Australian Treasurer for the Company, together with our associates, to acquire (i) more than 15% of an Australian company or business with assets totalling over A$248 million; or (ii) any direct or indirect ownership in Australian residential real estate and certain non- residential real estate.

 

The percentage of foreign ownership in the Company would also be included in determining the foreign ownership of any Australian company or business in which it may choose to invest. Because we have no current plans for any such acquisition and do not own any property, any such approvals required to be obtained by us as a foreign person under the Foreign Takeovers Act will not affect our current or future ownership or lease of property in Australia.

 

Subject to certain exceptions under the Corporations Act, acquisitions of interests in voting shares of the Company will be prohibited where, as a result of the acquisition, the acquirer’s or someone else’s voting power (as defined in the Corporations Act) in the Company increases to more than 20.0% or from a starting point that is above 20.0% and below 90.0%. The definition of voting power in the Corporations Act is broad, and includes control by persons or their associates over voting or disposal of voting shares. There are a number of exceptions to the prohibition, the most important of which permit: (i) acquisitions under a formal takeover bid made in accordance with the Corporations Act in which all shareholders can participate; (ii) acquisitions resulting from a court-approved scheme of arrangement; (iii) acquisitions made with specified shareholder approvals (where no votes are cast in favor by the parties to the transaction or their associates); and (iv) acquisitions of no more than 3.0% of voting power (as defined in the Corporations Act) every six months. Australian law requires all holders of a class of shares to be treated equally under a takeover bid and prescribes various aspects of the conduct of a takeover bid, including timing and disclosure requirements.

 

 C: 

 83

 

 

In addition, on application by a person, the Australian Takeovers Panel may declare that unacceptable circumstances exist in relation to the affairs of the Company. Such a declaration may be made where it appears to the Panel that, among other things, circumstances are unacceptable having regard to the effect the circumstances have had, are having, will have or are likely to have on the control, or potential control, of the Company or the acquisition, or proposed acquisition, by a person of a substantial interest in the Company. A declaration can be made whether or not the circumstances constitute a contravention of the Corporations Act. If a declaration is made, the Panel may make a wide range of remedial orders.

 

Our Constitution does not contain any additional limitations on a non-resident’s right to hold or vote our securities.

 

Australian law requires the transfer of shares in the Company to be made in writing if the company’s shares are not quoted on the Australian Securities Exchange. Under current stamp duty legislation no stamp duty will be payable in Australia on the transfer of ordinary shares.

 

10.E.           Taxation

 

The following is a discussion of the material Australian and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this Report, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not address all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws. To the extent that the discussion is based on tax legislation that has not been subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, the views expressed in the discussion might not be accepted by the tax authorities in question or by court. The discussion is not intended, and should not be construed, as legal or professional tax advice and does not exhaust all possible tax considerations.

 

Holders of our ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisors as to the United States, Australian or other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares, including, in particular, the effect of any foreign, state or local taxes.

 

Australian Tax Considerations

 

In this section we discuss the material Australian tax considerations that apply to non-Australian tax residents with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposal of the absolute beneficial ownership of ordinary shares. This discussion is based upon existing Australian tax law as of the date of this Report, which is subject to change, possibly retrospectively. This discussion does not address all aspects of Australian income tax law that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual investment circumstances, such as shares held by investors subject to special tax rules (for example, financial institutions, insurance companies or tax exempt organizations). In addition, this summary does not discuss any foreign or state tax considerations, other than stamp duty. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the Australian and foreign income and other tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

Australia operates a dividend imputation system under which dividends may be declared to be “franked” to the extent of tax paid on company profits. Fully franked dividends are not subject to dividend withholding tax. Dividends payable to non-Australian resident shareholders that are not operating from an Australian permanent establishment (“Foreign Shareholders”) will be subject to dividend withholding tax, to the extent the dividends are not foreign sourced and declared to be conduit foreign income (“CFI”) and are unfranked. Dividend withholding tax will be imposed at 30%, unless a shareholder is a resident of a country with which Australia has a double taxation agreement and qualifies for the benefits of the treaty. Under the provisions of the current Double Taxation Convention between Australia and the United States, the Australian tax withheld on unfranked dividends that are not CFI paid by us to which a resident of the United States is beneficially entitled is limited to 15%.

 

If a company that is a Foreign Shareholder owns a 10% or more interest, the Australian tax withheld on dividends paid by us to which a resident of the United States is beneficially entitled is limited to 5%. In limited circumstances the rate of withholding can be reduced to nil.

 

 C: 

 84

 

 

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares - Capital Gains Tax

 

Foreign Shareholders will not be subject to Australian capital gains tax on the gain made on a sale or other disposal of our shares, unless they, together with associates, hold 10% or more of our issued capital, at the time of disposal or for 12 months of the last 2 years.

 

Foreign Shareholders who, together with associates, own a 10% or more interest would be subject to Australian capital gains tax if more than 50% of our direct or indirect assets determined by reference to market value, consists of Australian land, leasehold interests or Australian mining, quarrying or prospecting rights. Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia is unlikely to limit the amount of this taxable gain. Australian capital gains tax applies to net capital gains at a taxpayer’s marginal tax rate. Net capital gains are calculated after reduction of capital losses, which may only be offset against capital gains.

 

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares - Shareholders Holding Shares on Revenue Account

 

Some Foreign Shareholders may hold shares on revenue rather than on capital account, for example, share traders. These shareholders may have the gains made on the sale or other disposal of the shares included in their assessable income under the ordinary income provisions of the income tax law, if the gains are sourced in Australia.

 

Foreign Shareholders assessable under these ordinary income provisions in respect of gains made on shares held on revenue account would be assessed for such gains at the Australian tax rates for non-Australian residents, which start at a marginal rate of 32.5%. For Foreign Shareholders that are corporations, the tax rate would be 30%. Some relief from Australian income tax may be available to such non-Australian resident shareholders under the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia.

 

To the extent an amount would be included in a Foreign Shareholder’s assessable income under both the capital gains tax provisions and the ordinary income provisions, the capital gain amount would generally be reduced, so that the shareholder would not be subject to double tax on any part of the income gain or capital gain.

 

Dual Residency

 

If a shareholder were a resident of both Australia and the United States under those countries’ domestic taxation laws, that shareholder may be subject to tax as an Australian resident. If, however, the shareholder is determined to be a U.S. resident for the purposes of the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia, the Australian tax applicable would be limited by the Double Taxation Convention. Shareholders should obtain specialist taxation advice in these circumstances.

 

Stamp Duty

 

No transfer duty is payable by Australian residents or foreign residents on the trading of shares that are quoted on the NASDAQ or OTCBB Markets.

 

Australian Death Duty

 

Australia does not have estate or death duties. As a general matter, no capital gains tax liability is realized upon the inheritance of a deceased person’s shares. The disposal of inherited shares by beneficiaries, may, however, give rise to a capital gains tax liability if the gain falls within the scope of Australia’s jurisdiction to tax (as discussed above).

 

Goods and Services Tax

 

The issue or transfer of shares will not incur Australian goods and services tax.

 

 C: 

 85

 

 

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to an investment in ordinary shares by a U.S. holder, as defined below, that will hold the ordinary shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This summary is based upon existing U.S. federal tax law, which is subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly with retroactive effect. No ruling has been sought from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to any U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. This discussion does not address the tax consequences to any particular holder nor any tax considerations that may apply to holders subject to special tax rules, such as banks, insurance companies, individual retirement and other tax-deferred accounts, regulated investment companies, individuals who are former U.S. citizens or former long-term U.S. residents, dealers in securities or currencies, tax-exempt entities, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons that hold ordinary shares as a position in a straddle or as part of a hedging, constructive sale or conversion transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, persons that own (directly, indirectly or constructively) 10% or more of our equity or persons that are not U.S. holders.

 

In addition, this discussion does not address any state, local or non-U.S. tax considerations (other than the discussion below relating to certain withholding rules and the United States — Australian income tax treaty). Each U.S. holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of an investment in our ordinary shares.

 

In this section, a “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
     
  a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
     
  an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
     
  a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a court in the United States and for which one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions or (ii) that has an election in effect under applicable income tax regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

As used in this section, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares that is not a U.S. holder or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships that will hold ordinary shares should consult their tax advisors.

 

You are urged to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, as well as state, local and non-U.S., tax consequences to you of acquiring, owning and disposing of ordinary shares in light of your particular circumstances, including the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal and other tax laws.

 

Dividends

 

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules, discussed below, U.S. holders will include as dividend income the U.S. dollar value of the gross amount of any distributions of cash or property (without deduction for any withholding tax), other than certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares, with respect to ordinary shares to the extent the distributions are made from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. holder will include the dividend income at the time of receipt. To the extent, if any, that the amount of any distribution by us exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as so determined, the excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares and thereafter as capital gain. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not intend to maintain calculations of earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, any distributions generally will be reported as dividend income for U.S. information reporting purposes. See “Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting” below. Dividends paid by us will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporate shareholders.

 

 C: 

 86

 

 

Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, the U.S. dollar amount of dividends received by an individual, trust or estate with respect to the ordinary shares will be subject to taxation at a maximum rate of 20% if the dividends are “qualified dividends.” Dividends paid on ordinary shares will be treated as qualified dividends if either (i) we are eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that the IRS has approved for the purposes of the qualified dividend rules, (ii) the dividends are, with respect to ordinary shares, readily tradable on a U.S. securities market, provided that we are not, in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and are not, in the year which the dividend is paid, a PFIC and (iii) certain holding period requirements are met. The Agreement between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Australia for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income (the “Treaty”) has been approved for the purposes of the qualified dividend rules, and we expect to qualify for benefits under the Treaty. Our ordinary shares currently trade irregularly in the U.S. over-the-counter market and thus may not meet condition (ii) described above allowing dividends we pay to be deemed “qualified dividends”. Although our NASDAQ listing application is currently pending until we meet the NASDAQ Capital Market’s initial listing requirements, there is no assurance that our application will be approved. Provided that the listing is approved, U.S. Treasury Department guidance indicates that the ordinary shares will be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Thus, we believe that dividends we pay on ordinary shares will meet conditions (i) and (ii), described above. Accordingly, dividends we pay generally should be eligible for the reduced income tax rate. However, the determination of whether a dividend qualifies for the preferential tax rates must be made at the time the dividend is paid. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisers.

 

Includible distributions paid in Australian dollars, including any Australian withholding taxes, will be included in the gross income of a U.S. holder in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of actual or constructive receipt, regardless of whether the Australian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars at that time. If Australian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars on the date of actual or constructive receipt, the tax basis of the U.S. holder in those Australian dollars will be equal to their U.S. dollar value on that date and, as a result, a U.S. holder generally should not be required to recognize any foreign exchange gain or loss.

 

If Australian dollars so received are not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, the U.S. holder will have a basis in the Australian dollars equal to their U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Any gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the Australian dollars generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss to such U.S. holder and generally such gain or loss will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit

limitation purposes.

 

Dividends received by a U.S. holder with respect to ordinary shares will be treated as foreign source income, which may be relevant in calculating the holder’s foreign tax credit limitation. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For these purposes, dividends will be categorized as “passive” or “general” income depending on a U.S. holder’s circumstance.

 

Subject to certain complex limitations, a U.S. holder generally will be entitled, at its option, to claim either a credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability or a deduction in computing its U.S. federal taxable income in respect of any Australian taxes withheld by us. If a U.S. holder elects to claim a deduction, rather than a foreign tax credit, for Australian taxes withheld by us for a particular taxable year, the election will apply to all foreign taxes paid or accrued by or on behalf of the U.S. holder in the particular taxable year.

 

You may not be able to claim a foreign tax credit (and instead may claim a deduction) for non-U.S. taxes imposed on dividends paid on the ordinary shares if you (i) have held the ordinary shares for less than a specified minimum period during which you are not protected from risk of loss with respect to such shares, or (ii) are obligated to make payments related to the dividends (for example, pursuant to a short sale).

 

The availability of the foreign tax credit and the application of the limitations on its availability are fact specific. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor as to the consequences of Australian withholding taxes and the availability of a foreign tax credit or deduction. See “Australian Tax Considerations — Taxation of Dividends.”

 

Sale or Exchange of Ordinary Shares

 

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules, discussed below, a U.S. holder generally will, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, recognize capital gain or loss on a sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares equal to the difference between the amount realized on the disposition and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares. Any gain or loss recognized on a sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares will generally be long- term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder has held the ordinary shares for more than one year. Generally, for U.S. holders who are individuals (as well as certain trusts and estates), long-term capital gains are subject to U.S. federal income tax at preferential rates. For foreign tax credit limitation purposes, gain or loss recognized upon a disposition generally will be treated as from sources within the United States. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of any Australian tax imposed on a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares. See “Australian Tax Considerations — Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares.”

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

 

A non-U.S. corporation will be treated as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for any taxable year if either (a) at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year consists of certain types of passive income or (b) at least 50% of gross assets during the taxable year, based on a quarterly average and generally by value, produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash and assets readily convertible into cash are categorized as passive assets and our unbooked intangibles associated with active business activities may generally be classified as active assets. Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, gains from commodities and securities transactions and gains from assets that produce passive income. The average percentage of a corporation’s assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income generally is determined on the basis of the fair market value of the corporation’s assets at the end of each quarter. This determination is based on the adjusted tax basis of the corporation’s assets, however, if the corporation is a controlled foreign corporation, or CFC, that is not a publicly traded corporation for the taxable year. We would be treated as a CFC for any year on any day in which U.S. holders each own (directly, indirectly or by attribution) at least 10% of our voting shares and together own more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our voting shares or more than 50% of the total value of all of our shares. If we are treated as a CFC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any portion of our taxable year that includes this offering, we would likely be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year. The CFC determination involves a highly complex and technical factual analysis and, in certain cases such as our own, potentially cannot be made with complete certainty. However, although no assurances can be made in this regard because of these complexities, based on our current shareholder composition, we believe that we are not a CFC.

 

Additionally, in determining whether a foreign corporation is a PFIC, a pro-rata portion of the income and assets of each corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, at least a 25% interest (by value) is taken into account.

 

 C: 

 87

 

  

The determination of whether or not we are a PFIC is a factual determination that must be determined annually at the close of each taxable year. Based on our business results for the last fiscal year and composition of our assets, we do not believe that we were a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the taxable year ended June 30, 2014. Similarly, based on our business projections and the anticipated composition of our assets for the current and future years, we do not expect that we will be a PFIC for the taxable year ended June 30, 2015. If our actual business results do not match our projections, it is possible that we may become a PFIC in the current or any future taxable year.

 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder holds ordinary shares, any “excess distribution” that the holder receives and any gain realized from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of such ordinary shares will be subject to special tax rules, unless the holder makes a mark-to-market election or qualified electing fund election as discussed below. Any distribution in a taxable year that is greater than 125% of the average annual distribution received by a U.S. holder during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or such holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

 

  the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares;
     
  the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were classified as a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income; and
     
  the amount allocated to each other year, other than a pre-PFIC year, will be subject to income tax at the highest rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year (other than a pre-PFIC year).

 

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or excess distribution cannot be offset by any net operating loss, and gains (but not losses) realized on the transfer of the ordinary shares cannot be treated as capital gains, even if the ordinary shares are held as capital assets. In addition, non- corporate U.S. holders will not be eligible for reduced rates of taxation on any dividends received from us if we are a PFIC in the taxable year in which such dividends are paid or in the preceding taxable year.

 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries is also a PFIC (i.e., a lower-tier PFIC), a U.S. holder of ordinary shares during such year would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC and would be subject to the rules described above on certain distributions by a lower-tier PFIC and a disposition of shares of a lower-tier PFIC even though such U.S. holder would not receive the proceeds of those distributions or dispositions. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the tax consequences if the PFIC rules apply to any of our subsidiaries.

 

If a U.S. holder owns ordinary shares during any year in which we are a PFIC and the U.S. holder recognizes gain on a disposition of our ordinary shares or receives distributions with respect to our ordinary shares, the U.S. holder generally will be required to file an IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund) with respect to the company, generally with the U.S. holder’s federal income tax return for that year. Additionally, recently enacted legislation creates an additional annual filing requirement for U.S. persons who are shareholders of a PFIC. However, pursuant to recently issued guidance, this additional filing obligation is suspended until the IRS releases the relevant final form. If the Company were a PFIC for a given taxable year, then you should consult your tax advisor concerning your annual filing requirements.

 

A U.S. holder may avoid some of the adverse tax consequences of owning shares in a PFIC by making a “qualified electing fund” election. The availability of this election with respect to our ordinary shares requires that we provide information to shareholders making the election. We do not intend to provide you with the information you would need to make or maintain a qualified electing fund election and you will, therefore, not be able to make such an election with respect to your ordinary shares.

 

As an alternative to the foregoing rules, a U.S. holder of “marketable stock” in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election with respect to our ordinary shares, provided that the listing of the ordinary shares on applicable exchange is approved and that the ordinary shares are regularly traded. We anticipate that our ordinary shares should qualify as being regularly traded, but no assurances may be given in this regard. If a U.S. Holder makes a valid mark-to-market election for the ordinary shares, the electing U.S. holder will include in income each taxable year that we are a PFIC, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the ordinary shares as of the close of the holder’s taxable year over the adjusted basis in such ordinary shares. The U.S. holder is allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the ordinary shares over their fair market value as of the close of the holder’s taxable year. Deductions are allowable, however, only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the ordinary shares included in the U.S. holder’s income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in the U.S. holder’s income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to the deductible portion of any mark-to-market loss on the ordinary shares, as well as to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the ordinary shares, to the extent the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such ordinary shares. The tax basis in the ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. A mark-to-market election will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years unless the ordinary shares are no longer regularly traded on an applicable exchange or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election.

 

 C: 

 88

 

 

Because, as a technical matter, a mark-to-market election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs that we may own, a U.S. holder may continue to be subject to the general PFIC rules described above with respect to such U.S. holder’s indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

U.S. holders are urged to contact their own tax advisors regarding the determination of whether we are a PFIC and the tax consequences of such status.

 

Medicare Tax

 

An additional 3.8% tax is imposed on a portion or all of the net investment income of certain individuals with a modified adjusted gross income of over US$200,000 (or US$250,000 in the case of joint filers or US$125,000 in the case of married individuals filing separately) and on the undistributed net investment income of certain estates and trusts. For these purposes, “net investment income” generally includes interest, dividends (including dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares), annuities, royalties, rents, net gain attributable to the disposition of property not held in a trade or business (including net gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of an ordinary share) and certain other income, reduced by any deductions properly allocable to such income or net gain. U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the applicability of this tax to their income and gains in respect of an investment in the ordinary shares.

 

Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements

 

Dividend payments with respect to ordinary shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of ordinary shares may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible U.S. backup withholding at a current rate of 28%. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding and establishes such exempt status. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. A U.S. holder may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS in a timely manner and furnishing any required information. U.S. holders are urged to contact their own tax advisors as to their qualification for an exemption from backup withholding tax and the procedure for obtaining this exemption.

 

Foreign asset reporting

 

Certain U.S. holders who are individuals are required to report information relating to an interest in our ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in accounts maintained by financial institutions) by filing IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with their federal income tax return. U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their information reporting obligations, if any, with respect to their ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

 

The discussion above is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax considerations applicable to an investment in ordinary shares. You should consult with your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences to you in your particular situation.

 

10.F.           Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not applicable.

 

10.G.          Statement by Experts

 

Not applicable.

 

 C: 

 89

 

 

10.H.          Documents on Display

 

Publicly filed documents concerning the Company which are referred to in this Annual Report may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of these materials can also be obtained from the Public Reference Room at the SEC’s principal office, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549, after payment of fees at prescribed rates.

 

The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that make electronic filings through its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval or EDGAR, system. We have made all our filings with SEC using the EDGAR system.

 

For further information on the Public Reference Room, please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our SEC filings, including the Annual Report, are also available to you on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

Information may also be found on the Investor Relations section of our website at http://bluenrgy.com/ir/filings.html

 

10.I.            Subsidiary Information

 

Not applicable.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 11.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

We are exposed to various market risks, including foreign currency fluctuations, changes in interest rates, equity and credit risk. The main risks to which we are exposed are discussed below. Refer to Note 22 to the audited financial statements in Item 18 for more detailed analysis of the potential financial impact of these risks.

 

Market risk

 

Our activities expose us primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and fluctuations in the value of equity securities as described below.

 

Foreign currency risk management

 

Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. Our exposure to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates relates primarily to our operating activities, borrowings, and financial assets.

 

Our parent company and a number of our subsidiaries use the Australian dollar as their functional currency because the majority of their revenues and expenses are denominated in Australian dollars. Accordingly, our reporting currency is also the Australian dollar. We did, however, earn revenue and incur expenses in other currencies and there is thus a risk that currency fluctuations could have an adverse effect on the value of our cash flows.

 

Our foreign currency risk arises from the measurement of purchased components, debt, preferred stock, and other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies converted to Australian dollars, with the resulting gain or loss recorded as “Other income” or “Other expenses” and the impact of fluctuations in exchange rates on the reported amounts of our revenues and expenses which are contracted in foreign currencies. In the future this exposure may be reduced as the Company strives to develop and sell assets and project in the same currency in which it borrows and/or purchases inventory and components for those assets and projects.

 

 C: 

 90

 

 

Foreign currency sensitivity

 

We are party to derivative financial instruments in the normal course of business in order to hedge exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Our Company, Draker, Parmac and GED Working Capital Facilities (as described in Item 5.B. “Liquidity and Capital Resources”) are denominated in U.S. dollars. In addition, the face value of our Series B Preferred Stock and the face value of the preferred stock of our Parmac, CIWL Draker and IHL Holding subsidiaries, the Subsidiary Preferred, is denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

We do not apply hedge accounting. At June 30, 2016 and subsequently through the date of this Report, there was no contract hedging in place.

 

Interest rate risk

 

Our main interest rate risk arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose us to cash flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose us to fair value interest rate risk only if the borrowings are carried at fair value, which is not our policy.

 

At June 30, 2016 and 2015 all of our borrowings are fixed rate (subject to penalty rates which may be applied under default events).

 

We regularly analyze our interest rate exposure. Within this analysis consideration is given to potential renewals of existing positions, alternative financing, and the mix of fixed and variable interest rates.

 

At June 30, 2016 we had no significant interest bearing assets other than cash and cash equivalents, therefore our income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates.

 

Liquidity and capital risk management

 

Our objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of variety of equity and debt instruments.

 

As discussed in Item 5.B. under the heading “Liquidity and Capital Resources”, there is a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt on whether we will be able to continue as a going concern and therefore whether it will realize our assets and settle our liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business and at the amounts stated in the financial report.

 

ITEM 12.   DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

 

A. Debt Securities

 

Not required in annual report

 

B. Warrants and Rights

 

Not required in annual report

 

C. Other Securities

 

Not required in annual report

 

D. American Depositary Shares

 

Not applicable.

 

 C: 

 91

 

  

ITEM 13.   DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

 

Other than past-due creditor obligations payable by GED to its creditors under payment plans, we have no defaults or delinquencies that have not been cured.

 

ITEM 14.   MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

 

Private Placements of Unregistered Securities After Emergence From VA

 

On or subsequent to January 27, 2015 after emerging from VA we have:

 

issued 1,080,759 ordinary shares in a series of private placement for US$3.03 per share (after giving effect to the 1-for-80 share consolidation effected in December 2015) pursuant to a securities purchase agreement filed with our Form 6-K/A on January 29, 2015. Net proceeds of US$3.3 million from the private placements were used to pay US$1.0 million to the Deed Funds and the remainder was used for working capital and to fund losses since emergence from VA. There were no brokerage or placement fees paid in conjunction with the private placements.
   
converted the promissory note issued to Wind Farm Financing Pty Ltd. in the amount of $900,000 (the “WFF Note”) as part of the reorganization plans into 297,226 ordinary shares at the Offering Price in accordance with its terms as provided in the Exhibits to the DOCA for our Company and filed as an exhibit to our Form 6-K/A filed on January 29, 2015.
   
 Issued 144,125 ordinary shares for US$3.03 in exchange for unpaid Executive Compensation as described above in Item 7.B “Related Party Transactions”. An additional 9,241 shares have been issued to suppliers in lieu of cash for services received.
   
 converted 2,484 Series B Preferred Shares in accordance with the amended terms of the Series B Shares and issued 643,110 ordinary shares to the converting shareholders
   
 issued Subsidiary Preferred Shares having a face value of US$6.5 million and a conversion price of US$3.03 in conjunction with the Draker and Inaccess transactions (refer to Item 4.A. under the heading “Recent Acquisitions”).

 

Share Issuances and Modifications Under Our Reorganization Plans

 

In accordance with and upon effectiveness of the DOCAs:

 

we issued additional ordinary shares to the Deed Fund, our secured creditor, WHSP and to shareholders and designees of BlueNRGY LLC.
   
our CIWL and Parmac subsidiaries issued convertible preferred shares to WHSP with face values respectively of US$1.4 million and US$2.2 million, collectively referred to as the Subsidiary Preferred. The CIWL Subsidiary Preferred accrues a dividend of 4% per annum on the face value and is convertible at any time into our ordinary shares at US$3.03 per share (after giving effect to the 1-for-80 share consolidation effected in December 2015) per share. The Parmac Subsidiary Preferred was restructured during the 2016 financial year which removed the obligation to accrue a dividend of 4% per annum on the face value, however, it remains convertible at any time into our ordinary shares at US$3.03 per share (after giving effect to the 1-for-80 share consolidation effected in December 2015) per share. The Subsidiary Preferred issued by CIWL may not be converted if the Chatham Island Project contract with Chatham Islands Electricity Limited is terminated (refer to Item 4.B. under the heading “Description of Our Business Segments -- Energy Efficiency -- Remote Area Power Systems (RAPS)”) This summary description of the terms of the Subsidiary Preferred is qualified in its entirety by the terms set forth in the Exhibits to the DOCA for our Company and filed as an exhibit to our Form 6-K/A filed on January 29, 2015.
   
 we modified the terms of our outstanding Series B Preferred as provided in the Exhibits to the DOCA for our Company and filed as an exhibit to our Form 6-K/A filed on January 29, 2015.

 

Use of Proceeds

 

Registered Securities Offering Effective June 12, 2014

 

Details of the Offering

 

The registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-194780) for the offering was declared effective by the SEC on June 12, 2014.We sold 1,810,000 ordinary shares, at an offering price of US$320.00 per share (“Offering”). The Offering closed on June 18, 2014 and generated gross proceeds of US$7.24 million. Northland Capital Markets, the trade name for certain equity capital markets and investment banking activities of Northland Securities, Inc., acted as co- manager for the offering.

 

Use of Proceeds

 

Net proceeds to us were approximately $6.00 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses. As disclosed in the prospectus for the Offering, a total of US$1.83 million was repaid from net proceeds to lenders including WHSP, one of our shareholders holding in excess of 10% of our outstanding ordinary shares, and Gerard McGowan our Managing Director. After giving effect to the repayment of the loans, net proceeds to us were US$4.27 million. National Securities Corporation acted as lead manager for the offering.

 

As disclosed in the Offering Prospectus, CBD used $1.0 million of the net proceeds from the Offering after giving effect to the loan payment to acquire GED. Consistent with the uses of proceeds set forth in the Offering prospectus, the remaining $3.27 million of net proceeds was used for working capital, including the payment of deferred trade debt, and to fund operating losses.

 

 C: 

 92

 

 

Private Placement of Series B Preferred Shares And Conversion of Series B Preferred Shares

 

As disclosed in our filings on Form 6-K on July 30, 2014 and August 20, 2014, In a series of private placement offerings in July and August 2014, we issued US$4.5 million face value of our Series B Convertible Preferred Shares, referred to as Series B Preferred. US$2.0 million of the proceeds from the private placement offerings was used to redeem $2.0 million face value of our Series A convertible preferred shares (all of our then outstanding Series A preferred shares). The Series B Preferred accrued a dividend at an annual rate of 8% of face value and had an initial conversion price of US$4.00 per share and imposed restrictions on our ability to issue equity or equity-linked securities below a price of US$2.00 per share. In the private placement of Series B Preferred that occurred in August 2014, the conversion price was subsequently reduced to US$3.00 per share for all Series B Preferred, including those Series B Preferred Shares previously issued. In conjunction with the issuance of Series B Preferred we issued 150,000 ordinary shares as a placement fee and warrants for 416,667 ordinary shares with an exercise price of $3.2916 per share. This summary of terms of the private placement offerings and Series B Preferred and warrants is qualified in its entirety by the securities purchase agreement and related exhibits filed with the referenced forms 6-K. Net proceeds from the sale of Series B Preferred was used for working capital, to pay interest on our debt and to fund our losses.

 

As disclosed in a Form 6-K filed on November 12, 2015, certain holders of our Series B Preferred shares elected to convert 2,484 Series B Preferred Shares plus dividends accrued thereon into our ordinary shares at the stated conversion price of US$4.01 per ordinary share. In satisfaction of the foregoing Series B Preferred Share conversions we have issued 643,110 ordinary shares. 600 Series B Preferred Shares remained outstanding as of this Report.

 

ITEM 15.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated, as of the end of the period covered by this Report, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at the reasonable assurance level as of June 30, 2016.

 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our Board; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements

 

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. In particular, the design of a control system must be considered relative to their costs. Additionally, the design of a control system is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated objectives under all potential future conditions. Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements to the financial statements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2016 based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework) Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of June 30, 2016 under the 2013 Framework due to the following material weaknesses:

 

  Secretarial and corporate records filed with ASIC are not consistently up to date with the effect that we could fail to be remain in compliance with the Corporations Act.
     
  Interim closings of account records are not consistently completed in a time frame that would allow adverse unforeseen financial consequences of business operations to be detected and managed.
     
  Annual budgets have not been established by our Board and consequently our internal reporting does not include a comparison against approved plans that can be used to identify and remediate performance deficiencies.

 

This Report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to amendments made by the enactment of the Dodd-Frank bill that permit the Company to provide only management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting in this Annual Report.

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

There was no change in our internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) identified in connection with the evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting performed during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

 C: 

 93

 

 

Subsequent to communications to our Audit Committee from our then-auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers, in September 2014 that identified significant control weaknesses, our board enacted emergency measures that continue following our emergence from VA to:

 

Ensure that bank account signatory authority was imposed on all bank accounts and that our finance team has visibility over and reviews all account activity;
   
Effect segregation of duties, particularly with respect to approval and payment of disbursements;
   
Ensure all members of management support proper recordkeeping, including with respect to executive and director compensation and expense reimbursement, and that there is an appropriate and frequent review of accounts of the Group;
   
Ensure related-party transactions involving executives and directors are visible to and receive requisite Board approval and are implemented in accordance with approved agreements;
   
Ensure that our executives and directors are aware of and follow our Code of Conduct and Ethics.

 

As soon as practicable we intend to develop and implement a revised authority matrix and updated budgets for our 2017 fiscal year that are approved by our Board.

 

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

 

The composition of our Audit Committee currently and for fiscal years June 30, 2016 and 2015 were: June

 

June 2016 and Currently: Mr. Carlo Botto

 

June 2015: Mr. Carlo Botto* June 2015 – Mr. John Donohue *

 

(*) denotes designated Audit Committee Financial Expert. Each Audit Committee Financial Expert has been an independent director.

 

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

 

We have adopted a code of conduct and ethics for employees, officers and directors, which fully complies with the requirements of NASDAQ Rule 5610 and the requirements of Section 406(c) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act applicable to chief executive officers, principal financial officers, and principal accounting officers or controllers or persons performing similar functions.

 

Our Code of Conduct and Ethics was filed as an as exhibit to our FY2014 Annual Report.

 

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The auditor of BlueNRGY Group Limited is HLB Mann Judd of Level 19, 207 Kent St, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia.

 

Remuneration of Auditors

 

   Consolidated
   2016  2015  2014
   $’000  $’000  $’000
Amounts paid or payable to HLB Mann Judd               
- an audit or review of the financial statements of the entity   135,000    300,000    340,000 
- non audit services (tax compliance)   8,000         
    143,000    300,000    340,000 
Amounts paid or payable to a network firm of HLB Mann Judd            
- an audit of foreign subsidiary financial statements   36,723         

 

 C: 

 94

 

 

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

 

All services to be performed by our auditor must be approved in advance by the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee has considered whether the provision of services other than audit services is compatible with maintaining the auditors’ independence and has adopted a policy governing these services. This policy requires pre-approval by the Audit Committee of all audit and non-audit services provided by the external auditor.

 

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASES

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16F. CHANGES IN THE REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

Pursuant to JOBS Act, we are classified as an “Emerging Growth Company.” Under the JOBS Act, Emerging Growth Companies are exempt from certain reporting requirements, including the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Under this exemption, our auditor will not be required to attest to and report on management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting during a five-year transition period.

 

Pursuant to the JOBS Act, we will remain an Emerging Growth Company until the earliest of:

 

  the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of our initial public offering of ordinary shares;
     
  the last day of our fiscal year in which we have annual gross revenue of USD$1.0 billion or more;
     
  the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than USD$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; and
     
  the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which will occur at such time as we (a) have an aggregate worldwide market value of ordinary shares held by non-affiliates of USD$700.0 million or more as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (b) have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act for a period of at least 12 months, and (c) have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act.

 

 C: 

 95

 

  

Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer

 

We are also considered a “foreign private issuer.” In our capacity as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act, that impose certain disclosure obligations and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our ordinary shares. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

 

In addition, as a “foreign private issuer”, we follow certain home-country corporate governance practices and intend to continue to do so in lieu of certain NASDAQ requirements, even if we are successful in regaining our NASDAQ listing. The exception to the election to follow Australian practices is those rules which are required to be followed pursuant to the provisions of Listing Rule 5615(a)(3). That is, the Notification of Noncompliance requirement (Rule 5625), the Voting Rights requirement (Rule 5640), an audit committee that satisfies Rule 5605(c)(3) (audit committee responsibilities and authorities), and the audit committee’s members meet the independence requirement in Rule 5605(c)(2)(A)(ii) (the criteria for independence).

 

As the Company is not listed on the ASX, this Report does not contain the corporate governance statement required by the Guidelines disclosing the extent to which the Company has followed each recommendation set by the Council. Rather, this Report only contains references to the recommendations the Company considered when setting its corporate governance policies.

 

The following practices are not prohibited under any Australian laws (including ASX listing rules).

 

(1) Audit Committee Composition (Rule 5605)(c)(2)(A): The Company’s Audit Committee is comprised of one director, Mr. Botto, who is an independent non-executive director. The Guidelines include recommendations that companies should have at least three members, members should be non-executive directors and a majority of the audit committee should be independent directors and chaired by an independent director. Due to the small size of the Board the audit committee will consists of two directors once we appoint another independent non-executive to the Board.

 

(2) Independent Director Oversight of Director Nominations (Rule 5605(e)(1)): There is no requirement under Australian laws or ASX listing rules which requires director nominees to be selected to the board or recommended for election by a majority of independent directors or a nominations committee comprised solely of independent directors.

 

(3) Nominations Charter or Board Resolution (Rule 5605(e)(2)): The Company does not have a Nominations Committee. The Guidelines includes a recommendation that companies should establish a nomination committee. Given the small size of the Company and the Board, the directors consider that establishing a committee would contribute little to the effective management of the company.

 

(4) Independent Director Oversight of Executive Officer Compensation (Rule 5605(d)): On February 9, 2015, Mr. Chapple and Mr. Donohue were appointed to the Compensation Committee and Mr. Morro resigned as a member of the Compensation Committee. However, Mr. Chapple resigned from the Board on June 16, 2015 and Mr. Donohue resigned from the Board on July 31, 2015. Until replacement members of the Committee can be appointed, matters previously delegated to the Compensation Committee are being considered by the full Board. The Guidelines include Recommendations that a compensation committees should have at least three members, members should be non-executive directors and a majority of the committee should be independent directors and chaired by an independent director. Due to the small size of the Board, the compensation committee, once reconstituted, will consist of two independent non-executive directors.

 

(5) Executive Sessions (Rule 5605(b)(2)): There is no requirement under Australian laws or ASX listing rules which require the Company to schedule meetings at which only the independent directors are present.

 

(6) Quorum (Rule 5620(c)): There is no requirement under Australian laws or ASX listing rules which require the Company to have a quorum of a particular number of outstanding ordinary shareholders, rather, each company is able to determine its own quorum requirements. The current quorum for the Company is two shareholders entitled to vote. This is consistent with typical Australian business practices.

 

 C: 

 96

 

 

(7) Shareholder Approval (Rule 5635) The Company’s practices with regard to the requirements of Listing Rule 5635(a),(b) and (d) are not prohibited by Australian law applicable to the Company as a public company not listed on the ASX, except that under the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) there is a restriction on a single person being issued shares which would result in a person’s voting power in a company increasing from 20% or below to more than 20% or from a starting point above 20% and below 90%. The concept of voting power takes account of shares owned or controlled by a person and its associates (in summary, associates includes body corporates controlled by a person, persons with whom a person is acting in concert with in respect of the company issuing the stock or persons with whom a person has a relevant agreement with for the purpose of controlling the conduct of the company’s affairs.

 

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 17.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

See “Item 18 – Financial Statements”

 

ITEM 18.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following financial statements are filed as part of this Annual Report, together with the report of the independent registered public accounting firm:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Consolidated statement of financial position
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Consolidated statement of cash flows
Notes to the financial statements

 

 C: 

 97

 

 

 

  

BlueNRGY Group Limited

 

(A.C.N. 010 966 793)

 

Annual Financial Report

 

for the year ended 30 June 2016

 

 C: 

 

 

 

Table of contents

 

Report of independent registered accounting firm F-1
   
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income F-2
   
Consolidated statement of financial position F-3
   
Consolidated statement of changes in equity F-4
   
Consolidated statement of cash flows F-6
   
Notes to the financial statements F-7

  

 C: 

 

 

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and shareholders of BlueNRGY Group Limited

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of BlueNRGY Group Limited (‘the Company’) and its controlled entities (collectively ‘the Group’) as at 30 June 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows each of the three years in the period ended 30 June 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of BlueNRGY Group Limited and its subsidiaries at 30 June 2016 and 2015 and the consolidated results of their operations and their consolidated cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 30 June 2016 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2, the ability of the Group to continue as a going concern and meet its debts and commitments as and when they fall due requires that the Group continues to receive support from existing lenders, raises additional funds, and monetises long-term assets to fund the business. These uncertainties raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

HLB Mann Judd

 

Sydney, Australia

 

October 28, 2016

 

 

 

 C: 

F-1 

 

 

Statement of comprehensive income

 

      Consolidated
For the year ended June 30  Note  2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
  2014
$’000
             
Revenues from continuing operations   5    32,082    16,866    13,732 
Other income   5    50    1,801    1,718 
Cost of raw materials, consumables used, and contractors        (23,905)   (8,525)   (6,092)
Employee benefit expenses   6    (12,025)   (11,390)   (9,323)
Amortisation and depreciation   6    (527)   (486)   (420)
Impairment of asset   6        (6,217)   (10,019)
Other expenses   6    (4,128)   (5,771)   (7,751)
Net finance (costs)/income   6    (822)   85    (4,051)
Loss from continuing operations before income tax        (9,275)   (13,637)   (22,206)
Income tax expense   7             
Loss from continuing operations        (9,275)   (13,637)   (22,206)
                     
Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations   13        19,341    (3,224)
                     
Net (loss)/profit for the period        (9,275)   5,704    (25,430)
                     
Other comprehensive income                    
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss                    
Changes in the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets                (800)
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations        (35)   (376)   (68)
Other comprehensive loss for the period, net of tax of $ Nil (2015:$ Nil)        (35)   (376)   (868)
Total comprehensive profit/(loss) for the period        (9,310)   5,328    (26,298)
                     
(Loss)/profit attributable to:                    
Owners of the Parent         (9,275)   5,704    (25,430)
Non-controlling interests                 
         (9,275)   5,704    (25,430)
                     
Total comprehensive profit/(loss) attributable to:                    
Owners of the Parent         (9,310)   5,328    (26,298)
Non-controlling interests                 
         (9,310)   5,328    (26,298)
                     
         Dollars    Dollars    Dollars 
Earnings per share for profit from continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company:                    
Basic loss per share   8    (1.62)   (7.75)   (909.26)
Diluted loss per share   8    (1.62)   (7.75)   (909.26)
Earnings per share for profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company:                    
Basic earnings/(loss) per share   8    (1.62)   3.25    (1,041.27)
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share   8    (1.62)   3.25    (1,041.27)

 

The above statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 C: 

F-2 

 

 

Statement of financial position

 

      Consolidated
As at June 30  Note  2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
ASSETS               
Current Assets               
Cash and cash equivalents   9    285    482 
Trade and other receivables   10    12,447    2,801 
Inventories   11    257    223 
Other current assets   12    836    151 
Total Current Assets        13,825    3,657 
                
Non-Current Assets               
Plant and equipment   14    2,111    2,356 
Goodwill and intangible assets   15    17,676    14,016 
Other non-current assets   12    70    70 
Total Non-Current Assets        19,857    16,442 
TOTAL ASSETS        33,682    20,099 
                
LIABILITIES               
Current Liabilities               
Trade and other payables   16    9,164    5,551 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings   17    698    2,408 
Provisions   18    582    335 
Total Current Liabilities        10,444    8,294 
                
Non-Current Liabilities               
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings   17    10,279    4,592 
Provisions   18    57    67 
Total Non-Current Liabilities        10,336    4,659 
TOTAL LIABILITIES        20,780    12,953 
NET ASSETS        12,902    7,146 
                
EQUITY               
Contributed equity   19    148,562    145,119 
Accumulated losses        (148,451)   (139,666)
Reserves   20    1,197    1,693 
Total equity attributable to owners of the Parent         1,308    7,146 
Non-controlling interests   19    11,594     
TOTAL EQUITY        12,902    7,146 

 

The above statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 C: 

F-3 

 

 

Statement of changes in equity

 

For the year ended June 30  Ordinary shares   $’000  Preference shares   $’000  Convertible   Notes   $’000  Share options reserve   $’000  Translation reserve   $’000  Accumulated   losses   $’000  Non-
controlling
interests1
$’000
  Total
$’000
                          
At July 1, 2015   144,338    781        2,104    (411)   (139,666)         7,146 
Loss for period                       (9,275)         (9,275)
Other comprehensive income                   (35)             (35)
Total comprehensive income for the year                   (35)   (9,275)         (9,310)
                                            
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:                                           
Shares issued   3,450                          8,763      12,213 

Reclassification from interest bearing borrowings

                            2,831      2,831 
Share issue costs   (7)                             (7)
Share options issued               29                  29 
Release of foreign currency translation reserve on dissolved subsidiary                   72    (72)          
Reclassified expired options               (562)       562           
Balance at June 30, 2016   147,781    781        1,571    (374)   (148,451)    11,594      12,902 
                                            
At July 1, 2014   120,323    4,643    574    3,336    (35)   (148,512)         (19,671)
Profit/(loss) for period                       5,704          5,704 
Other comprehensive income                   (376)             (376)
Total comprehensive income for the year                   (376)   5,704          5,328 
                                            
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:                                          
Shares issued   18,025    2,775                          20,800 
Share issue costs   (444)                             (444)
Unissued shares   1,133                              1,133 
Preference shares converted   5,301    (5,301)                          
Forfeited on Administration       (1,593)               1,593           
Cancellation of convertible note           (574)           574           
Reclassified expired options               (1,232)       1,232           
Dividends reinvested       257                (257)        
Balance at June 30, 2015   144,338    781        2,104    (411)   (139,666)         7,146 

 

1 Non-controlling interests are Subsidiary Preferred Shares. Refer Note 19.

 

The above statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

  

 C: 

F-4 

 

 

Statement of changes in equity

 

For the year ended June 30  Ordinary shares   $’000  Preference shares   $’000  Convertible   Notes   $’000  Share options reserve   $’000  Available-for-sale reserve   $’000  Translation reserve   $’000  Accumulated   losses   $’000  Total
$’000
                         
At July 1, 2013   109,046        574    3,189    800    33    (123,082)   (9,440)
Profit/(loss) for period                           (25,430)   (25,430)
Other comprehensive income                   (800)   (68)       (868)
Total comprehensive income for the year                   (800)   (68)   (25,430)   (26,298)
                                         
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:                                        
Shares issued   12,597    4,643                        17,240 
Share issue costs   (1,320)                           (1,320)
Share-based payments for convertible notes               147                147 
Balance at June 30, 2014   120,323    4,643    574    3,336        (35)   (148,512)   (19,671)

 

The above statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 C: 

F-5 

 

 

Statement of cash flows

 

      Consolidated
For the year ended June 30  Note  2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
  2014
$’000
Cash flow from operating activities                    
Receipts from customers (inclusive of GST)        31,056    16,863    20,680 
Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of GST)        (38,834)   (21,974)   (39,493)
Finance costs        (64)   (449)   (1,350)
Interest received            9     
Net cash flows used in operating activities   9    (7,842)   (5,551)   (20,163)
                     
Cash flow from investing activities                    
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment        43        188 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment        (25)   (252)   (672)
Cash forfeited during reorganisation            (362)    
Proceeds from sale of investments                1,789 
Payment for the purchase of controlled entities, net of cash acquired        (2,975)   (1,349)    
Net cash flows (used in)/provided from investing activities        (2,957)   (1,963)   1,305 
                     
Cash flow from financing activities                    
Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares (net of issue costs)        2,759    4,521    7,706 
Proceeds from issue of preference shares        2,122         
Proceeds from issue of convertible notes                1,013 
Convertible note issue costs                (1,320)
Proceeds from borrowings        5,832    2,171    16,282 
Repayment of borrowings        (24)       (3,699)
Payment of finance lease liabilities        (87)   (77)   (212)
Net cash flows provided from financing activities        10,602    6,615    19,770 
                     
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents        (197)   (899)   912 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period        482    1,381    469 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   9    285    482    1,381 

 

The above statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 C: 

F-6 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note  
1 Corporate information
2 Summary of significant accounting policies
3 Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions
4 Operating segments
5 Revenues from continuing operations and other income
6 Expenses
7 Income tax
8 Earnings per share
9 Notes to the statement of cash flows
10 Trade and other receivables
11 Inventories
12 Other assets
13 Discontinued operations
14 Plant and equipment
15 Goodwill and intangible assets
16 Trade and other payables
17 Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
18 Provisions
19 Contributed equity
20 Reserves
21 Business combinations
22 Financial risk management objectives and policies
23 Related party disclosures
24 Key management personnel
25 Share-based payments
26 Commitments
27 Contingent liabilities
28 Events after the balance sheet date
29 Parent entity information
30 Auditors’ remuneration
31 Asset holding arrangement

 

 C: 

F-7 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

1.Corporate information

 

The consolidated financial statements of BlueNRGY Group Limited (“BlueNRGY”, “the Parent” or the Company) (formerly CBD Energy Limited) for the year ended June 30, 2016 were authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Directors on October 28, 2016. The Directors have the power to amend and reissue the financial statements.

 

BlueNRGY is a company limited by shares, incorporated in Australia, whose shares are publicly listed on the OTC Pink Current marketplace.

 

2.Summary of significant accounting policies

 

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements are for the consolidated entity consisting of BlueNRGY and its subsidiaries. BlueNRGY and its subsidiaries together are referred to in this financial report as the ‘Group’ or the ‘Consolidated Entity’.

 

(a)Basis of preparation

The financial report is a general purpose financial report, which has been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board. The financial report has also been prepared on a historical cost basis, modified by the revaluation of available for sale financial assets, financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and liabilities (including derivative instruments). BlueNRGY is a for-profit entity for the purpose of preparing the financial statements.

 

Compliance with Australian Accounting Standards ensures that the financial statements and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards.

 

The financial report is presented in Australian dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars ($’000) unless otherwise stated.

 

Going concern 

The financial statements have been prepared on the basis of going concern which contemplates continuity of normal business activities and the realisation of assets and settlement of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. The Group’s current assets exceeded its current liabilities by $3.4 million as of June 30, 2016, however $4.8 million of assets classified as current at June 30, 2016 were invested in non-current financial assets subsequent to the financial year end. Key financial data for the Group for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 is disclosed below:

 

Consolidated  Year ended June 30, 2016   $’000  Year ended June 30, 2015   $’000
       
Cash at bank and in hand less overdraft   285    482 
Net (loss)/profit for the year   (9,275)   5,704 
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities for the year   (7,842)   (5,551)
Net current assets/(liabilities)   3,381    (4,637)

 

The Group has made operating losses during the financial year ended June 30, 2016 and had net operating cash outflows for the same period. It remains dependent upon receiving continuing support from existing lenders, raising additional funds in new financings, and monetizing long-term assets to fund the business and to continue as a going concern. The lenders of over 90% of the Group’s borrowings are either affiliates of members of the Board of Directors or significant shareholders in the Company and the Directors expect that their financial support will continue to be provided.

 

 C: 

F-8 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

2.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(a)Basis of preparation (continued)

 

Going concern (continued) 

The Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and to achieve its future business objectives depends on its ability to accomplish some or all of the following:

 

l Attain profitability: Not all subsidiaries are contributing cash flow to cover corporate costs and the Group is not operating profitably overall. However, the Company is continually reviewing cost structures in its operating subsidiaries and making the appropriate changes to maximise their cash flow and profitability. New business opportunities are carefully assessed with a view to ensuring their potential to contribute to profits without undue consumption of working capital. Specifically, during the financial year ended June 30, 2016 the number of employees in the Solar PV business units and corporate units has been reduced to lower costs and better match the current scope of Group activities. In addition, the Company has completed corporate acquisitions which gives the Group a platform to achieve profitability in its Monitoring & Performance Analytics division within the next 12 months.
   
l Raise new debt and/or equity capital: During the twelve months ended June 30, 2016 the Company has been successful in raising funds through the issuance of ordinary shares under Share Purchase Agreements. A total of US$2,000,000 (A$2,766,000) of cash has been raised from the issuance of 660,507 ordinary shares at US$3.028 per share. Additionally, a further US$437,000 (A$599,000) of liabilities for fees and salaries due to executives of the company were extinguished through the issuance of 144,125 ordinary shares in the company. Subsidiary preference shares (refer to Note 19 below for more detail) with a face value of US$6,500,000 (A$8,763,000) were issued during the financial year ended June 30, 2016 to fund the Draker acquisition and investment in the Inaccess Group of companies (refer to Notes 21 and 28). Proceeds from borrowings during the financial year ended June 30, 2016 across the group were A$5,832,000. Refer to Note 17 for more detail on borrowings.

 

The Group’s management and Board have determined that there is a risk that its ongoing funding requirements may not be successfully met through the foregoing initiatives and that some of its initiatives may not be successful. However, as previously mentioned, the Group has achieved some operating and financing objectives and its management and Board believe that it has a reasonable prospect of achieving others; consequently, the Board has no intention to liquidate the Group or cease trading.

 

The Directors have a responsibility to prepare the financial statements in accordance with Accounting Standards, which require entities to prepare financial statements on a going concern basis unless the Directors intend to liquidate the entity, cease trading or have no realistic alternative but to do so. No adjustments have been made to the financial statements relating to the recoverability and classification of the asset carrying amounts or classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Group not continue as a going concern.

 

(b)Critical accounting estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 3.

 

(c)Changes in accounting policies and new standards and interpretations not yet adopted

The Group has adopted new and amended Australian Accounting Standards and AASB Interpretations as of 1 July 2015. There has been no material impact on the financial statements of the Group from these new and amended Standards and Interpretations.

 

 C: 

F-9 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

2.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(c)Changes in accounting policies and new standards and interpretations not yet adopted (continued)

A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning after 1 July 2016, and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements. None of these are expected to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group, except for AASB 9 Financial Instruments, AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and AASB 16 Leases, which become mandatory for the Group’s 2019, 2019 and 2020 consolidated financial statements respectively and could change the classification and measurement of financial instruments, revenue recognition and lease recognition. The Group does not plan to adopt these standards early and the extent of the impact has not been determined.

 

(d)Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of BlueNRGY Group Limited and its subsidiaries as outlined in Note 23.

 

Subsidiaries are all those entities controlled by the Group i.e. where the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether the Group controls another entity.

 

The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Company, using consistent accounting policies. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, all intercompany balances and transactions, income and expenses and profits and losses resulting from intra-group transactions have been eliminated in full.

 

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which the Group obtains control and cease to be consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group.

 

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations by the Group (refer Note 2(e)).

 

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary that does not result in a loss of control is accounted for as an equity transaction.

 

(e)Business combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the consideration transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value, and the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. Acquisition costs incurred are expensed and included in administrative expenses.

 

When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designation in accordance with the contractual terms, economic conditions, the Group’s operating or accounting policies and other pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date. This includes the separation of embedded derivatives in host contracts by the acquiree. If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured at fair value as at the acquisition date through profit or loss.

 

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Contingent consideration is accounted for as a provision in accordance with AASB 137 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets and subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration is recognised in profit or loss. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, it will not be re-measured. Subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.

 

All transaction costs incurred in relation to a business combination are expensed to profit or loss.

 

(f)Operating segments

Operating segments are reported in a manner that is consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker. The chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Board of Directors who ultimately make strategic decisions. Refer to Note 4 for details of segments in which the Group operates.

 

 C: 

F-10 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

2.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(g)Foreign currency translation

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars which is BlueNRGY Group Limited’s functional and presentation currency.

 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date.

 

All exchange differences in the consolidated financial statements are taken to profit or loss except when they are deferred in equity when they are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign operation.

 

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss.

 

(h)Revenue recognition

Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably measured, regardless of when the payment is being made. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, taking into account contractually defined terms of payment and excluding taxes or duty. The Group assesses its revenue arrangements against specific criteria to determine if it is acting as principal or agent. The Group has concluded that it is acting as a principal in all of its revenue arrangements. The specific recognition criteria described below must also be met before revenue is recognised:

 

Domestic and commercial solar installation fees 

Installation fees are recognised once installation is completed. Domestic and commercial solar installation revenues are derived from solar PV system sales to third parties. Part of the consideration the Group receives in respect of a solar installation is generally in the form of a Small-scale Technology Certificates (‘STCs’) that our customers assign to the Group. STCs assigned to the Group are initially measured as an inventory asset at cost. When STCs are ultimately sold by the Group, incremental revenue might arise, being the difference between the cost at which the STCs were recorded and the final price at which STCs have been traded by the Group. This incremental revenue is reported as other income. Similarly, when STCs are sold at less than cost, the loss is reported within the cost of raw materials in profit or loss, as it represents, in effect, a write down of the STCs inventory balance to its net realisable value.

 

Subscription revenues 

Subscription revenue is recognised over the life of the contract in line with when the significant risk and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the customer, recovery of the consideration is probable and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. The timing of the transfer of risks and rewards varies depending on the individual terms of the subscription agreement.

 

Sale of products, materials and parts 

Revenue from the sale of products, material and parts is recognised upon the delivery of goods to customers.

 

Services 

Revenue from the rendering of service is recognised upon delivery of the service to customers.

 

Construction contracts 

Contract revenue and expenses are recognised in accordance with the percentage of completion method unless the outcome of the contract cannot be reliably estimated. Under this method, contract revenue is matched with the contract costs incurred in reaching the stage of completion.

 

 C: 

F-11 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

2.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(h)Revenue recognition (continued)

 

Construction contracts (continued) 

When it is probable that a loss will arise from a construction contract, the excess of expected total costs over expected total revenue is recognised immediately in profit or loss. Where the outcome cannot be measured reliably, revenue is recognised only to the extent that related expenditure is recoverable. The stage of completion of a contract is measured by reference to the recoverable costs incurred to date as a percentage of estimated total costs for the contract.

 

Project revenue 

Revenue from commercial and utility scale solar projects and wind development projects is recognised when the risks and rewards have been transferred, which can vary depending on the specifics of each arrangement that the Group has with its customers, and when revenue can be reliably measured.

 

Interest income 

Interest income is recognised using the effective interest method.

 

Other revenues 

Other operating revenues are recognised as they are earned and goods or services provided.

 

(i)Income tax and other taxes

The income tax expense or revenue for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and to unused tax losses.

 

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based on the current period’s taxable income. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

 

Deferred income tax is provided on all temporary differences at the reporting date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

 

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences except:

 

l when the deferred income tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; or
   
l in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint ventures, when the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and the carried forward unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised, except:

 

l when the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; or
   
l in respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint ventures, deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised.

 

 C: 

F-12 

 

  

Notes to the financial statements

 

2.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(i)Income tax and other taxes (continued)

Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

 

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable right exists to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

 

Tax benefits acquired as part of a business combination, but not satisfying the criteria for separate recognition at that date, would be recognised subsequently if new information about facts and circumstances changed. The adjustment would either be treated as a reduction of goodwill (as long as it does not exceed goodwill) if it was incurred during the measurement period or in profit or loss.

 

Tax consolidation legislation 

BlueNRGY Group Limited and its wholly owned Australian controlled entities implemented the tax consolidation legislation as of 1 July 2003.

 

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, BlueNRGY Group Limited also recognises the current tax liabilities (or assets) and the deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from controlled entities in the tax-consolidated group in line with Note 3.

 

Other taxes 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST (or foreign equivalent) except:

 

l when the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as applicable; and
   
l receivables and payables, which are stated with the amount of GST included.

 

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables in the statement of financial position.

 

Cash flows are included in the statement of cash flows on a gross basis and the GST component of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is classified as part of operating cash flows. Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority.

 

(j)Impairment of assets

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Other assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (‘cash generating units’). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period.

   

 C: 

F-13 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

2.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(k)Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

  

For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are included within interest-bearing loans and borrowings in current liabilities in the statement of financial position.

 

(l)Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables are recognised initially at original invoiced amounts, less an allowance for any uncollectible amounts. Settlement terms for trade receivables vary between the business units and are generally in line with standard industry practice within each industry. They are presented as current assets unless collection is not expected for more than 12 months after the reporting date.

 

Collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Individual debts that are known to be uncollectible are written off when identified by reducing the carrying amount directly. An allowance account (provision for impairment of trade receivables) is used when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments (more than 30 days overdue) are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. The amount of the impairment allowance is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows. Cash flows relating to short-term receivables are not discounted if the effect of discounting is immaterial.

 

The amount of any impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss as a separate expense category. When a trade receivable for which an impairment allowance had been recognised becomes uncollectible in a subsequent period, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against other expenses in profit or loss.

 

(m)Inventories

Raw materials and stores 

Inventories, which mainly comprise solar panels, monitoring equipment and inverters, are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Costs are assigned to individual items of inventory on the basis of weighted average costs. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

 

Small-scale Technology Certificates (‘STCs’) 

As indicated in Note 2(h), STCs are initially recognised at cost following the installation of a solar panel and the assignment of the STCs to the Group. STCs are subsequently measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

 

Project work in progress 

Project work in progress comprises commercial solar scale projects and is valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises staff salary costs and direct expenses including direct material costs and contractor costs together with an appropriate proportion of overheads. Net realisable value is based on estimated selling prices less further costs expected to be incurred to completion.

 

Construction contracts work in progress 

Construction work in progress is valued at cost, plus profit recognised to date, less provision for anticipated future losses and progress billings made under the contract. Cost includes both variable and fixed costs relating to specific contracts, and those costs that are attributable to the contract activity in general and that can be allocated on a reasonable basis.

 

 C: 

F-14 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

2.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(n)Plant and equipment

Plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.

 

The cost of fixed assets constructed within the economic entity includes the cost of materials, direct labour, borrowing costs and an appropriate proportion of fixed and variable overheads. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are recognised in profit or loss as incurred.

 

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the specific assets as follows:

 

Computer hardware and software - 2 to 10 years 

Motor vehicles - 5 years 

Plant and equipment – 1 to 20 years 

Furniture, fittings and office equipment – 2 to 5 years 

Leased motor vehicles – 5 years 

Leasehold improvements – 3 years 

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and depreciation methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each financial year-end.

 

Impairment 

The carrying values of plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment at each reporting date, with recoverable amount being estimated when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.

 

The recoverable amount of plant and equipment is the higher of fair value less costs to sell, and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

 

For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs, unless the asset’s value in use can be estimated to be close to its fair value.

 

An impairment exists when the carrying value of an asset or cash-generating unit exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. The asset or cash-generating unit is then written down to its recoverable amount.

 

For plant and equipment, impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss.

 

Derecognition 

An item of plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no further future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal.

 

Any gain or loss arising on de-recognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in profit or loss in the year the asset is derecognised.

 

(o)Leases

The determination of whether an arrangement is or contains a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement and requires an assessment of whether the fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets and the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset

 

Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between the finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are recognised as an expense in profit or loss.

 

Capitalised leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the lease term if there is no reasonable certainty that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term.

 

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

 C: 

F-15 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

  

2.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(p)Goodwill and other intangibles

Goodwill 

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is initially measured at cost of the business combination, being the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

 

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.

 

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.

 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units, or groups of cash-generating units, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the Group are assigned to those units or groups of units.

 

Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit or group of cash-generating units, to which the goodwill relates.

 

BlueNRGY Group Limited performs its impairment testing as at 30 June each year or more frequently where there are indicators of impairment. Further details on the methodology and assumptions used are outlined in Note 15.

 

When the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit or group of cash-generating units is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised. When goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit or group of cash-generating units and an operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation. Goodwill disposed of in this manner is measured based on the relative values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.

 

Impairment losses recognised for goodwill are not subsequently reversed.

 

Intangibles other than Goodwill 

Intangible assets acquired separately or in a business combination are initially measured at cost. The cost of an intangible asset acquired in a business combination is its fair value as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses. Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalised development costs, are not capitalised and expenditure is recognised in profit or loss in the year in which the expenditure is incurred.

 

The useful lives of intangible assets other than goodwill are assessed to be finite. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over the useful life and tested for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired.

 

The amortisation period and the amortisation method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least once each reporting period. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset are accounted for prospectively by changing the amortisation period or method, as appropriate, which is a change in accounting estimate. The amortisation expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognised in profit or loss in the expense category consistent with the function of the intangible asset.

 

Development Costs 

Research costs and costs that do not meet the definition of development costs for the purpose of Accounting Standards are expensed as incurred. An intangible asset arising from development expenditure on an internal project is recognised only when the Group can demonstrate the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale, its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset, how the asset will generate future economic benefits, the availability of resources to complete the development and the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development. Following the initial recognition of the development expenditure, the cost model is applied requiring the asset to be carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Any expenditure so capitalised is amortised over the period of expected benefit from the related project.

 

 C: 

F-16 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

2.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(p)Goodwill and other intangibles (continued)

Gains or losses arising from de-recognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in profit or loss when the asset is derecognised.

 

(q)Pensions and other post-employment benefits

The company contributes on behalf of employees at the required statutory rates as per geographic legislature.

 

(r)Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are carried at amortised cost. Due to their short-term nature they are not discounted. They represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year that are unpaid and arise when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments in respect of the purchase of these goods and services. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within terms negotiated with suppliers.

 

(s)Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

All interest-bearing loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received less directly attributable transaction costs.

 

After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities that are yield related are included as part of the carrying amount of the loans and borrowings.

 

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance date.

 

(t)Provisions and employee benefits

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

 

Employee entitlements - wages, salaries, and annual leave 

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits and annual leave expected to be wholly settled within 12 months of the reporting date, are recognised in respect of employees’ services up to the reporting date. They are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.

 

Employee entitlements - long service leave 

The liability for long service leave is recognised and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date using the projected unit credit method. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures, and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the reporting date on national government bonds with terms to maturity and currencies that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

 

(u)Share-based payment transactions

The Group provides benefits to its employees (including senior executives) in the form of share-based payments, whereby employees render services in exchange for shares or rights over shares (‘equity-settled transactions’).

 

The cost of these equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined by using a Black-Scholes or Binomial model, further details of which are given in Note 25.

 

In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any vesting conditions, other than conditions linked to the price of the shares of BlueNRGY Group Limited (‘market conditions’) if applicable.

 

 C: 

F-17 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

2.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(u)Share-based payment transactions (continued)

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period), ending on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award (the vesting date).

 

At each subsequent reporting date until vesting, the cumulative charge to profit or loss is the product of:

 

(i) the grant date fair value of the award; 

(ii) the current best estimate of the number of awards that will vest, taking into account such factors as the likelihood of employee turnover during the vesting period and the likelihood of non-market performance conditions being met; and 

(iii) the expired portion of the vesting period.

 

The charge to profit or loss for the period is the cumulative amount as calculated above less the amounts already charged in previous periods. There is a corresponding entry to equity.

 

Until an award has vested, any amounts recorded are contingent and will be adjusted if more or fewer awards vest than were originally anticipated to do so. Any award subject to a market condition is considered to vest irrespective of whether or not that market condition is fulfilled, provided that all other conditions are satisfied. No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is only conditional upon a market condition.

 

If the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognised as if the terms had not been modified. An additional expense is recognised for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment arrangement, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee, as measured at the date of modification.

 

If an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognised for the award is recognised at that date. However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award and designated as a replacement award on the date that it is granted, the cancelled and new award are treated as if they were a modification of the original award, as described in the previous paragraph.

 

The dilutive effect, if any, of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share (see Note 8).

 

(v)Contributed equity

Ordinary shares and preference shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

 

(w)Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated as net profit or loss attributable to shareholders, adjusted to exclude costs of servicing equity (other than dividends), divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares.

 

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figure used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account:

 

l the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and
   
l the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

(x)Parent entity financial information

The financial information for the parent entity, BlueNRGY Group Limited, disclosed in Note 29 has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements, except as set out below.

 

Investments in subsidiaries 

Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost less any impairment charge.

 

Tax consolidation legislation 

BlueNRGY Group Limited and its wholly owned Australian controlled entities have implemented the tax consolidation legislation.

 

 C: 

F-18 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

2.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(y)Rounding of amounts

The Group is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in financial/Directors’ reports) Instrument 2016/191 and in accordance with that instrument amounts in the consolidated financial report and Directors’ report have been rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars, unless otherwise stated.

 

3.Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions

 

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that may have a financial impact on the entity and that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

 

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions

 

Recovery of deferred tax assets 

During the year ended June 30, 2016, pursuant to AASB 112 Income Taxes, the Company assessed the probability that future taxable profits will be available against which the Group can utilise its unused tax losses and deductible temporary differences in future periods, and deferred tax assets were not recognised at that date.

 

Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles 

The Group determines whether goodwill and other intangibles are impaired at least on an annual basis. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit(s) to which the goodwill or other intangible assets are allocated. The assumptions used in this estimation of recoverable amount and the carrying amount of goodwill and other intangibles including a sensitivity analysis are shown in Note 15.

 

Project work in progress 

Project work in progress is capitalised in accordance with the accounting policy in Note 2(m). Initial capitalisation of costs is based on management’s judgment that technological and economic feasibility is confirmed, usually when a project has reached a defined milestone. Determination of the amounts to be capitalised is made on a case-by-case basis giving regard to previous experience of the Group in similar projects and contractual arrangements. At June 30, 2016 the carrying amount of capitalised project work in progress was $Nil (2015: $110,000).

 

Share-based payment transactions 

The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined using a Black-Scholes or Binominal model, with the assumptions detailed in Note 25.

 

The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with regards to warrants issued to lenders using an un-modified binominal lattice model giving consideration to the dilution impact of the shares issued upon conversion of the warrants as well as other options on issue.

 

Contingent consideration 

Under the terms of the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement between the Group and its subsidiary, BlueNRGY LLC, the Group was obligated to create a management incentive pool of ordinary shares and, subject to vesting conditions, issue all such shares to the named parties. Identified within this pool of ordinary shares were 50,142 shares ($191,000) unallocated staff incentive shares to be issued to beneficiaries as directed by parties to the Agreement.

 

 C: 

F-19 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

4.Operating segments

 

The Group has identified its operating segments based on the internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Board of Directors (the chief operating decision makers) in assessing performance and in determining the allocation of resources.

 

The consolidated entity’s operating companies are organised and managed separately according to the nature of the products and services they provide, with each segment offering different products and serving different markets.

 

The principal activities of segments within the consolidated entity were:

 

l Solar PV provides engineering design, supply and installation services to retail, commercial and utility-scale domestic and international customers with professional engineering solutions to make effective use of solar power. Domestic products and services are generally small-scale solar power solutions suited to small to medium enterprise applications. International products and services are generally focused on utility-scale solar generation system projects.
   
l Parmac provides a full range of mechanical services and air-conditioning services in support of developers, builders and commercial tenants at the mid-tier level. Their specialty is working within existing mechanical services infrastructure and tight deadlines to deliver high-quality commercial grade air-conditioning solutions.
   
l Monitoring & Performance Analytics provide an integrated, device-agnostic energy monitoring solution to maximize profitability for any solar PV installation. An all-in-one monitoring portal, users are provided with the most comprehensive suite of tools to remotely configure and track energy production.
   
l RAPS/Technology Solutions includes operating remote area power systems (‘RAPS’). The Chatham Island wind project is included in the RAPS segment.
   
l Corporate provides administrative and other services required to support the BlueNRGY group. This includes the Corporate Executive Team including Finance, Human Resources and Legal services.

 

Primary reporting – business segments

 

2016  Solar PV
$’000
  Parmac
$’000
  Monitoring & Performance Analytics
$’000
  RAPS
$’000
  Corporate
$’000
  Consoli-dated
$’000
Revenues from continuing operations   17,270    12,177    2,599    36        32,082 
Other income   4        10        36    50 
Total income from continuing operations   17,274    12,177    2,609    36    36    32,132 
                               
Segment net operating loss before tax from continuing operation   (505)   (813)   (4,153)   (186)   (2,842)   (8,499)
Unallocated non-operating income and costs                            (776)
Loss before tax from continuing operations                            (9,275)
Income tax expense                             
Net loss after tax from continuing operations                            (9,275)
Net loss after tax                            (9,275)
                               
Depreciation and amortisation   (22)   (119)   (182)   (120)   (84)   (527)
                               
Total Assets   6,702    4,619    13,435    1,891    7,035    33,682 
Total Liabilities   3,121    5,800    4,682    2,007    5,170    20,780 

 

 C: 

F-20 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Primary reporting – business segments (continued)

 

2015  Solar PV
$’000
  Parmac
$’000
  Monitoring & Performance Analytics
$’000
  RAPS
$’000
  Corporate
$’000
  Consolidated
$’000
Revenues from continuing operations   3,062    12,242    167    101    1,294    16,866 
Other income   2,062    (865)   (10)   (464)   1,078    1,801 
Total income from continuing operations   5,124    11,377    157    (363)   2,372    18,667 
Total income from discontinued operations                            20,347 
Total income                            39,014 
                               
Segment net operating profit/(loss) before tax from continuing operations   (10,695)   (227)   (760)   8    (4,020)   (15,694)
Unallocated non-operating income and costs                            2,057 
Loss before tax from continuing operations                            (13,637)
Income tax expense                             
Net loss after tax from continuing operations                            (13,637)
Net profit from discontinued operations                            19,341 
Net profit after tax                            5,704 
                               
Depreciation and amortisation   (46)   (138)   (57)       (245)   (486)
Impairment of asset   (6,200)               (17)   (6,217)
                               
Total Assets   5,300    4,232    8,322    1,824    421    20,099 
Total Liabilities   1,771    5,739    909    1,872    2,662    12,953 

 

Secondary reporting – geographic segments

 

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
Revenues from continuing operations          
- Australia   12,443    14,617 
- United States   19,638    1,216 
- Other   1    1,033 
    32,082    16,866 
Segment net operating loss before tax from continuing operations          
- Australia   (4,403)   (11,708)
- United States   (3,988)   (3,042)
- Other   (108)   (944)
    (8,499)   (15,694)
Segment assets from continuing operations          
- Australia   16,344    9,438 
- United States   15,447    8,784 
- Other   1,891    1,877 
    33,682    20,099 
Segment liabilities from continuing operations          
- Australia   11,147    8,471 
- United States   7,620    2,610 
- Other   2,013    1,872 
    20,780    12,953 

 

 C: 

F-21 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

5. Revenues from continuing operations and other income

  

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
  2014
$’000
          
Revenue from sales and services   32,082    16,866    13,732 
                
Other income               
Debt extinguishment 1       1,981     
Other income   30    (9)   655 
Gain/(loss) on disposal of assets   20    (171)   1,063 
    50    1,801    1,718 

 

1 The Company and its subsidiary, BlueNRGY Renewable Solutions Pty Ltd, realised gains on the extinguishment of debt and creditor claims on exiting voluntary administration under the Australian Corporations Act 2001 following the execution of two deeds of company arrangement in January 2015.

 

6.Expenses

 

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
  2014
$’000
Employee benefits expense               
Salaries and wages   10,091    9,378    8,402 
Defined contribution superannuation expense   528    590    285 
Other employee benefits expense   1,406    1,422    636 
    12,025    11,390    9,323 
                
Amortisation and depreciation               
Depreciation – property, plant & equipment   406    438    420 
Amortisation – development costs   121    48     
    527    486    420 
Impairment of assets               
Investment in wind projects 1           10,000 
Investment in financial assets           15 
Investment in Solar       6,200     
Other 2       17    4 
        6,217    10,019 
Other expenses               
Bad and doubtful debts   19    829    25 
Compliance and consultants   831    2,111    3,515 
Transaction fees – acquisitions   449         
Insurance   516    457    430 
Occupancy expenses   627    651    559 
Share option expenses   29         
Travel costs   598    639    751 
Other expenses   1,059    1,084    2,471 
    4,128    5,771    7,751 

 

 C: 

F-22 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

6.Expenses (continued)

 

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
  2014
$’000
Net finance costs               
Interest income       (9)   (28)
Interest expense   649    766    3,770 
Dividends on Preference shares classified as liabilities   137    96     
Share option expenses           148 
Foreign exchange loss/(gain)   36    (938)   161 
    822    (85)   4,051 

 

1 The investment in the Taralga Wind Farm was fully impaired to $Nil in 2014. 

2 The investment in Andalay Solar, a US listed company, has been written down to $Nil in 2015.

 

7.Income tax

 

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
  2014
$’000
          
(a) Income tax benefit/(expense)               
Current tax expense            
Deferred tax benefit/(expense)            
Income tax benefit/(expense)            
                
Income tax expense is attributable to:               
Loss from continuing operations            
Profit/(loss) from discontinuing operations            
             
                
(b) Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax payable               
Loss before income tax from continuing operations   (9,275)   (13,637)   (22,206)
Profit/(loss) before income tax from discontinuing operations       19,341    (3,224)
    (9,275)   5,704    (25,430)
Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30%   (2,783)   1,711    (7,629)
                
Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible/(taxable) in calculating taxable income:               
Expenditure not allowable for income tax purposes   12    1,597    4,095 
Tax benefit not recognised (now recognised)   2,771    (3,308)   3,534 
Income tax expense            

 

The Group offsets tax assets and liabilities if and only if it has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets and current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority.

 

(c)Tax losses

The Group generated revenue tax losses totalling $9,234,000. Deferred tax assets relating to tax losses totalling $19,383,000 (2015: $16,613,000) are available to the Group for offset against future taxable income. In addition, the Group has carried forward capital tax losses totalling $4,867,000 (2015: $4,867,000).

 

 C: 

F-23 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

7.Income tax (continued)

 

(d)Unrecognised temporary differences

The temporary differences not recognised at June 30, 2016 and 2015 relate primarily to tax losses referred to in (c). There are no other material temporary differences.

 

(e)Franking credits

At June 30, 2016 the Group has $834,000 of available franking credits (2015: $834,000).

 

8.Earnings per share

 

The following reflects the income used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations. All calculations and disclosures reflect the 80:1 reverse stock split concluded in December 2015.

 

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
  2014
$’000
          
(a) Earnings used in calculating earnings per share               
Net loss from continuing operations attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent   (9,275)   (13,637)   (22,206)
Net profit/(loss) from discontinued operations attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent       19,341    (3,224)
Net profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent   (9,275)   5,704    (25,430)
                
                
(b) Weighted average number of shares   2016
Number of shares
    2015
Number of shares
    2014
Number of shares
 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the denominator in calculating basic earnings per share   5,714,367    1,758,588    24,422 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the denominator in calculating diluted earnings per share   5,714,367    1,758,588    24,422z
                
(c) Earnings per share   2016
$
   2015
$
   2014
$
Basic loss per share from continuing operations   (1.62)   (7.75)   (909.26)
Basic earnings/(loss) per share from discontinued operations       11.00    (132.01)
Basic (loss)/earnings per share   (1.62)   3.25    (1,041.27)
                
Diluted loss per share from continuing operations   (1.62)   (7.75)   (909.26)
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share from discontinued operations       11.00    (132.01)
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share   (1.62)   3.25    (1,041.27)

 

Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing net profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

 

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on conversion of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares.

 

All share options on issue at the reporting dates were anti-dilutive and were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

 

 C: 

F-24 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

9.Notes to the statement of cash flows

  

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
 

2014
$’000

               
Cash at bank and in hand   285    482      1,381  
                   
(a) Reconciliation of net loss to net cash flow from operations                  
(Loss/)profit after tax   (9,275)   5,704      (25,430 )
Adjustment for non-cash items:                
Depreciation and amortisation   527    597      632  
Impairment of intangibles       6,200       
Impairment of financial assets and joint venture assets       17    10,015  
Equity settled payments   684           
Gain on debt extinguishment       (22,342)      
Share-based payments expense   29    369      147  
Capitalised interest expense   722           
Non-cash items relating to convertible notes       270      3,256  
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets   (20)   140      909  
Unrealised losses/(gains) on foreign exchange   36    81      474  
Bad debts written off and provision for impairment of receivable   19    827      75  
Changes in assets and liabilities:                
Trade and other receivables   (2,244)   (1,643)     2,862  
Inventories   242    1,461      (1,038 )
Other current assets   (685)   21      (801 )
Other non-current assets       61       
Trade and other payables   2,094    2,700      (10,735 )
Provisions   29    (14)     (529 )
Net cash used in operating activities   (7,842)   (5,551)     (20,163
                   
(b) Non-cash financing and investing activities                  
Share-based payments   29    369      147  
Equity settled – payables and borrowings   684    367      4,891  
Acquisition of plant and equipment by means of finance leases   33          167  

 

The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk is discussed in Note 22. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount.

  

 C: 

F-25 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

10.Trade and other receivables

 

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
Current          
Trade receivables   3,390    2,494 
Retentions   2,233    270 
Other receivables 1   6,824    37 
    12,447    2,801 

 

1 Included in Other Receivables is the amount of $6,641,000 which related to an unconditional subscription agreement for US$5 million to subscribe for Subsidiary Preferred Shares received by the Company dated June 28, 2016. The cash proceeds from this subscription were received in full in July 2016. Of these proceeds, $5,166,000 was used to fund an investment in the Inaccess Group of companies which included associated transaction costs of $366,000 on July 7, 2016 (refer Note 28). The balance of the funds received were used to fund working capital within the Group.

 

Past due but not impaired 

As at June 30, 2016, trade receivables past due but not considered impaired are: $1,720,000 (2015: $255,000). Payment terms on these amounts have not been re-negotiated. Direct contact with the relevant debtor has been made and the Group is satisfied that payment will be received in full. Since balance date $1,515,000 of these past due amounts have been received.

 

Other balances within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets and are not past due. It is expected that these other balances will be received when due.

 

   Total
$’000
  0-30 Days
$’000
  30-60 Days
$’000
  > 60 Days
$’000
At June 30, the ageing analysis of trade receivables past due is as follows:                    
2016 Consolidated   1,720        1,288    432 
2015 Consolidated   255        127    128 

 

11.Inventories

  

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
Raw materials and stores   222    113 
Work in progress       110 
STCs   35     
    257    223 

 

 C: 

F-26 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

12.Other assets

 

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
Current           
Prepayments 1    767    110 
Deposits    56    41 
Other    13     
     836    151 
            
Non-current           
Deposits    70    70 

 

1 Includes insurance and upfront manufacturing licence fees.

 

13.Discontinued operations

 

In December 2014, a number of subsidiaries of the Company and their respective subsidiaries were voluntarily liquidated. These subsidiaries were classified as ‘discontinued operations’ in the 2015 financial year. No operations are classified as discontinued in the 2016 financial year.

 

In August 2013, BlueNRGY’s 100% owned subsidiary Capacitor Technologies Pty Ltd was disposed of for $1,788,000 resulting in a loss on sale of $8,000.

 

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
  2014
$’000
Current               
Revenue       120    1,391 
Other income 1       20,227    3,165 
Expenses       (1,006)   (7,780)
Profit/(loss) before income tax       19,341    (3,224)
Income tax expense            
Profit/(loss) after income tax of discontinued operation       19,341    (3,224)

 

1 Other income in 2015 comprises debt forgiveness and extinguishment.

 

 C: 

F-27 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

14.Plant and equipment

  

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
Computer hardware & software          
At cost   536    465 
Accumulated depreciation   (416)   (315)
Total computer hardware & software   120    150 
           
Motor vehicles          
At cost   213    350 
Accumulated depreciation   (145)   (257)
Total motor vehicles   68    93 
           
Plant and equipment          
At cost   2,581    2,558 
Accumulated depreciation   (867)   (735)
Total plant and equipment   1,714    1,823 
           
Furniture, fittings & office equipment          
At cost   301    270 
Accumulated depreciation   (245)   (213)
Total furniture, fittings & office equipment   56    57 
           
Leased motor vehicles          
At cost   391    411 
Accumulated depreciation   (244)   (219)
Total leased motor vehicles   147    192 
           
Leasehold improvements          
At cost   114    114 
Accumulated depreciation   (108)   (73)
Total leasehold improvements   6    41 
           
Total property, plant and equipment          
At cost   4,136    4,168 
Accumulated depreciation   (2,025)   (1,812)
Total property, plant and equipment   2,111    2,356 

 

 C: 

F-28 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

14.Plant and equipment (continued)

 

Reconciliation of carrying amounts at the beginning and end of the year

   Computer hardware & software   $’000  Motor vehicles   $’000  Plant & equipment   $’000  Furniture, fittings & office equipment   $’000  Leased motor vehicles   $’000  Leasehold improve-ments   $’000  Total
$’000
Year Ended June 30, 2016                                   
At July 1, 2015 net of accumulated depreciation and impairment   150    93    1,823    57    192    41    2,356 
Foreign currency movement       2    2    10            14 
Additions through Business Combination   60        19    33            112 
Additions   12        11    2    33        58 
Disposals   (1)       (8)   (5)   (9)       (23)
Depreciation charge for the year   (101)   (27)   (133)   (41)   (69)   (35)   (406)
At June 30, 2016 net of accumulated depreciation and impairment   120    68    1,714    56    147    6    2,111 
                                    
Year Ended June 30, 2015                                   
At July 1, 2014 net of accumulated depreciation and impairment   328    5    1,912    160    336    101    2,842 
Additions through Business Combination   2    101    18    27        7    155 
Additions   4    26    29    9        43    111 
Disposals   (90)   (1)   (2)   (98)   (60)   (63)   (314)
Transfers               4        (4)    
Depreciation charge for the year   (94)   (38)   (134)   (45)   (84)   (43)   (438)
At June 30, 2015 net of accumulated depreciation and impairment   150    93    1,823    57    192    41    2,356 

 

 C: 

F-29 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

15.Goodwill and intangible assets

 

Reconciliation of carrying amounts at the beginning and end of the year

   Development costs
$’000
  Goodwill
$’000
  Total
$’000
Year ended June 30, 2016               
At July 1, 2015 net of impairment   212    13,804    14,016 
Foreign currency movement   10    38    48 
Additions through Business Combination 1       3,733    3,733 
Amortisation   (121)       (121)
At June 30, 2016 net of accumulated amortisation and impairment   101    17,575    17,676 
                
At June 30, 2016               
Cost (gross carrying amount)   360    29,032    29,392 
Accumulated amortisation and impairment   (259)   (11,457)   (11,716)
Net carrying amount   101    17,575    17,676 
                
Year ended June 30, 2015               
At July 1, 2014 net of impairment       7,666    7,666 
Additions through Business Combination 1   260    12,338    12,598 
Impairment charge       (6,200)   (6,200)
Amortisation   (48)       (48)
At June 30, 2015 net of accumulated amortisation and impairment   212    13,804    14,016 
                
At June 30, 2015               
Cost (gross carrying amount)   350    25,261    25,611 
Accumulated amortisation and impairment   (138)   (11,457)   (11,595)
Net carrying amount   212    13,804    14,016 

  

1 Refer to Note 21 for the details of business combinations.

 

Goodwill 

Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) identified to the operating segments. A segment-level summary of the goodwill is presented below:

 

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
       
Solar PV   4,654    4,654 
Monitoring &Performance Analytics   11,755    7,984 
Parmac   1,166    1,166 
    17,575    13,804 

 

The Group performs its impairment testing as at 30 June each year or more frequently where there are indicators of impairment. In conducting this review of goodwill, the Group has considered the results of two valuation approaches: 1) value-in-use calculations; and 2) the relationship between the Company’s market capitalisation (based on the implied capitalisation from the most recent equity issues) and its book value.

 

At June 30, 2015, an impairment charge of $6,200,000 was recorded against the Solar PV CGU goodwill based on the value in use calculations performed. There is no impairment in 2016.

 

 C: 

F-30 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

15.Goodwill and intangible assets (continued)

 

Key assumptions used in value in use calculations 

The recoverable amount of the CGUs based on a value in use calculation uses cash flow projections as at 30 June of the reporting period based on financial budgets.

 

The calculation of value-in-use relies upon the following assumptions:

   Monitoring & Performance Analytics  Solar  Parmac
          
Pre-tax discount rate   19.51%   19.51%   19.51%
Perpetuity growth rate   5%   2%   3%

 

The calculation of value in use is most sensitive to the following assumptions:

 

l earnings before interest, tax, depreciation & amortisation (EBITDA);
l discount rates; and
l growth rate used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the budget period.

 

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation & amortisation (EBITDA) – EBITDA forecasts are based on projections for the forthcoming 2 year period, then extrapolated for a further 3 years. The basis for these projections is the recent historical performance of the CGU’s adjusted for any non-recurring revenue or cost items. This is then overlaid with the impact of changes to revenue streams, gross margins and cost structures which have either now been put in place or are underway.

 

Discount rates - discount rates reflect an estimate of the Group’s time value of money. This is the benchmark used by the Group to assess operating performance and to evaluate future investment proposals. In determining appropriate discount rates, regard has been given to the weighted average cost of capital of the entity as a whole. The business risks specific to each unit are reflected in their individual cash flow estimates rather than the discount rate.

 

Growth rate estimates - these are based on published industry research such as IbisWorld for Electricity Generation in the case of the Solar CGU and Industrial Building Construction for Parmac and independent research publications for monitoring and performance analytics.

 

Sensitivity to changes in value-in-use assumptions - The implications of the key assumptions on the carrying values are shown below:

 

Input  Sensitivity Applied  Monitoring & Performance Analytics   $’000  Solar
$’000
  Parmac
$’000
             
EBITDA  25% shortfall in EBITDA achievement   (744)        
Discount rate  3% increase to discount rate applied            
Growth rate  Long term growth rate of 0%            

 

 C: 

F-31 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

  

16.Trade and other payables

 

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
Current          
Trade payables   5,340    3,178 
Deferred revenue   1,164    46 
Accruals and other payables   2,660    2,327 
    9,164    5,551 

 

Fair value 

Due to the short-term nature of these payables, their carrying value is assumed to approximate their fair value.

 

17.Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

 

      Consolidated
   Note  2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
Current - secured               
Other loans 1        592    1,229 
Finance leases   26    106    77 
Current – unsecured               
Other loans            1,102 
         698    2,408 
Non-current – secured               
Other loans 2        5,184     
Finance leases   26    118    156 
Preference shares 4        1,839    4,436 
Non-current – unsecured               
Other loans 3        3,138     
         10,279    4,592 

 

CURRENT BORROWINGS

 

1 Other loans – secured 

The other loans – secured balance as at June 30, 2016 consists of two third-party loans, provided to subsidiaries within the Group. All of the obligations under these secured agreements are non-recourse to the Group’s parent company.

 

An amount of $515,000 (US$383,000) is secured by the borrower’s right, title and interest in and to all of the tangible and intangible property of Green Earth Developers LLC. Interest is payable on this loan at the rate of 6% per annum. The loan is repayable on the tenth business day following receipt of written notice from the lender of such a demand. As at the date of this report, no such demand had been received from the lender.

 

An amount of $177,000 (US$131,000) is secured by the borrower’s right, title and interest to all its assets of Draker. Interest is payable on this loan at 2% per annum. The loan amortises on a straight line basis and matures on November 7, 2018. An amount of $77,000 (US$58,000) is classified as current with the balance of $100,000 (US$73,000) classified as non-current.

 

 C: 

F-32 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

17.Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (continued)

 

NON-CURRENT BORROWINGS

 

2 Other loans – secured 

The other loans – secured balance as at June 30, 2016 consists of three third-party loans, provided to the parent company and subsidiaries within the Group. Refer to other loans – secured for details of the $100,000 loan.

 

An amount of $889,000 (US$662,000) is secured by the borrower’s right, title and interest to all receivables of Parmac. Interest is currently payable on this loan at 2% per month. The loan matures on October 30, 2017. The lender is an affiliate of Mr. William Morro.

 

An amount of $4,195,000 (US$3,124,000) is secured by the borrower’s right, title and interest to all the assets of Parmac and Draker. Interest is currently payable on this loan at 10% per annum. The loan matures on October 30, 2017.

 

3 Other loans – unsecured 

The other loans – unsecured balance as at June 30, 2016 consists of two third-party loans, provided to the parent company and subsidiaries within the Group.

 

An amount of $2,320,000 (US$1,727,000) is unsecured and has a maturity date of October 30, 2017. The lender is an affiliate of Mr. William Morro. Interest is payable on this loan at the rate of 15% per annum from the date of any advance through to the repayment date. The Company grants the lender the right to exchange any or all of the outstanding amounts payable under the note for ordinary shares at a price per share of US$3.028, subject to adjustment for share splits and consolidations.

 

An amount of $818,000 is unsecured and has a maturity date of October 30, 2017. Interest is payable on this loan at the rate of 6% per annum. This loan was provided by Washington H. Soul Pattinson & Co. Ltd. (‘WHSP’), a significant shareholder in the parent company.

 

4 Preference Shares 

On execution of the Deed of Company Arrangement on December 24, 2014, two of the Group’s subsidiaries Parmac Air-Conditioning and Mechanical Services Pty Limited (‘Parmac’) and Chatham Island Wind Limited (‘CIWL’) issued 3,600,000 US$1.00 non-voting, redeemable preference shares (‘RPS’). The RPS are convertible into Company ordinary shares in whole or in part at any time after June 30, 2015 at a price of US$3.028 per share and are restricted to the extent that such conversion would result in any holder having more than 20% of the outstanding ordinary shares in the Company. At June 30, 2015 the Parmac and CIWL RPS were classified as a liability on the Statement of Financial Position as there existed an obligation for the issuer to deliver either cash or another financial asset to the holder in the event of a Mandated Sale.

 

The CIWL RPS will receive an annual dividend of 4% per annum payable on December 31 each year. If dividends cannot be paid in cash, further RPS will be issued to satisfy the dividend amount. Subsidiary Preference Shares are redeemable by the Company, in whole or in part, at the Company’s sole election. The holder of the RPS may, at its discretion, force redemption through the sale of CIWL if the RPS have not been converted or redeemed by December 31, 2017 (a ‘Mandated Sale’). The CIWL RPS are subject to a conversion restriction if the Chatham Island Project contract with Chatham Islands Electricity Limited is terminated.

 

During the financial year ended June 30, 2016 the Parmac RPS were restructured to remove the annual dividend entitlement and to remove the forced redemption mechanism under any circumstances. As a result of these amendments, the Parmac RPS have been reclassified to equity at June 30, 2016 (refer Note 19).

 

Fair values and risk exposures 

The carrying amount of the Group’s current and non-current borrowings approximates their fair values. Details of the Group’s exposure to risks arising from the current and non-current borrowings relating to interest rate and foreign exchange risk are set out in Note 22.

 

 C: 

F-33 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

18.Provisions

  

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
       
Current          
Employee entitlements   582    335 
           
Non-current          
Employee entitlements   57    67 

 

19.Contributed equity

 

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
Owners of the Parent       
Ordinary share capital, issued and fully paid   147,781    144,338 
Class B Preferred shares, issued and fully paid   781    781 
    148,562    145,119 
Non-controlling interests   11,594     
    160,156    145,119 

 

On December 17, 2015 the Company effected an 80:1 consolidation of its ordinary shares in accordance with the authorisation of shareholders granted at its Extraordinary General Meeting held on March 12, 2015. All contributed equity, stock option and warrant exercise prices per ordinary share and all convertible note conversion prices per share, for all periods presented, have been adjusted to reflect the consolidation.

 

   2016  2015
   Number of shares  $’000  Number of shares  $’000
Movement in ordinary shares                    
Balance at the beginning of the year   5,142,580    144,338    58,977    120,323 
Issue of shares under share purchase agreements   660,507    2,766    816,546    3,135 
Issue as consideration for business combinations           2,014,342    9,135 
Reorganisation – shares issued           1,200,362    4,577 
Issue in exchange for debt or services   153,366    684    103,012    1,178 
Issue from conversion of Class A preferred shares           7,344    2,509 
Issue from conversion of Class B preferred shares           643,108    2,792 
Gain on consolidation of shares           1,663     
Reorganisation – shares not yet issued           297,226    1,133 
Transaction costs       (7)       (444)
Balance at the end of the year   5,956,453    147,781    5,142,580    144,338 
                     
Movement in Class A preferred shares on issue                    
Balance at the beginning of the year           435    4,643 
Conversion to ordinary shares           (235)   (2,509)
Conversion to Class B preferred shares           (200)   (2,134)
Balance at the end of the year                
                     
Movement in Class B preferred shares on issue                    
Balance at the beginning of the year   600    781         
Issue of Class B preferred shares           4,285    2,775 
Conversion from Class A preferred shares           200    2,134 
Conversion to ordinary shares           (2,484)   (2,792)
Dividends reinvested           99    257 
Forfeiture on Administration           (1,500)   (1,593)
Balance at the end of the year   600    781    600    781 
                     
Movements in Subsidiary Preference shares on issue                    
Balance at beginning of the year                
Issue of Subsidiary Preference shares   6,500    8,763         
Reclassification from interest bearing borrowings   2,200    2,831         
Balance at the end of the year   8,700    11,594         

 

 C: 

F-34 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

19.Contributed equity (continued)

 

Terms and conditions of contributed equity 

Ordinary shares have the right to receive dividends as declared and, in the event of winding up the Company, to participate in the proceeds from the sale of all surplus assets in proportion to the number of and amounts paid up on shares held. Covenants contained within the Preferred Shares on issue prevent BlueNRGY Group Limited from making dividend payments without the prior approval of the Preference Shareholders.

 

Ordinary shares entitle their holder to one vote, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting of the Company.

 

Class B Preferred Shares 

Class B Preferred Shares have a liquidation preference over the Company’s Ordinary shares, are non-voting (except with respect to any Class B Preferred Stock matters) and are convertible at any time into Ordinary shares, in whole or in part, at each holder’s option. The number of Ordinary shares into which each Class B Preferred Share is convertible is determined by dividing the face value of each Class B Preferred Share plus accrued but unpaid dividends by US$3.028 Class B Preferred Shares have a right to receive dividends on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 each year at an annual rate calculated on the face value of 8% from the date of issuance through January 31, 2015, after which date no dividends shall accrue. Dividends may be paid, at the Company’s option, in cash or ordinary shares. The Class B Preferred Shares are redeemable by the Company, in whole or in part, at the Company’s sole election.

 

Subsidiary Preferred Shares 

Subsidiary Preferred Shares classified as equity have been issued by three of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries: Parmac Air-Conditioning and Mechanical Services Pty Limited (‘Parmac’), Draker Corporation (‘Draker Corp.’) and IHL Acquisition Co Pty Ltd (‘IHL’). The Parmac Subsidiary Preferred Shares were restructured during the financial year ended June 30, 2016 to align their terms with the Subsidiary Preferred Shares issued by Draker Corp. and IHL. Accordingly the Parmac Subsidiary Preferred Shares have been reclassified from non-current liabilities (as categorised at June 30, 2015) to equity at June 30, 2016.

 

The Subsidiary Preferred shares are redeemable solely at the Company’s option for cash at face value. The preference shares are convertible by the holder into BlueNRGY Group Limited ordinary shares at US$3.028 at any time. No dividends accrue on the preference shares. There is no recourse to the group’s parent company in relation to the Subsidiary Preferred Shares.

 

The Subsidiary Preferred Shares have no voting rights other than the shares issued by Parmac which have voting rights in relation to matters affecting the terms of those preferred shares.

Share options 

Options over ordinary shares: The following options to purchase fully paid ordinary shares in the Company were outstanding at June 30:

 

Year ended June 30, 2016
Grant Date  Expiry Date  Exercise Price ($)  Balance at beginning of the year
No.
  Granted during the year
No.
  Exercised during the year
No.
  Forfeited during the year
No.
  Vested and exercisable at end of the year
No.
                      
31/05/12  30/05/17   312.00    1,472                1,472 
12/12/12  12/12/17   1,272.00    50                50 
12/12/12  12/12/17   312.00    148                148 
30/12/12  30/12/17   1,272.00    540                540 
13/02/13  30/05/17   312.00    1,925                1,925 
18/06/14  15/12/19   427.20    905                905 
31/12/15  31/12/18   6.26        495,377            495,377 
Total           5,040    495,377            500,417 

 

 C: 

F-35 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

19.Contributed equity (continued)

 

Share options (continued)

 

Year ended June 30, 2015
Grant Date  Expiry Date  Exercise Price ($)  Balance at beginning of the year
No.
  Granted during the year
No.
  Exercised during the year
No.
  Forfeited during the year
No.
  Vested and exercisable at end of the year
No.
                      
01/11/11  31/12/14   6,000.00    15            (15)    
28/05/12  28/05/15   660.00    834            (834)    
31/05/12  30/05/17   312.00    1,472                1,472 
12/12/12  12/12/17   1,272.00    50                50 
12/12/12  12/12/17   312.00    148                148 
30/12/12  30/12/17   1,272.00    540                540 
13/02/13  30/05/17   312.00    1,925                1,925 
18/06/14  15/12/19   427.20    905                905 
Total           5,889            (849)   5,040 

 

Capital management 

When managing capital, management’s objective is to ensure that the entity continues as a going concern as well as to maintain optimal returns to shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. Management also aims to maintain a capital structure that ensures the lowest cost of capital available to the entity.

 

The Group’s debt and capital includes ordinary share capital and financial liabilities, supported by financial assets.

 

Management adjusts the capital structure to take advantage of favourable costs of capital or high returns on assets. As the market is constantly changing, management may change the amount of dividends to be paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

 

20.Reserves

  

   Consolidated
   Share options reserve
$’000
  Translation reserve
$’000
  Total
$’000
At July 1, 2015   2,104    (411)   1,693 
Current year translation       (35)   (35)
Share based payments   29        29 
Release of foreign currency translation reserve on dissolved subsidiary       72    72 
Transfer to accumulated losses on expiration of options   (562)       (562)
At June 30, 2016   1,571    (374)   1,197 
                
At July 1, 2014   3,336    (35)   3,301 
Current year translation       (376)   (376)
Transfer to retained profits/(accumulated losses) on expiration of options   (1,232)       (1,232)
At June 30, 2015   2,104    (411)   1,693 

 

 C: 

F-36 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

20.Reserves (continued)

 

Share options reserve 

The share options reserve is used to record the value of share based payments provided to employees and directors as part of their remuneration and options granted as part of borrowing agreements. 495,377 options were granted during 2016 (2015: Nil). The reserve also records the re-pricing of options previously issued.

 

Translation reserve 

Exchange differences arising on translation of a foreign controlled entity are recognised in other comprehensive income as described in Note 2(g) and accumulated in a separate reserve within equity. The cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss when the net investment is disposed of.

 

21.Business combinations

 

Acquisition of Draker Corporation 

On September 14, 2015, the Company formed a new U.S. subsidiary that entered into a material definitive agreement pursuant to which it acquired, on September 16, 2015 (the “Draker Transaction”), the monitoring platform, accounts receivable, inventory, plant and equipment and certain other assets of Draker, Inc. and Draker Laboratories, Inc. (together “Sellers”), including the Draker name, trademark, and all copyrights then owned by the Sellers. Immediately subsequent to the Draker Transaction, the Company’s acquisition subsidiary changed its name to Draker Corporation and the names of the Sellers were changed to delete the Draker name.

 

Draker provides equipment and monitoring services to measure the performance of PV Solar generation installations and is included in our Monitoring & Performance Analytics CGU.

 

Details of purchase consideration, net liability acquired and goodwill at acquisition date are as follows

 

Purchase consideration  Total USD
$’000
  Total AUD
$’000
           
Total cash purchase consideration   2,158    2,975 

 

Assets & liabilities acquired  Cost USD
$’000
  Fair value
USD
$’000
  Total AUD
$’000
Trade receivables   565    565    780 
Inventories   200    200    276 
Fixed assets   84    84    112 
Total assets   849    849    1,168 
                
Supplier arrangement costs       147    199 
Historical warranty       150    208 
Customer servicing costs       113    156 
System rectification costs       819    1,129 
Loan assumed   170    170    234 
Net assets / (liability)   679    (550)   (758)
                
Goodwill on acquisition        2,708    3,733 

 

 C: 

F-37 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

21.Business combinations (continued)

 

Acquisition of BlueNRGY LLC 

On January 27, 2015 the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of shares issued by BlueNRGY LLC, a US based provider of performance monitoring, data analytics and operations and maintenance services for renewable energy projects. BlueNRGY LLC forms part of the Monitoring and Performance Management CGU.

 

Details of purchase consideration, net liability acquired and goodwill at acquisition date are as follows:

 

Purchase consideration  Quantity  Price  Total USD   $’000  Total AUD   $’000
             
Shares - restricted   1,927,175    3.028    5,835    7,349 
Total purchase consideration             5,835    7,349 
                     
Assets & liabilities acquired       Cost USD
$’000
  Fair value
USD
$’000
  Total AUD
$’000
Cash & cash equivalents        54    54    68 
Trade & other receivables        49    49    62 
Inventory        20    20    25 
Development costs, patents and fixed assets        265    265    335 
Other receivables        5    5    4 
Total assets        393    393    494 
                     
Accounts payable        533    533    671 
Borrowings        53    353    445 
Net liability        (193)   (493)   (622)
                     
Goodwill on acquisition             6,328    7,971 
Translation adjustment at balance date                  13 
Goodwill at balance date                  7,984 

 

 C: 

F-38 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

21.Business combinations (continued)

 

Acquisition of Green Earth Developers LLC 

On July 7, 2014 the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of shares issued by Green Earth Developers LLC (‘GED’) through a wholly owned US subsidiary CBD Acquisition Holdings Inc. GED is US based and is recognised for delivering high-quality, turnkey renewable energy projects, with a focus on large commercial and utility-scale solar projects. GED forms part of the Solar CGU.

 

Details of purchase consideration, net liability acquired and goodwill at acquisition date are as follows:

 

Purchase consideration  Quantity  Price  Total USD
$’000
  Total AUD
$’000
             
Cash             1,500    1,603 
Shares - restricted   416,666    3.35    1,396    1,492 
Total purchase consideration             2,896    3,095 
                     
Assets & liabilities acquired       Cost USD
$’000
  Fair value
USD
$’000
  Total AUD
$’000
Cash & cash equivalents        255    255    273 
Trade & other receivables        345    345    368 
Work in progress        374    374    399 
Fixed assets        79    79    85 
Other receivables        144         
Total assets        1,197    1,053    1,125 
                     
Accounts payable        1,499    1,499    1,602 
Net liability        (302)   (446)   (477)
                     
Goodwill on acquisition             3,342    3,572 
Translation adjustment at balance date                  782 
Goodwill at balance date                  4,354 

 

22.Financial risk management objectives and policies

 

The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise receivables, payables, loans, convertible notes, finance leases, available-for-sale investments and cash and short-term deposits.

 

Risk exposures and responses 

The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks in accordance with the Group’s financial risk management policy. The objective of the policy is to support the delivery of the Group’s financial targets whilst protecting future financial security.

 

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, credit risk, price risk, and liquidity risk. Primary responsibility for identification and control of financial risks rests with the Audit Committee under the authority of the Board. The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing each of the risks identified below.

 

 C: 

F-39 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

22.Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)

 

(a)Interest rate risk

The Group’s main interest rate risk arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk only if the borrowings are carried at fair value, which is not the Group’s policy. There were no variable rate borrowings in 2016 (2015: Nil).

 

At reporting date, the Group had the following net exposure to variable interest rate risk:

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
           
Cash and cash equivalents   285    482 

  

The Group’s policy is to manage its finance costs using a mix of fixed and variable rate debt. At June 30, 2016, the Group had borrowings of $10,977,000 (2015: $7,000,000). Where applicable, borrowings which attract interest do so at a fixed interest rate. The Group constantly analyses its interest rate exposure. Within this analysis, consideration is given to potential renewals of existing positions, alternative financing, and the mix of fixed and variable interest rates. The Group’s fixed rate borrowings comprising the other loans and the convertible notes are carried at amortised cost.

 

Given the levels of cash holdings in both 2016 and 2015, a 1% movement in interest rates, with all other variables held constant, would have an immaterial impact.

 

(b)Foreign currency risk

Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates relates primarily to the Group’s operating activities, borrowings, and financial assets.

 

The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period, expressed in Australian dollars was as follows:

 

   USD
$’000
  AUD
$’000
  Other 1
$’000
  Total
$’000
2016                    
Cash and cash equivalents   223    65    (3)   285 
Trade and other receivables   2,389    10,056    2    12,447 
Trade and other payables   (6,143)   (2,835)   (186)   (9,164)
Borrowings   (9,934)   (1,043)       (10,977)
                     
2015                    
Cash and cash equivalents   142    304    36    482 
Trade and other receivables   68    2,727    6    2,801 
Trade and other payables   (2,456)   (3,007)   (88)   (5,551)
Borrowings   (6,767)   (233)       (7,000)

 

1 Other comprises of foreign currencies GBP, EUR and NZD.

 

 C: 

F-40 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

22.Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)

 

Foreign currency sensitivity 

The following tables demonstrate the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the US dollar against the AUD exchange rate, with all other variables held constant. The impact on the Group’s profit before tax is due to changes in the fair value of monetary assets and liabilities. The Group’s exposure to foreign currency changes for all other currencies is not material.

 

       USD
    Change in rate  Effect on profit before tax
$’000
  Effect on equity
$’000
2016   +10%   1,224    857 
    -10%   (1,496)   (1,047)
                
2015   +10%   444    311 
    -10%   (543)   (380)

 

The Group does not apply hedge accounting. At June 30, 2016 and 2015, no forward contracts were in place.

 

(c)Price risk

The Group has no significant exposure to price risk.

 

(d)Credit risk

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, and trade and other receivables. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from potential default of the counter party, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. Exposure at balance date is addressed in each applicable Note.

 

The Group does not hold any credit derivatives to offset its credit exposure. The Group trades only with recognised, creditworthy third parties, and as such collateral is not requested, nor is it the Group’s policy to securitise its trade and other receivables. It is the Group’s policy that all customers who wish to trade on credit terms are subject to credit verification procedures including an assessment of their independent credit rating, financial position, past experience and industry reputation. In addition, receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis.

 

There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group and financial instruments are spread amongst a number of organisations to minimise the risk of default of counterparties.

 

 C: 

F-41 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

22.Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)

 

(e)Liquidity risk

The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of a variety of equity and debt instruments.

 

The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities for all non-derivative financial liabilities. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

 

The remaining contractual maturities of the Group’s financial liabilities are:

   Less than 6 months
$’000
  6-12 months
$’000
  Between 1-2 years
$’000
  Between 2-5 years
$’000
  Total contractual cash flows
$’000
  Carrying amount of liability
$’000
2016                              
Trade and other payables   9,164                9,164    9,164 
Borrowings   592        10,161        10,753    10,753 
Finance leases   89    31    90    42    252    224 
                               
2015                              
Trade and other payables   5,551                5,551    5,551 
Borrowings   6,767                6,767    6,767 
Finance leases   45    49    82    91    267    233 

 

Fair value 

The methods for estimating fair value are outlined in the relevant notes to the financial statements.

 

23.Related party disclosures

 

(a)Subsidiaries

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of BlueNRGY Group Limited and the material subsidiaries listed in the following table.

 

            % Equity Interest
Name  Country of Incorporation  Principal Activity  2016  2015  2014
BlueNRGY Group Limited  Australia  Holding company   100    100    100 
Parmac Air Conditioning & Mechanical Services Pty Ltd  Australia  Energy efficiency   100    100    100 
BlueNRGY Renewable Solutions Pty Ltd  Australia  Solar   100    100    100 
BlueNRGY LLC 1  USA  Performance analytics   100    100     
Green Earth Developers LLC 2  USA  Solar   100    100     
Draker Corporation 3  USA  Performance analytics   100         
Chatham Island Wind Ltd  New Zealand  Special purpose vehicle   100    100    100 

 

 

1 acquired January 27, 2015 

2 acquired July 1, 2014 

3 formed September 14, 2015

 

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries principally arise from the granting of loans and the provision of management and administration services. All transactions undertaken during the financial year with subsidiaries are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

 

(b)Ultimate parent

BlueNRGY Group Limited is the ultimate Australian parent entity and the ultimate parent of the Group.

 

 C: 

F-42 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

23.Related party disclosures (continued)

 

(c)Key management personnel

Details relating to key management personnel, including transactions with key management personnel and remuneration paid, are included in Note 24.

 

Note 31 discloses an off balance sheet transaction with an affiliate of Mr. Morro.

 

(d)Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties

Sales to and purchases from related parties are made in arm’s length transactions both at normal market prices and on normal commercial terms unless otherwise stated.

 

24.Key management personnel

 

(a)Compensation for key management personnel

 

   Consolidated
   2016
$
  2015
$
  2014
$
          
Short-term employee benefits   1,483,414    1,537,961    1,823,534 
Post-employment benefits   32,682    43,095    75,355 
Total compensation   1,516,096    1,581,056    1,898,889 

 

(b)Shareholdings of key management personnel

 

Shares held in BlueNRGY Group Limited (number)

   Balance at July 1  Granted as remuneration  On exercise of Options  Net other change  Balance at June 30
2016                         
Directors                         
C. Botto   19,691                19,691 
W. Morro   292,282    63,543            355,825 
Y. Cotrel   612,806                612,806 
J. Donohue 1   19,512            (19,512)    
                          
Executives                         
E. Cotrel   407,017    80,582        (41,612)   445,987 
R. Pillinger   62,500                62,500 
Total   1,413,808    144,125        (61,124)   1,496,809 
                          
2015                         
Directors                         
G. McGowan 1   3,443            (3,443)    
C. Botto   187            19,504    19,691 
W. Morro   381            291,901    292,282 
T. Barlow 1   189            (189)    
Y. Cotrel               612,806    612,806 
J. Chapple 2                    
J. Donohue 3               19,512    19,512 
                          
Executives                         
J. Greer 1   232            (232)    
E. Cotrel               407,017    407,017 
R. Pillinger               62,500    62,500 
Total   4,432            1,409,376    1,413,808 

 

 C: 

F-43 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

24.Key management personnel (continued)

 

1 Changes for Messrs Donohue, McGowan, Barlow and Greer relate to their respective resignations. 

2 Mr. Chapple was appointed and resigned as a Director during the course of the year to June 30, 2015. At the time of his resignation, Mr. Chapple held 10,625 ordinary shares in BlueNRGY directly and an entity in which he has a beneficial interest held 198,152 ordinary shares. 

3 Excludes 96,536 ordinary shares held by an entity in which Mr. Donohue has a beneficial interest.

 

(c)Loans to key management personnel

There were no loans to directors or key management personnel during the year ended June 30, 2016 (2015: None).

 

(d)Loans from key management personnel

Related Parties 

An entity related to Mr. William Morro loaned a total of A$2,080,000 (US$1,549,000) to the Group (2015:A$370,000 (US$284,000)). The loan, unanimously approved by the Company’s Board, matures on October 31, 2017 and may be repaid earlier at the Company’s sole discretion. The loan is convertible into Ordinary Shares at a conversion price of US$3.028 per share and interest is payable at a rate of 15% per annum. The loan may be assigned to another qualified party at the lender’s discretion. At June 30, 2016 interest of A$240,000 (US$178,000) had accrued, but not been paid, on the loan (2015:A$8,880 (US$6,814)).

 

(e)Other transactions and balances with key management personnel and their related parties

During the financial year ended June 30, 2016, the Group transacted with related entities of directors, other than in their capacity as director, as follows:

 

l In April 2015, one of the Group’s subsidiaries, Parmac, secured a line of credit with an affiliate of William Morro for up to US$0.5 million. As of June 30, 2016 and 30 June 2015, the facility was fully drawn. Refer Note 17.
   
l In March 2016, two of the Group’s subsidiaries, Parmac and Draker Corp, secured individual lines of credit with an affiliate of William Morro for up to US$1.5 million each (US$3 million in aggregate). As of June 30, 2016, interest of A$166,000 (US$ 124,000) had accrued, but not been paid, on the loan and the facilities were fully drawn. Refer Note 172.
   
l The following Directors and Executives exchanged accrued unpaid salary for ordinary shares under an Exchange Agreement as follows:

 

Director   Salary exchange
A
$
  Salary exchange
US
$
  Exchange price per share
US
$
  Number of ordinary shares issued
Mr. William Morro   264,147   192,406    3.028    63,543 
Mr. Emmanuel Cotrel   334,978   244,000    3.028    80,582 

 

lSubsidiary Preferred Shares were issued, or contracted to be issued, by two of the Group’s subsidiaries, Draker Corp and IHL Acquisition Co Pty Ltd, to an affiliate of William Morro with a total face value of US$6,500,000. Refer Note 19 for the terms of the Subsidiary Preferred Shares.

 

During the financial year ended June 30, 2015, the Group transacted with related entities of directors, other than in their capacity as director, as follows:

 

lThe following Directors, or their related entities, subscribed to purchase ordinary shares under a Securities Purchase Agreement as follows:

 

Director   Subscription
amount
A
$
  Subscription amount
US
$
  Subscription price per share
US
$
  Number of ordinary shares issued
Mr. Yves-Regis Cotrel   572,298   450,000    3.028    148,613 
Mr. William Morro   752,599   600,000    3.028    198,151 

 

 C: 

F-44 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

24.Key management personnel (continued)

 

(e)Other transactions and balances with key management personnel and their related parties (continued)

 

lThe following Directors and Executives, or their related entities, who were shareholders in BlueNRGY LLC at the time of its acquisition by the Company were issued ordinary shares under the Purchase Agreement as follows. This transaction occurred before these individuals were appointed the Board of Directors or as Executives of the Company:

 

Director  Number of ordinary shares issued
Mr. Yves-Regis Cotrel 1   453,568 
Mr. Emmanuel Cotrel 2   239,137 
Mr. Jack Donohue 3   30,799 

 

1 Included in the shares issued to Mr. Yves-Regis Cotrel were 99,575 shares issued in exchange for a loan of US$301,513 Mr. Cotrel had provided to BlueNRGY LLC prior to its acquisition by the Company. The exchange price was US$3.028 per share.
2 Excludes 92,880 shares owned by Rymes Investment Company in which both Yves-Regis Cotrel and Emmanuel Cotrel share an ownership.
3 Includes allocation of 87,651 shares owned by Coastalview Partners in which Mr. Donohue holds a 25% interest

lThe share purchase agreement with BlueNRGY LLC included provisions whereby 300,625 ordinary shares were allocated upon consummation of the acquisition to company executives, key employees and advisors and nominated directors (subsequently confirmed) as a performance incentive. Those allocations are as follows:

 

   Number of ordinary shares issued
Director     
Mr. William Morro   93,750 
Mr. Carlo Botto   18,750 
Mr. John Chapple   10,625 
Mr. Jack Donohue   10,625 
Mr. Yves-Regis Cotrel   10,625 
      
KMP     
Mr. Emmanuel Cotrel   75,000 
Mr. Richard Pillinger   62,500 

 

 

  
lDuring the financial year ending June 30, 2015 TRW Holdings Pty Ltd, an entity in which Mr. Gerry McGowan had a direct interest, received payments for executive services provided by Mr. McGowan and for reimbursement of travel expenses and other operating disbursements incurred on behalf of the company. The total amount paid or payable to TRW Holdings Pty Ltd including GST for services other than the services of Mr. McGowan acting as Managing Director was $121,300. All the payments made in 2015 were made outside of the Company’s customary approval processes and were purported by Mr. McGowan to be for reimbursement of costs incurred on behalf of the company paid by TRW Holdings Pty Ltd. The Company has not been provided with adequate documentation by Mr. McGowan or TRW Holdings Pty Limited to determine whether or not these costs represent bona fide costs incurred on behalf of the Company. These payments were recognised as an expense in profit or loss for the year ended June 30, 2014.

 

 C: 

F-45 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

25.Share-based payments

 

(a)Recognised share-based payment expenses

The expense relating to options is shown in the table below:

 

    Consolidated
    2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
                 
Expense arising from equity-settled share-based payment financing transactions     29        

 

(b)Types of share-based payments

There were 495,377 unlisted options issued during the year ended June 30, 2016 (2015: Nil). These relate to the warrants on Subsidiary preference shares.

 

(c)Summaries of options granted as share based payments

The following table illustrates the number (“No.”) and weighted average exercise prices (“WAEP”) of, and movements in, share options issued during the year:

 

   2016  2016  2015  2015
   No.  WAEP
$
  No.  WAEP
$
             
Outstanding at the beginning of the year   5,040    445.07    5,889    489.66 
Granted during the year   495,377    6.26         
Expired during the year           (849)   (754.35)
Outstanding at the end of the year   500,417    10.68    5,040    445.07 

 

(d)Option pricing model

The fair value of the equity-settled share options granted for the year ended June 30, 2016 were estimated as at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes model taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The fair value was derived from the Black-Scholes model using the closing share price of BlueNRGY Group Limited ordinary shares on grant date, Australian Government Long-term bond interest rates as published by the Reserve Bank of Australia as a proxy for the risk-free interest rate, having regard for the bond maturity that is most closely aligned to the period of time remaining until the options expiry date, and the option exercise prices and quantities as noted above.

 

The model inputs for options granted during the year ended June 30, 2016 included:

Number of options granted   495,377
Consideration for options granted   A$Nil
Exercise price   US$4.54
Grant date   Dec 31, 2015
Expiry date   Dec 31, 2018
Share price at grant date   US$3.03
Expected price volatility of the Company’s shares   70%
Expected dividend yield   0%
Risk-free interest rate   1.95%

 

The expected price volatility is based on the historical two-year volatility of the Company’s share price.

 

 C: 

F-46 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

26.Commitments

 

Operating lease commitments – Group as lessee 

Operating leases are entered into as a means of acquiring access to office premises and office equipment. Rental payments are generally fixed, but with inflation escalation clauses on which contingent rentals are determined. No purchase options exist in relation to operating leases and no operating leases contain restrictions on financing or other leasing activities. A renewal option in connection with the office leases exists.

 

Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases as at 30 June are as follows:

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
       
Within one year   401    502 
After one year but not more than five years   277    128 
Total minimum lease payments   678    630 

 

Finance lease commitments - Group as lessee 

The finance leases relate to the leasing of motor vehicles. Future minimum lease payments under finance leases together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments are as follows:

 

   Consolidated
   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
       
Within one year   120    94 
After one year but not more than five years   132    173 
Total minimum lease payments   252    267 
Less amounts representing finance charges   (28)   (34)
Present value of minimum lease payments   224    233 
           
Current liability   106    77 
Non-current liability   118    156 
Total   224    233 

 

 C: 

F-47 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

27.Contingent liabilities

 

Share purchase commitment 

The Company has exercised a Share Purchase Right to acquire the balance of equity interests of Inaccess Holdings Ltd. (“IHL”) that it doesn’t already own in a two-step transaction (refer Note 28). Under the Share Purchase Right, the remaining shares will be acquired at a price that would value 100% of the IHL equity in a range from €16.1 million (A$24.03 million) to €17.8 million (A$26.57 million). The Company is obligated to fund the first stage of the transaction in January 2017 and the second stage in July 2017. Consideration will be paid in a combination of ordinary shares of the Company and/or cash.

 

Legal proceedings 

In December 2014 a class action securities suit was filed in a US federal court against the Company, various current and former officers and directors, the underwriters of an equity raising conducted by the Group in 2014 and the previous auditors of the Group. In August 2015, the Complaint was amended to include one of the Group’s continuing subsidiaries, CBD Energy (USA) Limited (‘USA Ltd’). The Complaint is in relation to shares issued by the Group to the public in October 2014, and the lodgement and later withdrawal of the financial reports for the years ended 30 June 2012 and 2013 signed by Directors on 2 November 2012 and 27 November 2013 respectively due to errors identified by Directors and the previous auditors. A claim has not been quantified in the Complaint. The Complaint against the parent entity was extinguished pursuant to the terms of the DOCA. USA Ltd and the relevant current and former Directors and Officers of the parent entity are covered by an insurance policy for such claims, however, the policy includes a retained exposure for USA Ltd of US$250,000 (A$337,000) and a maximum insured amount. Further legal costs and any retained exposure determined as being payable in relation to the Complaint against USA Ltd may need to be funded in part or in whole by the Group. The outcome of the potential action cannot be determined at this time, and a liability has not been recognised in these financial statements in relation to the Complaint.

 

Chatham Island Dispute 

The Chatham Island project is not currently operating due to a dispute with the counterparty to the power purchase agreement, Chatham Island Electricity Limited (“CIEL”) as a result of the placement of BlueNRGY Group Limited into voluntary administration in November 2014. CIEL is seeking to terminate its power purchase agreement with BlueNRGY Group Limited’s subsidiary, Chatham Islands Wind Ltd (“CIWL”), and acquire the assets in accordance with contractual rights in the agreements between CIEL and CIWL. Under the terms of the agreements, the purchase price of the assets can be negative which could result in an amount being payable by CIWL to CIEL. The outcome of the dispute cannot be determined at this time, and a liability has not been recognised in these financial statements in relation to the dispute.

 

 C: 

F-48 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

28.Events after the balance sheet date

 

Transactions

The Company subscribed to €3.25 million (A$4.8 million) of preferred shares (‘Preferred Shares’) of Inaccess Holdings Ltd (‘IHL’) on July 7, 2016. IHL is a UK company that provides hardware and software systems for monitoring and controlling the performance of distributed renewable energy and telecom facilities worldwide. At the time of the Preferred Share subscription, the Preferred Shares were convertible into 20% of the IHL ordinary equity interests, although subsequent repurchases of its ordinary shares by IHL boosted this percentage to approximately 23%. The rights and designations of the Preferred Shares make such shares senior to other classes of IHL equity, provide for a preferential payout upon liquidation equal to the subscription price and entitle the holder thereof to a board seat.

 

On September 15, 2016 the Company exercised a Share Purchase Right to acquire the balance of equity interests of IHL that it doesn’t already own in a two-step transaction. Under the Share Purchase Right, the remaining shares will be acquired at a price that would value 100% of the IHL equity in a range from €16.1 million (A$24.03 million) to €17.8 million (A$26.57 million). The Company is obligated to fund the first stage of the transaction in January 2017 and the second stage in July 2017. Consideration will be paid in a combination of ordinary shares of the Company and/or cash.

 

29.Parent entity information

 

(a)Summary financial information

The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts:

 

   2016
$’000
  2015
$’000
Current assets   373    219 
Total assets   12,337    10,774 
Current liabilities   (2,152)   (2,526)
Total liabilities   (5,282)   (2,551)
Net assets   7,055    8,223 
           
Issued capital   148,562    145,119 
Accumulated losses   (143,079)   (139,000)
Reserves   1,572    2,104 
Total shareholders’ equity   7,055    8,223 
           
(Loss)/profit of the parent entity   (4,200)   12,539 

 

(b)Guarantees entered into by the parent entity

As at June 30, 2016, the parent entity had no financial guarantees in place (2015: Nil).

 

(c)Contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant or equipment

As at June 30, 2016, the parent entity had no contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant or equipment (2015: Nil).

 

 C: 

F-49 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

30.Auditors’ remuneration

 

The auditor of BlueNRGY Group Limited is HLB Mann Judd.

 

   Consolidated
   2016
$
  2015
$
Amounts paid or payable to HLB Mann Judd          
- an audit or review of the financial statements of the entity   135,000    300,000 
- non audit services (tax compliance)   8,000       
    143,000    300,000 
Amounts paid or payable to a network firm of HLB Mann Judd          
- an audit of the financial statements   36,723     

 

31.Asset holding arrangement

 

In April 2016, one of the Group’s subsidiaries, Draker Corp. (‘Draker’), entered into an agreement with an affiliate of Mr. William Morro (‘Affiliate’), whereby Draker formed a special purpose subsidiary (‘SPV’) to acquire and hold certain assets on behalf of the Affiliate until directed by the Affiliate to resell or dispose of the assets. Under the terms of the agreement, Draker has no control over the assets, nor does it have any legal or financial recourse from holding those assets. At the date of this report, the SPV no longer holds these assets on behalf of the Affiliate and has no liability to the Affiliate.

 

 C: 

F-50 

 

 

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit       Incorporated by Reference   Filed or
Furnished

Number
  Exhibit Description   Form   Exhibit   Filing Date
Herewith
1.1   Constitution, as amended, dated December 20, 2000   20-F   1.1   1/30/2014    
1.2   Certificate of Registration dated March 11, 2010.   20-F   1.2   1/30/2014    
1.3   Certificate of Registration on Change of Name dated March 20, 2015.   20-F   1.3   6/1/2015    
4.1   CBD Energy Limited 2014 Equity Plan   F-1/A   10.25   05/09/2014    
4.2   Form of Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2014   6-K   99.1   7/30/2014    
4.3   Form of Warrant, dated as of July 25, 2014   6-K   99.2   7/30/2014    
4.4   First Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement, made as of August 19, 2014.   6-K   99.1   8/30/2014    
4.5   Deed of Company Arrangement of CBD Energy Limited, dated December 24, 2014.   6-K/A   10.1   1/29/2015    
4.6   Deed of Variation of the Deed of Company Arrangement of CBD Energy Limited, dated January 27, 2015.   6-K/A   10.2   1/29/2015    
4.7   Deed of Company Arrangement of Westinghouse Solar Pty Limited, dated December 24, 2014.   6-K/A   10.3   1/29/2015    
4.8   Deed of Variation of the Deed of Company Arrangement of Westinghouse Solar Pty Limited, dated January 27, 2015.   6-K/A   10.4   1/29/2015    
4.9   Amended and Restated Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated January 27, 2015   6-K/A   10.5   1/29/2015    
4.10   Form of Subscription Agreement, dated January 27, 2015   6-K/A   10.6   1/29/2015    
4.11   Rights and Preferences of CBD Series B Preferred Shares as amended January 27, 2015   6-K/A   10.7   1/29/2015    
4.12   Acquisition Agreement dated September 16, 2015 between BlueD Acquisition Corporation (now known as Draker Corporation) and Draker, Inc. and Draker Laboratories, Inc.   6-K   4.1   11/12/2015    
4.13   Form of Engineering, Procurement, and Construction Agreement between Panasonic Enterprise Solutions Company and Green Earth Developers   20-F       12/10/2015    
4.14   Exchange and Compensation Deferral Agreement with Emmanuel Cotrel, dated November 30, 2015.   20-F       12/10/2015    
4.15   Exchange and Compensation Deferral Agreement with William Morro, dated November 30, 2015.   20-F       12/10/2015    
4.16   Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note with WHI Retirement Savings Plan Trust and WHIRSP – Columbus LLC, dated November 30, 2015 (William Morro).   20-F        12/10/2015    
4.17   Warrant held by ESOL, B.V. with Initial Exercise Date of December 31, 2015 (Draker Transaction).   20-F        12/10/2015    
4.18   Loan and Security Agreement between Draker Corporation and ESOL, B.V. dated February 6, 2016.   20-F            X
4.19   Loan and Security Agreement between Parmac Airconditioning & Mechanical Services Pty Ltd and ESOL B.V. dated February 5, 2016.   20-F            X
4.20   Form of Securities Purchase Agreement dated June 29, 2016.   20-F           

X

4.21   Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note with WHI Retirement Savings Plan Trust and WHIRSP – Columbus LLC, dated June 30, 2016 (William Morro) as Replacement of the November 30, 2015 Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note.   20-F           

 

X

4.22   Form of Subscription Agreement, dated July 7, 2016 (Inaccess Holdings Ltd).   20-F            X
4.23   Form of Securities Purchase Agreement, dated July 7, 2016 (Inaccess Holdings Ltd).   20-F            X

8.1

  For a list of all of our subsidiaries, see Item 4.C., Organization Structure.   20-F       12/10/2015    
11.1   Code of Conduct and Ethics.   20-F   11.1   6/1/2015    
12.1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).   20-F       12/10/2015    
12.2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).   20-F       12/10/2015    
13.1*   Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U. S. C. Section 1350.   20-F       12/10/2015    
13.2*   Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U. S. C. Section 1350.   20-F       12/10/2015    

 

* In accordance with SEC Release 33-8238, Exhibits 13.1 and 13.2 are being furnished and not filed.

 

 C: 

 98

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

    BlueNRGY Group Limited
   
   By: /s/ William Morro
    Name: William Morro
Title: Managing Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
   By: /s/ Richard Pillinger
    Name: Richard Pillinger
Title: Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 

Date: October 28, 2016

 

99

 

 

 


Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘20-F’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
12/31/19
6/30/19
11/7/18
12/31/17
10/31/17
10/30/17
12/17/16
Filed on:10/28/16
10/20/16
9/30/16
9/15/16
9/14/16
7/30/16
7/7/16
7/1/16
For Period end:6/30/16
6/29/16
6/28/16
5/10/16
2/6/16
2/5/16
12/31/15
12/30/153,  4
12/17/15
11/30/154
11/14/15
11/12/156-K
9/30/15
9/16/15
9/14/15
9/10/15
9/9/15
9/1/15
8/13/15
8/3/15
7/31/15
7/1/15
6/30/1520-F
6/16/15
6/5/15
5/31/15
3/20/15
3/12/15
2/9/15
2/2/15
1/31/15
1/29/156-K/A
1/28/156-K
1/27/15
12/24/14
12/1/14
11/14/14
11/13/146-K
11/12/146-K
10/24/146-K
10/23/14
10/4/14
8/20/146-K
8/19/146-K
8/5/14
7/30/146-K
7/25/14
7/18/14
7/7/146-K
7/3/14
7/1/14
6/30/1420-F,  20-F/A,  NT 20-F
6/18/146-K
6/14/14
6/13/14EFFECT
6/12/14CERTNAS,  EFFECT
5/8/14CORRESP,  F-1/A
3/25/14F-1
2/10/14
1/31/1420FR12G/A
7/1/13
6/30/13
6/30/12
3/11/10
12/6/02
12/20/00
4/18/00
10/8/98
12/19/96
 List all Filings 
Top
Filing Submission 0001575705-16-000189   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Sun., Apr. 28, 6:39:00.2am ET